Skip to main content

Full text of "The Lushai expedition, 1871-1872"

See other formats


% 


ts&.t  /7s-s-j/  ~^//y/ ////,. 


(*rt«  (  r.j/ 


THE  LUSHAI  EXPEDITION. 


THE  LUSHAI  EXPEDITION, 


1871— 1872. 


BY 


11.    G.    WOOD  THORPE, 
it 

LIEUT.    EOYAL    ENGINEEBS. 


VONOLEL'S  TOMB. 


LONDON : 
HURST   AND   BLACKETT,   PUBLISHERS, 

13,  GREAT  MAKLBOEOUGH  STEEET. 
1873. 


All  rights  reserved. 


u 


M*  ' 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

THE  NORTH  EASTERN  FRONTIER— HISTORICAL  RETROSPECT- 
POLICY  OF  CONCILIATION — FORMER  EXPEDITIONS — ANNEXA- 
TION OF  CACHAR  PROPER — TEA-GARDENS — THE  KOOKIE 
TRIBE — FIRST  APPEARANCE  OF  THE  LUSHAIS — CHIEF  LALAL 
— HIS  FOUR  SONS— RAIDS  IN  SYLHET,  CACHAR,  &C. — COLONEL 
LISTER'S  EXPEDITION.  .....  1 

CHAPTER  II. 

GNURSHAILON'S  RAID  —  CAPTAIN  STEWART  —  TREATY  WITH 
SUKPILAL — RENEWAL  OF  COMPLICATIONS — CAPTIVES  DE- 
TAINED— REPEATED  INROADS  OF  THE  LUSHAI — MR.  BAKER'S 
EXPEDITION — HIS  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  COUNTRY — DEATHS 

OF     SOME      OF     THE      CHIEFS— ATTACKS      ON      VARIOUS      TEA- 
GARDENS  -  19 


513.130 


11  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  III. 

EXPEDITION  OF  1871— COLONEL  BABAN'S  RECOMMENDATIONS- 
GENERAL  BOURCHIER— THE  ROUTE— RELATIONS  WITH  THE 
RAJAH  OF  MUNIPUR — BURMESE  INVASIONS — VICISSITUDES 
OF  MUNIPUR— MAJOR-GENERAL  NUTHALL — INROADS  OF 
THE  EASTERN  LUSHAI  CHIEFS  .  .  .  .37 

CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  TOPOGRAPHICAL  SURVEY  OF  INDIA — COOLIES — CACHAR — 
MUNIPUR  HORSE-DEALERS  —  HOCKEY-PLAYERS  —  UNCOM- 
FORTABLE MODE  OF  RIDING— PRESENT  FOR  A  CHIEF — TEA- 
GARDENS—NATIVE  IDOLS— THE  MONIERKHAL  STOCKADE  — 
RUMOURS  OF  A  THREATENED  ATTACK  —  CURIOUS  DIS- 
COVERY .  .  .  .  .  .  .50 

CHAPTER  V. 

THE  LUSHAIS— CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THREE  PRINCIPAL  TRIBES 
— FEATURES  AND  COMPLEXION — MUSCULAR  STRENGTH — IN- 
TELLECTUAL APTITUDE — COSTUME — PERSONAL  ADORNMENT — 
A  LUSHAI  EXQUISITE  —  PRACTICE  OF  SMOKING  —  TOBACCO 
WATER— WEAPONS— GUNPOWDER  .  .  .  .69 

CHAPTER  VI. 

% 

LUSHAI   VILLAGES — CONSTRUCTION  OF   THE   HOUSES — INTERNAL 

ARRANGEMENTS  —  WINDOWS  —  STOCKADES— NATIVE    WINE  — 

1  BASKET-MAKING  —  DOMESTIC    ANIMALS  —  CURIOUS    MACHINE 

FOR     ENTRAPPING      GAME  —  AGRICULTURAL     OPERATIONS  — 

MUSICAL   INSTRUMENTS— A  SMITH'S  FORGE        .  81 


CONTENTS.  Ill 

CHAPTER  VII. 
\ 

LEFT  COLUMN  OF  THE  EXPEDITION— THE  COMMISSARIAT  DE- 
PARTMENT— POLITICAL  OFFICER— SILCHAR— THE  ARTILLERY 
AND  SAPPERS— FIRST  CASUALTY  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN —ROUTE 
FROM  SILCHAR  TO  MYNADHUR  —  APPEARANCE  OF  THE 
COUNTRY— DIFFICULTIES  OF  THE  MARCH  .  .  95 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

MYNADHUR — THE  TELEGRAPH— A  DAILY  POST  ESTABLISHED  — 
ROUTE  TO  TIPAI  MUKH— SCENERY  ON  THE  BARAK — TRIAL 
OF  ELEPHANTS  —  ENCAMPMENT  —  THE  GOORKHAS — VARIOUS 
STATIONS — TIPAI  MUKH  -  BRIDGE  BUILT  BY  KOOKIES — A 
NATIVE  SAPPER— THE  COMMISSARIAT  FLEET  OF  BOATS— A 
LUSHAI  IDEA  .  .  x  .  .  .  109 

CHAPTER  IX. 

VILLAGE  SITES— RUMOURS — DARPONG— THE  SENVONG  RANGE — 
FIRST  VIEW  OF  THE  LUSHAI  COUNTRY — EXTRAORDINARY  HILL 
— SYMBOLIC  WARNINGS  TO  THE  TROOPS — WEIR  FOR  CATCHING 
FISH — ATTEMPTS  TO  STOP  THE  ADVANCE — A  SKIRMISH — 
CHRISTMAS  DAY.  .  .  .  .  .  .127 

CHAPTER  X. 

TEMPORARY  CESSATION  OF  HOSTILITIES — THE  LUSHAI  AC- 
COUNT OF  THE  KHOLEL  AFFAIR — DIFFICULTY  OF  COMMUNI- 
CATING WITH  THE  NATIVES — A  GUIDE  FOR  THE  SURVEY 
OFFICERS — THE  MUNIPUR  CONTINGENT — POIBOl'S  PRESENTS — 
EVENTS  AT  TIPAI  MUKH — LUSHAI  ATTACK.  145 


IV  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  XL 

PROGRESS  OF  THE  HEAD-QUARTERS — AT.  WORK  ON  THE  ROAD — 
A  DESERTED  VILLAGE  — UNCOMFORTABLE  NIGHT — AN  EMIS- 
SARY FROM  SUKPILAL — THE  CAMP  AT  CHEPUI— POIBOIS — 
THE  SENIVAI — GUARD  VILLAGES — THE  KHOLEL  RANGE  163 

CHAPTER  XII. 

SITE  OF  THE  VILLAGE  OF  KHOLEL — VOUPILAL'S  TOMB — ENGLOOM 
— THE  HEAD-MAN  OF  CHEPUI — SWEARING  ETERNAL  FRIEND- 
SHIP —  ARTISTIC  JUDGMENT  —  DISTRIBUTION  OF  TROOPS — 
MIDNIGHT  PARLEYS— ATTEMPTED  DECEPTION— LUSHAI  WINE 
APPRECIATED— VILLAGE  LIFE.  .  .  .  .177 

CHAPTER  XIII. 

MORE  SYMBOLIC  WARNINGS— DESIGNS  OF  THE  LUSHAI  CHIEFS— 
RECONNOITERING— DARPONG— ORDER  OF  MARCH— FIGHT  WITH 
THE  LUSHAIS  —  SMALL  BUT  FORMIDABLE  STOCKADE  —  THE 
LUSHAIS  TAKEN  IN  FLANK — CASUALTIES — NARROW  ESCAPE 
OF  THE  GENERAL  ...  .  195 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

COUNCIL  OF  THE  CHIEFS— OUR  WEAK  POINT — KUNGNUNG— THE 
LENGTENG  RANGE  —  ADVANCE  OF  THE  TROOPS  —  A  STRONG 
STOCKADE — A  DETOUR — ARTILLERY  PRACTICE — EFFECT  OF 
SHELLS— STRIKING  SCENE— A  CURIOUS  GRAVE  .  .  211 


CONTENTS.  V 

CHAPTER  XV. 

TELEGRAM  FROM  CACHAR— RESCUE  OF  MARY  WINCHESTER — 
FIGHT  OF  LUSHAIS  AND  CLASSIS  —  ESCAPE  OF  A  LUSHAI 
PRISONER— A  DISTURBER  OF  THE  CAMP — TOUCHING  SCENE  — 
THE  SAIVAR— POIBOl'S  STRONGHOLD— A  CURIOUS  HUNT- 
ALARM  OF  FIRE — A  THOUGHTFUL  BOY.  .  .  .  227 

CHAPTER  XVI. 

THE  TROOPS  ENCAMPED — LALBOORA'S  GATE— A  VISIT  TO  NATIVE 
VILLAGERS — TELESCOPES — DIFFICULTY  OF  OBTAINING  PHOTO- 
GRAPHS—CAPTIVES PLACED  UNDER  OUR  PROTECTION— THE 
MUNIPUR  CONTINGENT  —  POIBOl'S  VACILLATION  —  LUSHAI 
FORTIFICATIONS— A  LUSHAI  TODTLEBEN  .  .  .  245 

CHAPTER  XVII. 

THE  TRUE  POIBOI — DEFENCES  OF  THE  VILLAGE  OF  TULCHENG — 
SCARCITY  OF  WATER— ROMANTIC  STORY  OF  TWO  CHILDREN — 
VALLEY  OF  THE  LUI-TAO — HEAVY  FIRING  HEARD — LETTER- 
WRITING  UNDER  DIFFICULTIES— INGENIOUSLY  CONSTRUCTED 
GATE  .  .  .  .  .  .  ...  263 

CHAPTER  XVIII. 

VONOLEL'S  VILLAGE— VONOLEL'S  TOMB  -  PLEASING  TRAIT  IN  A 
DOCTOR— BUILDING  OPERATIONS— CONDITIONS  OF  PEACE — 

FRATERNISING— MADAME  RACHEL'S  WIDELY  SPREAD  REPU- 
TATION—  OUR  INTERCOURSE  WITH  THE  LUSHAIS — LIGHTING 
PIPES  — EXPERIMENTS  WITH  THE  BURNING  GLASS  .  279 


VI  CONTENTS.       . 

CHAPTER  XIX. 

DELIVERY  OF  THE  FINE— DIFFICULTY  IN  COLLECTING  THE 
MUSKETS — ACCEPTABLE  CHANGE  OF  DIET— THE  COMMISSA- 
RIAT —  AUSTRALIAN  MUTTON  —  A  COOLIE  TRICK  —  LUSHAI 
RAIDS— THE  TRAGEDY  AT  BLAIR  — RETURN  MARCH  .  295 

CHAPTER  XX. 

WITHDRAWAL  OF  THE  TROOPS— SECOND  HALT— DISTRIBUTION 
OF  PRESENTS — DARPONG'S  WATCH— CABULI  FRUIT-SELLERS 
— LUSHAI  ENTERTAINMENT — APPEARANCE  OF  THE  COUNTRY 
— DAK  ARRANGEMENTS— THE  RESCUED  CAPTIVES— COOLIE 
ENTERTAINMENTS— RETURN  TO  TIPAI  MUKH— PROFITABLE 
COMMERCE  .......  307 

CHAPTER  XXI. 

HARDSHIPS  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN — DEATH  OF  TWO  OFFICERS — 
INDISPOSITION  OF  THE  GENERAL— RAVAGES  OF  CHOLERA 
— THE  MUNIPUR  CONTINGENT — CONFERENCE— PRECAUTIONS 
AGAINST  TREACHERY — SEIZURE  OF  CHIEFS — FALSE  PRE- 
DICTION— ORDER  TO  THE  TROOPS—  CONCLUD^>a  REMARKS  o^l 


The  Author's  Route. 
Mr.  Edgar's  Route,  1869. 
Col.  Lister's  Route,  1849. 
General  Nuthall's  Route,  1869. 
Mr.  Baker's  Route,  1869. 


MAP  showing  the  country  passed  through  by  the  LEFT  COLUMN  OF  THE  LTJSHAI 
EXPEDITIONARY  FORCE,  1871-72,  and  the   Routes  taken   in  former  Expeditions. 


CHAPTER  I. 


THE  NORTH-EASTERN  FRONTIER — HISTORICAL  RETROSPECT — 
POLICY  OF  CONCILIATION — FORMER  EXPEDITIONS — ANNEXA- 
TION OF  CACHAR  PROPER — TEA-GARDENS — THE  KOOKIE  TRIBE 
— FIRST  APPEARANCE  OF  THE  LUSHAIS — CHIEF  LALAL — HIS 
FOUR  SONS — RAIDS  IN  SYLHET,  CACHAR,  &C. — COLONEL 
LISTER'S  EXPEDITION. 


CHAPTER  I. 

rPHE  North-eastern  frontier  of  India  has 
ever  been  a  fruitful  source  of  trouble  and 
expense  to  the  Government  of  this  Empire. 
The  history  of  each  district  on  this  frontier, 
whether  prior  or  subsequent  to  its  annex- 
ation as  a  portion  of  British  territory,  is 
almost  the  same.  Bordered  by,  or  forming  part 
of  hill  districts,  inhabited  by  fierce  and  predatory 
tribes  for  ever  making  raids  on  their  neighbours' 
villages,  burning  and  plundering  them,  and 
carrying  off  the  inhabitants — it  was  not  to  be 
supposed  that  those  under  our  protection  should 
escape. 

When,  in  consequence  of  outrages  on  British 
subjects,  the  Indian  Government  has  been  forced 

B  2 


THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

to  take  steps  for  their  protection,  its  policy 
towards  the  offenders  lias  generally  been  one  of 
conciliation  rather  than  retaliation.  The  success 
which  has  usually  followed  the  adoption  of  this 
policy  seems  to  be  the  best  argument  in  its 
favour. 

While,  at  the  same  time,  establishing  and 
maintaining  frontier  guards  to  check  any  out- 
rage as  far  as  possible,  annual  payments  are 
made  to  the  chiefs  of  tribes,  or,  in  the  case 
of  a  democracy  to  the  community — not  in  order 
to  enable  them  to  organize  among  themselves  a 
force  for  the  preservation  of  order,  but  that  the 
well-disposed  among  them  may  influence  the 
more  turbulent  spirits  to  the  prevention  of  any 
infringement  of  the  treaties  or  agreements  made 
with  them  on  granting  the  annual  allowances. 

On  the  annexation  of  a  district,  the  rights  of 
the  Hill  men  are  always  scrupulously  respected, 
any  losses  they  sustain  being  made  good  to  them  ; 
and  by  opening  up  fresh  avenues  of  trade  and 
commerce  to  them,  they  are  led  to  see  that  a 
peaceable  attitude  towards  us  is  more  profitable 
for  themselves  than  one  of  aggression. 


UNCIVILIZED    TRIBES.  5 

The  allowances  to  those  over  whom  we  do 
not  assume  government,  are  supposed,  in  the 
words  of  the  Indian  Government  itself,  "  to 
be  sufficient  to  compensate  the  tribes,  in  their 
own  estimation,  for  the  advantage  they  might 
gain  by  the  occasional  plunder  of  a  border 
village — an  advantage  which  they  well  know  is 
materially  qualified  by  the  risk  of  reprisals." 

It  appears  that  in  the  last  century  some  fierce 
tribes,  who  had  been  the  terror  of  the  surround- 
ing country,  and  whom  successive  military 
expeditions  had  failed  to  subdue,  were  induced 
by  an  annual  payment,  conditional  on  good 
conduct,  to  become  quiet  and  peaceable  neigh- 
bours. 

"  What  is  of  the  utmost  importance  in  dealing 
with  uncivilized  tribes  is  patience.  No  one 
supposes  that  their  civilization  is  to  be  effected 
in  a  few  years,  and  no  one  expects  that,  in 
endeavouring  to  conciliate  them,  the  Govern- 
ment will  not  meet  with  occasional  disappoint- 
ment ;  but  the  policy  is  none  the  less  on  this 
account  sound  and  intelligible." 

Thus    spoke    Government   in    1865,     and    the 


6  THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION 

policy  thus  indicated  will  be  carried  out  with 
reference  to  the  Lushais.  Of  course,  a  policy 
of  conciliation  would  be  ineffectual,  without  im- 
pressing on  the  tribes  a  conviction  of  our  power 
to  punish  them  if  necessary;  and  in  many 
cases,  as  in  the  present  instance,  we  have  been 
obliged  to  do  so  before  adopting  this  policy 
of  peace. 

The  Government  does  not  wish  to  extermi- 
nate these  frontier  tribes,  but  by  converting 
them  into  our  allies  to  raise  a  barrier  between 
our  frontier  districts  and  other  more  distant 
races.  Supposing  a  tribe  to  be  utterly  crushed 
or  exterminated,  we  should  find  ourselves  no 
better  off  than  before — probably  much  worse, 
having  merely  removed  obstacles  to  the  assaults 
of  a  fiercer  and  more  formidable  foe,  whose 
very  remoteness  would  render  it  difficult  for  us 
to  conciliate  or  punish  him. 

I  do  not  propose  to  enter  into  an  account 
of  the  raids  or  consequent  expeditions  which 
have  been  made  at  various  times  in  the  different 
districts  of  our  North-eastern  frontier,  but  con- 
fine myself  to  a  brief  narrative  of  those  which 


CACHAR    PKOPER.  / 

have  taken  place  in  Cachar  since  its  annexation ; 
as  to  avenge  the  late  raids  there,  and  by  securing 
the  peace  of  that  frontier,  to  enable  the  tea- 
planters,  on  Government  grants,  and  their 
labourers,  to  follow  their  occupation  in  safety, 
were  the  objects  proposed  by  Government  to 
the  Commanders  of  the  Lushai  Expedition  of 
1871-72. 

The  district  of  Cachar  Proper,  as  it  is  called, 
was  annexed  to  the  British  dominions  about 
1832,  after  the  death  of  its  legitimate  rajah, 
Gobind  Chundra.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north 
by  the  hills  known  as  the  North  Cachar  Hills; 
on  the  west  by  the  British  district  of  Sylhet; 
on  the  east  by  the  western  bank  of  the  Jiri 
River  to  its  junction  with  the  Barak,  near 
Luckipur,  and  thence  by  the  western  bank  of 
the  Barak  as  far  as  Tipai  Mukh,  where  a  stone 
pillar,  erected  by  the  Revenue  Survey,  marks 
the  tri-junction  of  Munipur,  Cachar,  and  the 
Lushai  hillls.  The  coast  boundary  line  on  the 
south  is  still  rather  indefinite. 

The  whole  of  the  Northern  half  of  Cachar  is 
more  or  less  under  cultivation  at  present,  and 


8  THE    LUSHA1   EXPEDITION. 

well  populated.  The  country  is  tolerably 
level,  broken  here  and  there  by  low  tilas  (small 
hills)  of  about  two  hundred  feet  in  height,  and 
intersected  by  the  Sonai,  Hukni,  and  Dullesur 
rivers,  which,  rising  in-  the  southern  hills,  flow 
through  Cachar  to  join  the  Barak.  Large  bheels, 
or  swamps,  high  grass  jungle,  and  bad  roads, 
however,  render  communication  between  the 
different  gardens  a  matter  of  some  diffi- 
culty. 

To  the  East  rises  the  great  Buban  range, 
which,  commencing  a  little  south  of  Luckipur, 
and  running  nearly  parallel  to  the  general  course 
of  the  Barak  towards  the  southern  boundary 
of  Cachar,  attains  at  several  points  an  eleva- 
tion of  four  thousand  feet,  and  is  clothed 
throughout  with  thick  forest  jungle. 

A  few  of  the  Lushai  ranges  rise  in  the  south 
of  Cachar.  These  are  the  Noonvai  and  Reng- 
tipahar,  and  on  the  western  boundary  the  lofty 
range  of  the  Chatarchara;  but  between  these 
the  whole  of  South  Cachar  is  a  succession  of 
dangerous  swamps  and  low  broken  ranges, 
covered  with  the  densest  jungle. 


TEA-GARDENS. 

The  tea-gardens,  which  were  originally  con- 
fined to  the  northern  part  of  the  district,  have 
of  late  years  been  sweeping  further  and  further 
south,  as  enterprising  individuals  have  been 
found  to  take  grants  from  Government  for  the 
cultivation  of  the  tea-plant. 

These  isolated  gardens,  small  clearings  in 
the  heart  of  the  jungles,  possessing  few  means 
of  communication  with  the  outer  world,  offer 
peculiar  temptations  to  raiders ;  especially  as  in 
the  bungalows  of  many  of  the  planters  are 
kept  large  stands  of  ancient  guns,  to  inspire 
confidence  in  the  labourers  in  the  gardens,  but 
to  obtain  possession  of  which  the  Lushais  would 
think  few  efforts  and  sacrifices  too  great;  and 
it  is  in  these  gardens,  as  we  shall  see,  that  the 
principal  outrages  have  of  late  years  been  com- 
mitted. 

The  lofty  hills  to  the  south  of  Munipur, 
Cachar,  and  a  portion  of  the  territory  to  the 
south-west  of  Cachar,  known  as  Independent  or 
Hill  Tipperah,  have  been  held  by  various  families 
of  the  Kookie  tribe  from  the  earliest  times  of 
which  we  have  any  record. 


10  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

The  name  Kookie  has  been  given  to  this  great 
tribe,  as  Mr.  Edgar  tells  us,  by  the  Bengalis, 
and  is  not  recognized  by  the  Hillmen  them- 
selves. He  says : — 

"  I  have  never  found  any  trace  of  a  common 
name  for  the  tribe  among  them,  although  they 
seem  to  consider  different  families  as  belonging 
to  a  single  group,  which  is  certainly  coex- 
tensive with  what  we  call  the  Kookie  tribe." 

The  principal  families  with  whom  we  first 
came  in  contact,  were  the  Tangune,  Chausels, 
Ladoe",  and  Poitoo  Kookies.  All  authorities 
agree  in  stating  that  from  a  very  early  period, 
the  tribes  to  the  south  have  been  gradually 
driving  one  another  in  a  northern  direction ; 
formerly  the  Buban  Hills  and  a  portion  of  South 
Cachar  were  occupied  by  some  members  of  a 
race  called  JNagas ;  but  these  were  obliged,  by  the 
Tangunes,  to  withdraw  to  the  North  Cachar  hills. 

The  Tangunes,  occupying  their  ground,  were 
in  their  turn  dispossessed  and  driven  to  the 
northern  hills  by  the  Chausels  and  Ladoes. 
These  have  likewise  been  compelled  to  retire 
northward  by  the  Lushais. 


THE    LUSHAIS.  11 

The  Poitoo  Kookies  inhabited  the  hills  on 
each  side  of  the  valley  of  the  Gootur  river,  and 
were  supposed  to  be  more  or  less  subject  to 
the  Rajah  of  Tipperah.  The  relations  existing 
between  the  Poitoo  chief  and  the  Rajah  were, 
however,  repudiated  on  occasion  by  each. 

The  Lushais  first  appeared  on  the  scene 
about  the  year  1840,  the  first  chief  of  whom 
we  had  any  knowledge  being  Lalal ;  from  whom 
are  descended  the  chiefs  who  have  lately  been 
the  cause  of  so  much  anxiety  to  the  Indian 
Government. 

He  had  four  sons.  Of  these,  when  we  first 
hear  of  them,  Mongpir  was  struggling  in  the 
west  against  the  Poitoos,  to  establish  himself  on 
the  Chatarchara  range;  Lalingvoom  was  ruling 
the  villages  south  of  the  hill  known  as  Peak  Z, 
in  the  Great  Trigonometrical  Survey  of  India; 
while  Lalsavoong  was  striving  with  the  Ladoes 
in  the  east  for  possession  of  the  Chumfai  valley 
and  range  to  the  north  of  it. 

In  1844,  an  attack  was  made  on  a  village  of 
Sylhet  by  some  Poitoo  Kookies,  under  a  chief 
named  Lalchokla,  when  twenty  human  heads 


12  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

and  six  live  captives  were  carried  off.  It  was 
said  that  the  raid  was  made  to  procure  heads 
to  bury  with  a  chief  who  had  lately  died. 

The  Rajah  of  Tipperah  was  called  upon  by 
the  Government  to  assist  in  punishing  Lalchokla, 
and  recovering  the  captives ;  but  as  his  co- 
operation was  very  unsatisfactory,  and  the  steps 
he  took  manifestly  inadequate  to  accomplish  their 
object,  a  party  of  troops,  under  Captain  Black- 
wood,  proceeded  via  Koilashur,  on  the  1st  of 
December,  to  attack  Lalchokla' s  village. 

Assisted  by  a  Kookie  chief,  our  troops  ar- 
rived at  the  village  and  surrounded  it,  and  by 
destroying  the  grain  in  the  country  arounda  the 
Poitoo  chief  was  speedily  reduced  to  submission, 
and  surrendered  on  the  4th.  He  confessed  to 
the  raid,  but  professed  ignorance  of  the  fact 
that  it  had  been  made  on  British  subjects.  This 
plea  of  ignorance  was  not  admitted,  and  he 
was  eventually  transported  for  life. 

It  has  been  said  that  one  of  the  conditions 
of  his  surrender  was  that  his  life  would  be 
spared.  This  he  took  to  mean  a  free  pardon ; 
consequently  the  Kookies  looked  upon  his  trans- 


EXPEDITION    ORGANIZED.  13 

portation  as  a  breach  of  faith  on  our  part.  This 
is  alleged  as  one  reason  for  the  difficulty  ex- 
perienced during  the  late  Expedition  in  inducing 
chiefs  to  come  in  personally  to  make  their  sub- 
mission. 

We  next  hear,  in  November,  1849,  of  some 
raids  made  simultaneously  in  Sylhet,  Tipperah, 
and  Cachar.  The  raid  in  the  latter  district  was 
made  by  Lalingvoom's  son,  Mora,  on  some 
Ladoe  villages  not  far  from  the  station  ;  and 
to  punish  these  outrages  an  Expedition  was 
organized,  and  the  command  entrusted  to 
Colonel  Lister,  Political  Agent  in  the  Khasia 
Hills,  and  Commandant  of  the  Sylhet  Light 
Infantry. 

The  Expedition  started  from  Cachar  on  the 
4th  of  January,  1850,  and  marching  nearly  due 
south,  on  the  14th,  arrived  at  the  large  village 
of  Mora  or  Moolla,  which  Colonel  Lister  at  once  at- 
tacked and  destroyed.  Most  of  the  inhabitants 
managed  to  escape,  but  about  four  hundred 
captives  were  released ;  and  proofs  were  found 
identifying  the  villagers  with  the  Sylhet  raiders. 
Colonel  Lister  remained  a  short  time  on  the 


THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

range,  but  deeming  his  force  too  small  for  any 
further  operations,  he  returned  to  Cachar  on 
the  23rd. 

The  Lushais,  during  his  stay,  annoyed  him 
by  firing  into  his  camp,  endeavouring  to  cut 
off  his  communications,  and  when  he  retired, 
followed  him,  killing  any  straggling  coolies  they 
came  across. 

Colonel  Lister  considered  that,  in  order  to 
make  a  permanent  impression  on  the  tribes,  a 
force  of  not  less  than  three  thousand  men  would 
be  required,  "  and  to  command  their  villages, 
a  road  would  have  to  be  carried  into  the  heart 
of  the  country,  along  one  of  the  ridges  of  hills 
which  ran  north  and  south.  As  a  protective 
measure,  the  establishment  of  armed  outposts 
of  friendly  Kookies  along  the  frontier  was 
advocated." 

This  question  of  opening  a  road  through  from 
end  to  end  of  the  country,  is  again  being  urged 
upon  Government  as  one  of  the  first  things 
necessary,  in  order  to  reap  permanent  ad- 
vantages from  the  success  of  this  last  expedition 
of  1871-72. 


COLONEL  LISTER'S  RECOMMENDATIONS.          15 

Colonel  Lister  also  recommended  the  forma- 
tion of  a  Kookie  levy  to  be  employed  as  scouts 
in  the  southern  jungles,  to  collect  information 
concerning  the  Lushais,  and  the  events  which 
were  occurring  on  the  other  side  of  our  frontier, 
as  well  as  to  keep  a  watch  over  the  Kookies  in 
our  own  territory  and  Munipur. 

Government  approved  of  all  Colonel  Lister's 
recommendations,  and  suggested  opening  up  ne- 
gotiations with  the  Lushai  Chief.  The  Kookie 
levy  was  raised  in  June,  1850. 

The  special  objects  for  which  it  was  raised 
seem  to  have  soon  been  lost  sight  of,  as  we  find 
the  establishment  of  the  Kookie  scouts  abolished 
in  1860,  and  the  levy  handed  over  to  the  police. 
In  the  endeavour  to  make  them  well  drilled 
soldiers,  they  gradually  lost  their  special  quali- 
fications as  scouts  and  trackers,  and  the  Kookie 
constables  who  accompanied  the  left  column, 
proved  utterly  useless  for  the  work  which  should 
have  been  theirs,  and  for  which  they  were  ex- 
pressly intended. 

The  consequence  of  the  abolition  of  a  body  of 
scouts  was  the  increasing  ignorance  on  the  part 


10  THE    LUSH  AT    EXPEDITION. 

of  the  authorities  of  what  was  going  on  among 
the  Kookies  and  Lushais — for  information  con- 
cerning whom  they  were  obliged  to  rely  upon 
one  man,  a  Kookie,  named  Maujihow,  who,  as  it 
has  since  been  discovered,  deceived  them  on 
several  important  occasions. 

The  results,  nevertheless,  of  Colonel  Lister's 
Expedition  were  very  great,  as  no  raids  occurred 
either  in  Sylhet  or  Cachar  till  1862 ;  and  in  the 
meantime  negotiations  had  been  conducted  be- 
tween the  Cachar  authorities  and  the  Lushai 
chiefs. 

In  October,  1850,  five  Lushai  chiefs  sent  de- 
puties into  Cachar  with  friendly  overtures  to  the 
Superintendent,  who  sent  a  party  down  to  meet 
the  Lushais.  This  party  returned,  accompanied 
by  the  Muntri  (ambassador)  of  Sukpilal,  the 
great  chief  of  the  Western  Lushais. 

When  the  Lushais  returned  to  their  own  country, 
the  Superintendent  sent  an  emissary  with  them, 
with  friendly  messages  to  the  chief,  and  as- 
surances that  if  he  went  into  Cachar  he  should 
not  be  injured  nor  detained. 

Sukpilal  was  supposed  to  have  visited  Cachar 


SUKPILAL.  17 

in  December,  but  Mr.  Edgar  thinks,  as  this  visit 
is  denied  by  all  the  Kookies,  that  finding  that 
presents  would  only  be  given  to  Sukpilal  himself 
some  one  was  got  to  personate  that  chief.  The 
result,  however,  was  the  establishment  of  trading 
relations  between  the  natives  of  Hyrapandy  and 
the  Lushais. 

In  1855,  Sukpilal  sent  in  to  the  Superin- 
tendent for  assistance  against  some  neighbour- 
ing chiefs.  Government,  however,  refused  to 
interfere  in  the  quarrels  of  tribes  living  beyond 
our  frontier. 

Mora  also  sent  in  a  deputation  for  help  to 
secure  the  exchange  of  prisoners  between  himself 
and  the  Munipuris,  on  whom  some  raids  had  been 
committed;  and  this  help  we  were  ready  to 
afford  him. 


CHAPTER  II. 


GNURSHAILON'S    RAID  —  CAPTAIN    STEWART  —  TREATY   WITH 

SUKPILAL  —  RENEWAL  OF  COMPLICATIONS  —  CAPTIVES  DE- 
TAINED—REPEATED INROADS  OP  THE  LTJSHAI— MR.  BAKER'S 
EXPEDITION — HIS  DESCRIPTION  OP  THE  COUNTRY — DEATHS 
OP  SOME  OP  THE  CHIEFS  —  ATTACKS  ON  VARIOUS  TEA- 
GARDENS. 


21 


CHAPTER  II. 

ClINCE  this  time  nothing  seems  to  have 
occurred  till  January,  1862,  when  three 
villages  were  plundered  and  burnt  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Adumpur,  and  evidence  went  to 
show  that  the  leader  in  this  outrage  was 
Gnurshailon,  son  of  Lalchokla,  who  had  married 
a  sister  of  Sukpilal. 

No  steps  were  taken  by  Government  till  1864, 
when  four  captives  made  their  escape  from 
Cachar,  and  from  their  statements  it  appeared 
that  Sukpilal,  and  two  other  Poitoo  chiefs, 
Rungboom  and  Lalltolien,  were  also  implicated, 
and  that  many  of  the  captives  were  living  at 
that  time  in  the  villages  of  these  chiefs. 

The   local    authorities   desired   an   Expedition 


22  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

to  be  sent  against  them,  but  it  was  feared  that  this 
might  bring  down  the  Kookies  on  the  tea-gardens, 
which  are  rapidly  spreading  south,  and,  before 
attempting  force,  Captain  Stewart,  the  Deputy 
Commissioner  was  desired  to  open  negotiations 
with  Sukpilal  to  induce  him  to  give  up  the 
captives  in  his  possession. 

The  latter  sent  his  muntri  to  Captain  Stewart. 
He  admitted  his  guilt  in  the  Adumpur  matter, 
but  said  that  some  of  the  captives  had  been  sold 
to  the  Pois,  a  powerful  tribe  to  the  south-east 
of  Sukpilal's  territory. 

Captain  Stewart  required  the  chief  to  come  to 
him,  bringing  with  him  the  captives,  and  swear 
friendship,  on  doing  which  he  would  receive  fifty 
rupees  a  month,  subject  to  a  small  annual  tribute 
of  certain  specified  articles. 

The  muntri  said  that  Sukpilal's  son  should  go 
in,  as  the  chief  was  too  ill  to  move,  and  agreed 
to  the  other  conditions. 

About  the  same  time  Captain  Stewart  con- 
cluded a  similar  treaty  with  Youpilal,  son  of  Mora, 
who  had  succeeded  his  father  as  chief  of  the 
Kholal  villages,  whither  the  latter  had  removed 


CAPTAIN   STEWAET.  23 

after  the  destruction  of  his  village  by  Colonel 
Lister  in  1850. 

A  new  rajah  had  in  the  meantime  assumed 
the  reigns  of  government  in  Tipperah,  and  to 
strengthen  his  position  he  offered  to  do  all  in 
his  power  to  seize  Gnurshailon  and  Sukpilal. 
His  offer  was,  however,  refused,  as  the  negotia- 
tion with  the  latter  seemed  to  promise  fairly. 

In  December,  1865,  however,  it  was  reported 
that  Sukpilal  had  not  given  up  the  captives,  and 
no  satisfactory  reason  being  given  for  this  non- 
compliance  with  the  terms  of  his  agreement,  an 
Expedition  was  organised  to  compel  their  re- 
lease. 

The  rainy  season  setting  in  before  it  could 
start,  the  operations  were  postponed.  During 
the  rains,  Captain  Stewart  was  employed  in  in- 
quiring into  the  accessibility  and  position  of  Suk- 
pilal's  villages.  He  considered  that  no  approach 
could  be  made  from  the  Chittagong  side  (this  has 
since  been  proved  to  be  a  mistaken  notion), 
and  that  at  least  four  hundred  men  should  be  sent 
from  Cachar.  The  idea  of  an  Expedition  was 
then  abandoned. 


24  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

Shortly  after  Sukpilal  opened  negotiations  again, 
by  sending  in  the  annual  presents,  but  no  captives; 
but  after  much  trouble  four  were  at  length  sent  in. 
Gnurshailon,  it  was  said,  through  whom  Sukpilal 
obtained  muskets  from  Tipperah,  prevented  his 
sending  in  the  others.  Many  of  the  captives 
were  said  to  be  married  to  Lushais,  and  unwilling 
to  leave  them.  There  was  probably  some  truth 
in  this  statement,  as  we  shall  see  from  an  incident 
which  occurred  during  the  late  Expedition. 

Towards  the  close  of  ]  868,  attacks  were  made 
on  some  Naga  villages  in  Munipur,  and  Rung- 
boom's  villages  in  Hill  Tipperah.  In  the 
latter  Sukpilal  was  supposed  to  be  concerned; 
and  at  the  same  time  the  tea-gardens  in  South 
Cachar  were  threatened. 

On  the  10th  January,  1869,  the  Lushais,  under 
a  chief  named  Lalroom,  Voupilal's  brother-in- 
law,  burnt  the  tea-garden  of  Nowarbund  and 
killed  some  of  the  coolies,  and  another  party 
under  Deouti,  on  the  14th,  attacked  the  Monir- 
khal  garden,  where  there  was  a  stockade  and  a 
police-guard;  he  succeeded  in  destroying  the 
buildings  and  plundering  the  garden. 


PLAN   OF   OPERATIONS.  25 

Early  in  February  an  attack  was  made  on 
the  Kala  JSTaga  stockade  by  Lushais,  under 
Lenkom.  The  stockade  was  taken,  and  a 
Munipur  officer  and  some  Sepoys  killed. 

Voupilal  and  Sukpilal  were  suspected  from 
the  first,  though  the  actual  raiders  were  not 
discovered  till  afterwards,  and  an  attempt  was 
made  to  punish  them. 

A  large  Expedition  was  set  on  foot,  consist- 
ing of  two  forces  of  Military  and  Police,  one 
intended  to  proceed  up  the  Sonai  to  punish 
Voupilal,  the  other  to  reach  Sukpilal  by  the 
Dullesur  River.  Th§  Rajah  of  Munipur  was  also 
to  have  co-operated  from  his  side. 

These  plans  were  altered  considerably,  and 
the  Expedition  was  unsuccessful.  The  plan  of 
operations  to  be  carried  out  was  this : — Simul- 
taneously with  the  advance  of  the  columns 
from  Cachar,  one  composed  principally  of  police 
under  Mr.  Baker,  Deputy  Inspector- General, 
was  to  march  on  Sukpilal  from  Koilashur 
through  Rungboom's  villages. 

The  Cachar  column,  under  General  Nuthall, 
which  proceeded  up  the  Dullesur,  was  obliged 


26  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

by  rain,  to  turn  back,  before  reaching  the 
enemy's  country,  having  only  proceeded  three 
marches  from  the  furthest  tea-garden. 

Mr.  Baker,  whose  orders  were  to  effect  a 
junction  with  the  Dullesur  column  at  Sukpilal's 
villages  if  possible,  or  if  not  to  return  by 
the  shortest  route  to  Sylhet,  marched,  from 
Koilashur  towards  the  middle  of  February. 
Notwithstanding  the  failure  of  the  Tipperah 
Eajah's  Minister  to  assist  him  with  carriage 
and  food,  in  accordance  with  the  orders  re- 
ceived from  the  Eajah,  notwithstanding  also 
the  heavy  rains  which  delayed  him  several 
days,  Mr.  Baker  succeeded  in  reaching  the 
Lushai  villages. 

On  the  way  there,  he  passed  the  place 
where  Eungboom's  people  had  been  treacher- 
ously killed  by  Lushais  in  December,  and  saw 
eleven  skeletons  in  one  spot.  Rungboom  him- 
self had  escaped,  but  was  pursued  by  the 
Lushais,  who  burnt  his  villages.  They  were 
repulsed  by  the  police  of  the  Adumpur 
guard,  and  compelled  to  retire,  having  killed 
about  eighty  or  ninety  persons. 


ME.  BAKER'S  COLUMN.  27 

On  the  17th  March,  Mr.  Baker's  column 
arrived  in  sight  of  the  Lushai  villages,  and 
there  being  no  signs  of  the  approach  of  that 
under  General  Nuthall,  he  determined,  after 
consultation  with  his  officers,  to  hold  on  for 
another  day,  and  in  the  meantime  to  make  a 
reconnaissance,  to  try  to  pick  up  some  food, 
there  being  none  then  in  camp. 

A  brush  with  Lushais  took  place,  and  our 
men  returned  to  camp  in  the  evening.  It 
being  evident  that  the  Dullesur  column  had  not 
advanced  for  some  reason  or  other,  and  that 
with  the  small  force  at  his  disposal,  he  could 
not  hope  to  cope  successfully  with  the  whole 
tribe,  Mr.  Baker  determined  to  fall  back  on 
the  Depot  in  rear,  and  the  retreat  com- 
menced the  next  day. 

On  the  21st,  a  telegram  from  Cachar  informed 
him  that  General  Nuthall  and  his  column  were 
back  in  Cachar,  so  there  was  nothing  to  do 
but  to  return  with  all  speed  to  Sylhet. 

Mr.  Baker  describes  the  country  passed 
through  by  his  column,  thus  : — 

"  The    country    traversed    by    us    was    alto- 


28  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

gether  hilly,  we  passed  no  morasses,  and  ex- 
cepting the  forest  lying  between  the  Karruntah 
range  and  the  banks  of  the  Deo,  the  country 
was  found  to  be  high,  dry,  and  free  from 
malaria  at  this  season.* 

"  Small  streams  were  met  with  at  the  bases 
of  all  the  higher  hills,  and  occasionally  springs 
on  the  hill-sides  not  far  from  the  tops  of 
the  ridges.  The  rivers  crossed,  the  Munneo, 
Deo,  Pakwa,  &c.,  were  from  twenty  to  thirty 
yards  wide,  and  about  two  or  three  feet 
deep,  having  firm  sandy  beds,  easily  forded; 
but  in  the  rainy  season  they  must  become 
exceedingly  deep  and  rapid  streams. 

"  Judging  by  their  high  steep  banks,  they  are 
liable  to  great  rises  and  sudden  falls,  and 
they  are  much  blocked  up  with  fallen  timbers. 
On  some  of  the  ranges  are  sites  of  old  Kookie 
villages,  now  overgrown  with  high  grass,  but 
there  are  still  some  fine  trees  left,  among 
them  a  few  lemon. 

"  Game  seemed  to  be  abundant  along  the 
course  of  the  rivers.  Elephants  are  extremely 
numerous  in  these  valleys,  and  there  are 


APPEARANCE    OP   THE    COUNTRY.  29 

deer,  wild  hogs,  porcupines,  and  in  the 
Langai  valley  rhinoceros  are  said  to  be  found. 

"  The  principal  ranges  of  hills  run  north 
and  south,  but  between  these  the  smaller 
ranges  are  innumerable ;  in  fact,  the  entire 
country  is  a  jumble  of  hills.  The  main  fea- 
tures are,  therefore,  mountain  ranges  of  one 
thousand  to  two  thousand  feet  in  height,  at 
intervals  of  ten  or  twelve  miles,  trending 
north  and  south ;  of  confused  lines  of  hills 
and  spurs  running  down  to  the  bottom  of 
these  intervening  spaces ;  and  lastly  of  deep 
and  narrow  streams  flowing  along  the  lowest 
levels  from  north  to  south,  over  sandy  or 
rocky  beds,  and  in  very  winding  courses, 
often  under  high  and  precipitous  banks.  This 
very  well  describes  the  character  also  of  the 
country  south  and  west  of  Tipai  Mukh." 

Mr.  Baker  submitted  among  others  the  follow- 
ing suggestions  as  the  results  of  his  experience, 
and  as  likely  to  be  useful  in  the  case  of  a 
future  expedition.  Several  of  these  were  adopted, 
and  it  would  have  been  better  if  some  of  the 
others  had  also  been  followed. 


30  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

"  In  expeditions  of  this  nature  the  carriage  of 
supplies  and  the  clearing  of  a  sufficiently  con- 
venient path,  are  of  course,  the  chief  points  to 
be  alluded  to.  I  believe  the  Lushais  will  fight 
on  their  own  ground,  and  in  their  own  desultory 
manner  ....  I  would  recommend — 

"  For  carriage  : 

"  Boats  to  the  furthest  point  they  can  go  up  in 
November  and  December,  afterwards  coolies  and 
elephants. 

"  To  open  roads  : 

"  A  company  of  pioneers,  and  attached  to  them 

a  body  of  one  hundred  Kookie  jungle-cutters. 

*•-*.*# 

"  Half  a  battery  of  mountain  guns,  carried  on 
mules  in  preference  to  elephants,  would  prove 
serviceable,  and  would  save  time  and  reduce  the 
casualties  in  taking  defended  stockades , 

"  Every  man  in  the  force  should  be  supplied 
with  a  e  kookrie,'  a  '  dao,'  a  water-bottle,  and 
havresack  capable  of  containing  his  6  shalee/ 
'  lotah,5  and  some  food. 

"  Coolies  properly  organised  and  officered 
would  prove  more  reliable  than  elephants,  but  a 


ME.    EDGAR.  31 

score  or  two  of  the  latter  would  be  useful.  No 
tents  should  be  allowed  for  either  men  or 
officers,  and  their  personal  baggage  reduced  to  a 
minimum. 

"  The  columns  prepared  in  good  time,  say  in 
November,  should  move  steadily,  if  slowly, 
making  the  marches  as  little  trying  as  pos- 
sible." 

The  portion  of  the  force  which  went  up  the 
Sonai  with  Mr.  Edgar  got  to  one  of  Vou- 
pilal's  villages,  the  headman  of  which,  with 
his  mother,  went,  and  offered  to  make  sub- 
mission, declaring  that  Youpilal,  who  had 
lately  died,  had  taken  no  part  in  the  raid 
on  Munipur,  which  had  been  made  by  Poiboi 
alone.  They  gave  Mr.  Edgar  very  accurate  in- 
formation about  the  other  raids,  and  promised 
to  do  what  they  could  to  induce  the  Eastern 
chiefs  to  come  to  terms.  The  force  then  re- 
turned to  Cachar. 

The  Munipur  Contingent  was  prevented  by 
stress  of  weather  from  doing  anything,  and  thus 
ended  this  Expedition,  from  which  such  great 
results  had  been  anticipated. 


32  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

In  the  next  raids,  which  took  place  in  the  cold 
weather  following,  some  new  Lushai  chiefs  ap- 
peared, and  it  will  be  necessary  just  to  look 
back  for  a  little  at  the  changes  which  had  taken 
place  among  the  principal  families. 

Voupilal  had  died  in  1869,  and  his  people  are 
divided  in  their  allegiance  between  his  mother 
and  his  widow.  The  former  lives  at  Dollong, 
the  latter  on  Vanbong  Hill,  whither  the  vil- 
lagers removed  from  Kholel  on  the  death  of 
Voupilal.  The  widow  claims  the  regency  on  behalf 
of  her  infant  son  Lalhi.  Khalkom,  Sukpilal's 
son,  has  moved  his  village  across  the  Sonai  to 
the  ridge  on  which  Dollong  is  situated,  and 
supports  the  mother  against  the  widow,  who  is 
assisted  by  her  brother  Poiboi. 

Lalsavoong  having  made  himself  master  of 
the  Chumfai  Valley  and  neighbourhood,  died 
about  1849,  leaving  three  sons  who  became 
powerful  chiefs,  of  these  Vonolel  proved  himself 
the  most  powerful  and  ablest  of  all  the  Lushais  ; 
and  in  his  constant  struggles  with  neighbouring 
tribes,  was  generally  successful. 

He  fought  with  the  Pois  and  carried  off  large 


SUKP1LAL.  33 

numbers,  whom  he  settled  in  separate  villages, 
or  among  his  own  people.  He  pursued  the  same 
policy  with  the  Sokte*s,  a  powerful  tribe  in  the 
East,  under  Kamliou,  the  chief  of  Molbhem. 
He  was  succeeded  on  his  death  a  few  years  ago 
by  his  young  son  Lalboora. 

Another  son  of  Lalsavoong  was  Lalpoong, 
who  had  become  head  of  the  villages  of  Chelam 
and  the  others  now  belonging  to  Poiboi,  his 
son,  who  is  still  a  mere  boy. 

In  December,  1870,  Mr.  Edgar  went  down  to 
see  Sukpilal,  and  settled  finally  the  boundary 
fixed  provisionally  the  year  before.  After  seeing 
this  chief,  Mr.  Edgar  had  great  difficulty  in 
returning,  being  without  provisions,  and  re- 
ceiving no  tidings  as  to  the  boats  which  were 
to  have  been  sent  down  the  Sonai,  he  was 
obliged  to  encamp  for  some  time,  while  he  sent 
men  to  get  information  as  to  his  supplies,  and 
the  temper  of  the  neighbouring  Lushais.  Suk- 
pilal's  people  treated  him  well,  taking  him  such 
provisions  as  they  could,  till  the  arrival  of  a 
small  party  of  the  44th,  under  Captain  Lightfoot, 
enabled  him  to  return  to  Cachar. 

D 


34  THE    LUSHA1   EXPEDITION. 

Daring  his  stay  in  the  country,  he  received 
tidings  of  intended  raids  on  Cachar,  which  at 
the  time  he  did  not  believe,  though  he  sent  a 
messenger  into  the  station  to  give  warning; 
shortly  afterwards,  he  "  heard  that  raids  had 
actually  been  made  in  various  parts  of  the  dis- 
trict, about  the  middle  of  January.  These  raids 
were  as  follows. 

The  manager  of  the  tea-garden  at  Monierkhal, 
had  received  warning  of  a  raid,  and  had  removed 
his  coolies  ;  but  he  with  the  guard  of  thirty-seven 
soldiers  and  police,  and  two  other  Europeans, 
remained  in  the  stockade.  They  were  reinforced 
by  Mr.  Daly,  a  police-officer,  from  Cachar,  and 
about  forty  soldiers. 

The  Lushais,  under  Lalboora,  however,  be- 
sieged the  stockade  for  two  days,  keeping  up 
a  very  heavy  fire.  Mr.  Daly  twice  made  sorties, 
but  each  time  was  driven  back  with  loss  :  the 
Lushais  rushing  on  the  slain  and  plundering 
their  bodies.  The  Lushais  are  supposed  to  have 
lost  fifty  men  during  this  attack. 

At  the  same  time  Lalboora's  cousin,  Tang- 
dong,  had  made  an  attempt  to  reach  Nowar- 
bund,  but  losing  his  way  came  out  on  the 


MARY   WINCHESTER.  35 

Nudigram  road,  where  they  fell  in  with  a 
guard  of  eight  soldiers  and  a  constable.  The 
Sepoys  behaved  gallantly,  but  were  overpowered, 
six  being  killed,  and  one  wounded.  They  are  said 
to  have  killed  twenty-five  of  the  enemy  before  being 
overcome.  Tangdong,  on  his  return  to  his  village, 
found  that  it  had  been  attacked  in  his  absence  and 
destroyed  by  a  large  party  of  Sokte's  under  Kam- 
how,  and  his  wife  and  a  large  number  of  his  peo- 
ple carried  off  as  captives.  In  these  two  affairs 
the  Lushais  got  possession  of  thirteen  muskets 
from  the  dead  police  and  Sepoys,  which  caused 
them  great  exultation. 

In  South  Hylakandy  attacks  had  also  been 
made  on  the  gardens  of  Alexandrapur,  Jhalua 
Chura,  and  Cantley  Chura,  by  the  Howlongs 
from  the  South,  assisted  by  the  Lyloos.  At 
Alexandrapur,  early  in  the  morning,  the  Lushais 
emerged  suddenly  on  the  garden  from  the  sur- 
rounding jungle,  taking  the  people  so  much  by 
surprise  that  no  attempt  at  defence  could  be 
made.  Mr.  Winchester,  who,  with  his  daughter, 
was  on  a  visit  to  a  friend  at  this  garden,  and 
some  coolies,  were  killed  at  once,  the  manager 

D  2 


36  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

of  the  garden  effecting  Ms  escape,  and  little 
Mary  Winchester  and  several  others  being 
carried  off  as  prisoners. 

At  the  other  gardens  they  were  not  so  suc- 
cessful, the  occupants  having  time  to  arm  them- 
selves before  the  Lushais  appeared,  and  the 
latter  were  repulsed  with  ease  in  each  attack, 
and  forced  to  retire  altogether.  It  was  against 
these  Howlongs  and  Lyloos  that  the  opera- 
tions of  the  right  column,  under  General  Brown- 
low,  were  directed,  and  from  whom  they 
succeeded  eventually  in  obtaining  the  release 
of  Mary  Winchester. 

While  returning  from  Lushai  land  Mr.  Edgar 
received  a  visit  from  Khalkom,  Sukpilal's  son,  who 
promised  to  assist  us  if  an  Expedition  was  under- 
taken against  the  Eastern  Lushais,  and  stated 
that  a  path  from  Tipai  Mukh,  which  might  be 
made  passable  for  elephants,  led  directly  into 
their  country. 

Mr.  Edgar  recommended  that,  if  an  expe- 
dition was  sent  against  Lalboora,  Tipai  Mukh 
should  be  adopted  as  the  starting  point,  being 
nearer  that  chief's  villages  than  any  other  place 
accessible  by  water. 


CHAPTER  III. 


EXPEDITION  OF  1871— COLONEL  RABAN'S  RECOMMENDATIONS- 
GENERAL  BOURCHIER — THE  ROUTE — RELATIONS  WITH  THE 
RAJAH  OP  MUNIPUR — BURMESE  INVASIONS — VICISSITUDES 
OF  MUNIPUR — MAJOR-GENERAL  NUTHALL — INROADS  OF 
THE  EASTERN  LUSHAI  CHIEFS. 


39 


CHAPTER  III. 

TN  July,  1871,  the  Governor-General  in  Council 
decided  on  sending  an  Expedition  against 
the  Lushais.  The  force  was  to  consist  of  two 
columns,  one  starting  from  Chittagong,  the 
other  from  Cachar;  a  contingent  force  was 
also  to  be  supplied  by  the  Rajah  of  Muni- 
pur. 

Remembering  the  former  unsuccess  of  small 
expeditions  which  had  started  late  in  the  season, 
with  badly  organized  commissariat  arrange- 
ments, Lord  Napier  of  Magdala,  not  however 
without  opposition,  succeeded  in  inducing  the 
Government  to  sanction  a  much  more  costly 
enterprise. 

Colonel  Raban,  who  commanded  an  expedition 


40  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

from  the  Chittagong  side,  in  1861,  had,  in 
giving  the  results  of  the  experience  he  then 
gained,  recommended  that  in  any  future  opera- 
tions not  less  than  from  twelve  to  fifteen 
hundred  fighting  men  should  be  sent  from  that 
side ;  that  they  should  be  ready  to  start  from 
some  point  on  the  Kassalong  river,  not  later 
than  the  first  week  in  December,  "  and  that  a 
Commissariat  officer  of  some  experience,  with 
an  efficient  establishment,  should  be  at  Chitta- 
gong early  in  November,  to  make  the  necessary 
arrangements  for  boats  for  the  conveyance  of 
troops,  &c.  The  supplies  of  a  less  perishable 
nature  should  also  be  sent  on  and  stored,  as 
soon  as  a  force  sufficient  for  their  protection  had 
arrived." 

He  stated  that  a  thousand  coolies  would 
be  the  smallest  number  required,  and  that 
Ilillmen  alone  would  be  of  any  use;  he  was 
also  of  opinion  that  another,  though  perhaps  a 
smaller  force,  should  operate  at  the  same  time 
from  the  direction  of  Cachar. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  Colonel  Lister 
had  considered,  as  early  as  1850,  that 


COLONEL  «KA  BAN'S    EEOOMMENDATIONS.  41 

the  smallest  force  which  would  make  an 
impression  on  the  country,  would  be  three 
thousand  men.  In  the  face  of  all  these  re- 
commendations, petty  expeditions  had  been  set 
on  foot  late  in  the  season,  at  various  times,  with 
what  miserable  results  we  have  already 
seen. 

In  1871,  all  the  recommendations  made  by 
Colonel  Raban  ten  years  before,  were  carried 
out.  It  was  determined  that  each  column 
should  consist  of  three  regiments,  accompanied 
by  a  half-battery  of  artillery  and  a  company 
of  Sappers  and  Miners,  representing  a  force 
of  nearly  two  thousand  men,  with  about  an 
equal  number  of  coolies,  and  a  certain  number 
of  elephants.  The  detail  of  the  regiments, 
&c.,  which  composed  the  left  column,  will 
be  found  further  on,  when  we  begin  to  relate 
the  movements  of  the  column. 

Brigadier-General  Bourchier,  C.B.,  command- 
ing the  North-eastern  Frontier  District,  was 
selected  to  command  the  Cachar  column,  and 
after  a  consultation  with  Mr.  Edgar,  who 
went  up  to  Shillong  to  give  him  all  the  in- 


42  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

formation  he  could  about  the  country  and 
routes  to  it,  the  General  decided  that  the 
Tipai  Mukh  route  would  be  the  best,  as  he 
had  determined  to  attack  Lalboora. 

No  special  instructions  had  been  issued  by 
Government  as  to  the  tribes  to  be  punished 
by  the  left  column,  but  the  reasons  which  in- 
fluenced the  General  and  Mr.  Edgar  to  direct 
their  energies  against  Vonolel's  people  were 
the  following. 

These  people  had,  in  1869  and  1871,  been 
concerned  in  the  raids  in  Cachar,  during 
which  they  had  obtained  great  advantages 
over  our  Sepoys.  They  were  also  the  re- 
motest and  least  accessible  of  all  the  Lushais 
from  the  Cachar  side,  and  it  seemed  unlikely 
"  that  they,  secure  in  their  distant  fastnesses, 
and  confident  that  they  were  more  than  a 
match  for  our  troops  in  jungle  fighting,  would 
be  induced  to  make  a  voluntary  submission 
by  the  terror  inspired  by  our  punishment  of 
nearer  and  less  warlike  tribes  than  our  own." 
Mr.  Edgar  also  says: — 

"General  Bourchier  considered,   and   I  fully 


EAJAH   OF   MUNIPUE.  .43 

agreed  with  him,  that  the  only  way  in  which 
we  could  force  these  people  to  submit,  and  to 
recognise  that  they  must  behave  properly  in 
future,  was  to  show  them  that  we  could  reach 
them,  and  that  we  had  the  power  of  crushing 
any  opposition  they  could  make  to  our  occu- 
pation of  their  country." 

As  reference  has  been  made  to  the  Rajah 
of  Munipur  several  times,  and  his  contingent 
was  destined  to  play  a  certain  part  in  the 
Expedition,  a  glance  at  our  relations  with 
him  may  not  be  considered  out  of  place. 

As  early  as  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth 
century  the  Munipuris  applied  to  the  British 
Government  for  aid  against  the  Burmese, 
offering  to  pay  a  large  annual  tribute.  It 
was  determined  to  assist  them,  and  an  officer 
with  a  detachment  was  sent  to  their  aid.  He 
was  recalled,  .however,  when  he  had  reached 
the  capital  of  Cachar;  and  no  further  inter- 
course  took  place  till  the  first  war  between 
the  British  and  Burmese  occurred  in  1823. 

The  Burmese  troops  invaded  Assam  and 
Cachar,  causing  great  alarm  in  our  frontier 


44  THE    LUSHAT    EXPEDITION. 

district  of  Sylhet.  Three  of  the  Munipuri 
princes  who  had  been  quarrelling  among  them- 
selves, uniting  against  the  common  enemy, 
begged  the  protection  of  the  British.  Nego- 
tiations were  opened  with  them,  and  a  party 
of  five  hundred  taken  into  British  pay  under 
the  command  of  one  of  these  princes,  Gumbeer 
Sing.  With  this  party,  and  the  assistance  of 
some  British  troops,  he  succeeded  in  driving 
the  Burmese,  not  only  from  Cachar,  but  also 
from  Munipur. 

Subsequently  this  body,  increased  to  two 
thousand  men,  and  placed  under  the  com- 
mand of  a  Captain  Grant,  was  called  the 
Munipur  Levy. 

Captain  Grant  compelled  the  Burmese  to 
retire,  and  fixed  the  Nungthe*  river  as 
the  eastern  boundary  of  Munipur ;  but  at 
the  desire  of  the  British  Government,  and 
with  a  view  of  pleasing  the  Burmese,  this 
boundary  was  given  up,  and  a  more  westerly 
one,  the  eastern  base  of  the  Yomadong  Hills, 
substituted  for  it. 

The  former  was  certainly  the  better  boundary, 


GUMBEEK    SING.  45 

and  by  giving  it  up  our  Government  en- 
tailed upon  itself  a  monthly  expense  of  Us.  500, 
as  compensation  to  Munipur  for  alienated 
territory,  "and  made  it  necessary,  from  the 
predatory  habits  of  the  tribes  inhabiting  the 
Yomadong  Hills  constantly  endangering  it,  to 
secure  the  peace  of  the  frontier  by  retaining 
at  Munipur  a  Political  agent." 

Gumbeer  Sing,  having  thus,  with  our  assis- 
tance, obtained  possession  of  Munipur,  was 
declared  independent.  On  his  death,  in  1834, 
a  regency  was  established  under  Nur  Sing, 
Chunder  Kirtee,  Gumbeer's  son,  being  an  in- 
fant. 

In  1835  the  British  Government  determined 
to  discontinue  all  connection  with  the  Muni- 
pur troops.  Nur  Sing  was  succeeded  by  his 
brother  Devindro  Sing. 

Whilst  the  latter  was  preparing  to  ascend 
the  throne,  Chunder  Kirtee,  who  had  been 
living  in  Cachar,  returned  with  a  few  followers 
to  obtain  the  kingdom  for  himself.  He  crossed 
the  hills,  and  being  joined  by  most  of  the 
adherents  of  the  two  last  Rajahs,  he  soon 


46  THE    LTJSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

succeeded  in  driving  Devindro  Sing  out  of  the 
country.  He  fled  to  Cachar,  whither  he  was 
afterwards  followed  by  some  princes  from  Muni- 
pur,  who  had  become  dissatisfied  with  Chunder 
Kirtee,  and  together  they  made  several  attacks 
on  the  latter. 

They  were  unsuccessful,  "but  their  frequent 
attempts  to  upset  the  Munipur  Government 
were  distressing  to  the  country  and  prejudicial 
to  British  influence/'  Warnings  proving  useless 
to  deter  these  men,  and  being  fearful  that  a 
prince  from  Burmah  was  about  to  secure 
possession  of  the  Munipur  throne,  our  Govern- 
ment declared  Chunder  Kirtee  Sing  under  its 
especial  protection,  and  undertook  to  maintain 
him  in  his  kingdom.  The  princes  in  Cachar 
disregarded  this  declaration,  and  were  over- 
come by  some  British  troops  sent  against 
them. 

Since  then,  Chunder  Kirtee  has  reigned  in 
peace ;  a  Political  Agent  being  still  retained  in 
Munipur. 

For  some  time,  Colonel  McCulloch  was  the 
Political  Agent,  and  from  his  intimate  knowledge 


AFFRAY    AT    CHIBOO.  47 

of  the  character  and  modes  of  thought  of  the 
Kookies,  and  his  great  experience  in  frontier 
matters,  he  was  able,  through  Munipur,  to 
influence  the  Eastern  Lushais  under  Yonolel, 
whom  he  induced  to  come  to  terms,  which  were 
respected  as  long  as  the  Colonel  continued  in 
Munipur,  and  during  that  time  friendly  rela- 
tions seem  to  have  existed  between  the  Lushais 
and  the  Ladoe*s,  and  the  Kookies  inhabiting  the 
southern  portion  of  Munipur;  and  the  latter 
used  to  shoot  over  the  hunting-grounds  of  the 
Lushais,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  salt-springs 
of  Chiboo, 

In  the  Spring  of  1870,  however,  the  Lushais 
lost  seven  men  at  this  place,  in  an  affray  with 
some  Ladoe*s.  Mr.  Edgar  thought  that  this, 
and  the  consequent  bad  feeling  which  was 
generated  between  the  Munipuris  and  Lushais, 
were  due  principally  to  the  decline  of  the  in- 
fluence of  the  Political  Agent  over  the  Kookies, 
and  his  inability  to  control  the  intrigues  of  the 
Munipur  officials ;  and  he  considered  that  the 
Rajah  himself  would  be  willing  to  carry  out  a 
friendly  policy,  as  it  was  manifestly  to  his  ad- 


48  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

vantage  to  have  in  the  friendly  Lushais  a  strong 
barrier  between  his  frontier  and  the  powerful 
and  savage  tribes  beyond,  such  as  the  Sokte's 
and  Khyrens.  And  if  the  Political  Agent  had 
taken  up  a  position  with  "a  tolerably  strong  force 
at  Chiboo  in  December,  1870,  it  is  probable 
that  the  Eastern  Lushai  chiefs  would  not  have 
dared  to  make  the  raids  in  January,  1871,  which 
have  been  already  described. 

The  Rajah  of  Munipur  volunteered  to  assist 
the  last  Expedition  with  a  contingent  force  of 
five  hundred  men,  under  the  command  of  two 
Munipur  officers;  and  the  Government  of 
India,  in  accepting  his  services,  directed  him  to 
place  the  contingent  under  the  orders  of 
General  Bourchier. 

Major-General  Nuthall,  an  officer  of  great 
experience  on  this  frontier,  was  appointed  to 
accompany  the  Munipur  force,  as  Political 
Agent;  through  him  the  Rajah  was  requested 
to  establish  outposts  along  the  hills  east  of 
Tipai  Mukh,  and  south  of  the  Munipur  valley, 
and  to  advance  his  force  south  of  Moirang,  in 
the  direction  of  Chiboo,  with  a  view  of  pro- 


MILITARY    PRECAUTIONS.  49 

tecting  the  Munipur  valley,  and  while  securing 
the  fidelity  of  Kamhow  and  preventing  him 
from  aiding  the  Lushais,  to  enable  the  Munipur 
State  to  take  every  advantage  of  his  assistance. 
At  the  same  time  this  movement  would  tend 
to  prevent  the  Lushais  from  retiring  towards 
the  East  in  our  advance  from  Tipai  Mukh, 
and  afterwards  closing  on  our  rear  and  cutting 
off  our  communications. 


CHAPTER  IV. 


THE  TOPOGRAPHICAL  SURVEY  OF  INDIA — COOLIES — CACHAR — 
MUNIPUR  HORSE-DEALERS  —  HOCKEY-PLAYERS  —  UNCOM- 
FORTABLE MODE  OF  RIDING— PRESENT  FOR  A  CHIEF— TEA- 
GARDENS— NATIVE  IDOLS— THE  MONIERKHAL  STOCKADE- 
RUMOURS  OF  A  THREATENED  ATTACK— CURIOUS  DISCOVERY. 


53 


CHAPTER  IV. 

TN  July,  1871,  I  was  appointed  to  the 
Topographical  Survey  Department  of  India, 
and  when  the  Expedition  against  the  Lushais 
was  decided  on,  I  was  fortunate  enough  to 
be  attached  to  the  party  under  orders  to  ac- 
company the  Left  Column,  and  proceeded  to 
join  it  in  Cachar. 

I  arrived  in  Silchar,  the  principal  station  of 
this  district,  on  the  12th  November.  The 
party  consisted  of  Captain  Badgley  in  charge, 
Lieutenant  Leach,  R.E.,  three  Civil  Surveyors, 
and  myself.  We  had  also  a  large  establish- 
ment of  instrument-carriers,  and  three  sets  of 
instruments. 

This   large  party  had  been  sanctioned  on  the 


54  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

recommendation  of  the  Commander- in-Chief, 
who  remembered  the  good  results  obtained 
from  the  employment  of  a  strong  Survey 
party  in  Abyssinia. 

Very  little  was  known  about  the  disposition 
of  the  tribes  at  that  time,  and  very  few  ex- 
pected that  any  opposition  would  be  offered 
to  the  advance  of  the  troops.  It  was  there- 
fore thought  that,  with  the  co-operation  of 
Sukpilal,  about  whose  friendliness  no  doubts 
were  entertained,  the  Survey  would  be  able  to 
send  out  detached  parties  in  various  directions, 
or  to  accompany  the  troops,  should  the  ad- 
vance from  Tipai  Mukh  be  made  by  separate 
columns  taking  different  routes.  This,  however, 
did  not  happen. 

The  advance,  as  will  be  seen,  was  made  by 
one  column  in  a  continuous  line,  and  the 
Survey  had  no  opportunity  of  sending  out 
detached  parties  off  the  line  of  march  below 
Tipai  Mukh. 

We  had  been  informed  that  coolies  would  be 
supplied  to  us  by  the  Commissariat  in  Cachar. 
On  applying,  however,  to  the  officer  in  charge 


IREITATING   INACTION.  55 

of  that  Department,  he  showed  us  his  orders, 
which  were  to  supply  us,  if  possible.  These 
words  gave  him  a  loop-hole  for  escape,  and 
pressed  as  he  was  by  the  mortality  among  the 
coolies  at  Chattuck,  he  gladly  availed  himself 
of  it,  and  we  were  eventually  obliged  to  procure 
Cossyah  coolies  from  Shillong. 

These  men  proved  as  good  coolies  as  any 
with  the  Expedition;  but  the  delay  conse- 
quent on  the  time  spent  in  securing  them, 
caused  us  to  lose  a  month  of  very  valuable 
time. 

We  found  it  difficult  even  to  get  coolies  for 
short  periods  to  enable  us  to  move  about  in 
Cachar;  so  that  instead  of  accompanying  the 
Quartermaster-General's  Department  from  the 
outset,  and  taking  advantage  of  the  many 
checks  which  occurred  before  Tipai  Mukh  was 
reached  by  the  troops,  to  clear  and  fix  points 
on  either  side  of  the  Barak  in  Cachar  and 
Munipur,  while  it  was  still  safe  to  travel 
almost  without  a  guard,  we  were  condemned 
to  a  state  of  irritating  inaction. 

At    first    Cachar    was    in    a    great    state   of 


56  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

bustle,  the  different  corps  and  bodies  of  coolies 
arriving  daily.  The  coolies  were  of  all  races, 
Punjabis  and  Hindustanis  from  up-country, 
Mekirs,  Nagas,  Cachari  Kookies  from  the  North 
Cachar  Hills,  and  Nepaulese  Goorkhas. 

All  these  men,  on  arrival,  were  supplied  each 
with  a  blanket,  coat,  boots,  a  dao,  and 
bandages  for  the  legs,  as  protection  against 
thorns  ;  and  large  tarpaulins — in  the  propor- 
tion, I  think,  of  one  to  every  four  coolies — were 
also  distributed  to  them. 

The  hospital  coolies,  for  the  sake  of  dis- 
tinction, received  bandages  of  bright  yellow, 
which,  contrasting  in  a  very  striking  manner 
with  their  brown  legs  and  general  dinginess, 
gave  them  a  sufficiently  marked  appearance. 
We  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing  corps  after 
corps  march  in,  to  be  supplied  with  coolies, 
and  after  obtaining  the  number  apportioned  to 
each,  march  out  again. 

By  the  end  of  November  we  were  left  to 
ourselves,  and  Silchar  had  settled  down  once 
more  into  its  usual  dead  level  of  dulness. 
The  Munipur  horsedealers,  who  inhabit  villages 


MUNIPUR    HOCKEY-GROUND.  57 

near  Silchar,  and  had  been  doing  a  brisk 
trade  in  selling  their  active,  hardy  little  ponies 
to  officers  going  on  the  Expedition,  were  left 
to  their  general  amusement  of  hockey.  Their 
recommendation  of  ponies  as  good  hockey- 
players  to  men  who  required  them  simply  as 
baggage  animals,  and  who  were  going  into 
almost  impenetrable  jungles,  seemed  unnecessary ; 
nevertheless  it  was  one  on  which  they  strongly 
insisted  when  there  appeared  to  be  any  hesita- 
tion in  giving  them  the  price  which  they  de- 
manded. 

A  very  curious  sight  is  presented  by  the 
Munipur  hockey-ground.  The  sturdy,  active, 
little  ponies  enter,  to  all  appearances,  into 
the  game  as  thoroughly  as  their  riders,  follow- 
ing the  ball  with  great  rapidity,  while  they 
wheel  and  turn  in  every  direction,  as  if  at 
once  responsive  to  the  least  emotion  of  the 
lithe  and  naked  natives  mounted  on  them. 
Now  the  field  is  scattered.  One  man  is  seen 
riding  away  in  the  distance  after  the  ball, 
which  he  strikes  up  towards  the  goal,  when 
a  simultaneous  rush  is  made  by  all  the  players 


58 


THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 


towards  it,  and  nothing  is  seen  but  a  confused 
mass  of  ponies'  legs  and  hockey  sticks  whirling 
high  in  air.  The  ball  again  gets  free,  the 
field  scatter  in  pursuit,  and  a  similar  scene  is 
once  more  enacted. 

This  game,  which  is  being  introduced  into 
England,  affords  ample  opportunity  for  the  dis- 
play of  good  riding,  and  is  much  patronized 
by  the  planters  in  Cachar,  who  hold  weekly 
meetings  for  the  practice  of  it. 

Many  of  the  Munipuris  ride  without  stirrups, 
and  those  who  have  them  simply  cling  to  them 
by  holding  the  stirrup-iron  between  the  toes, 
a  most  uncomfortable  way  of  riding,  according 
to  our  ideas.  As  a  protection  to  the  bare  legs 
of  the  riders  when  passing  through  the  jungle, 
they  have  huge  flaps  of  hard  leather  suspended 
from  the  saddle  on  each  side,  descending  as 
low  as  the  stirrups,  and  turned  round  in 
front.  These  articles,  which  are  anything  but 
ornamental,  give  a  most  uncouth  appearance 
to  the  saddle,  and  flap  about  with  a  tre- 
mendous noise  when  the  pony  is  going  at  all 
fast. 


PEESENTS   FOE   A   CHIEF.  59 

While  we  were  in  Cachar,  presents  arrived 
at  the  Deputy-Commissioner's  for  Sukpilal. 
They  consisted  of  a  large  silver-gilt  goblet 
and  claret  jug,  with  inscriptions  to  the  effect 
that  they  were  presented  by  the  Government 
of  India  in  recognition  of  his  former  ser- 
vices. 

It  is  sad  to  think  that  these  not  very  appro- 
priate ornaments  for  a  rough  bamboo  house,  where 
they  would  have  shone  conspicuously  on  the 
floor  from  among  the  family  stock  of  yams, 
potatoes,  &c.,  never  found  their  way  to  Suk- 
pilal at  all,  though  they  accompanied  Mr. 
Edgar  through  the  Expedition.  The  chief,  fo 
whom  they  were  intended,  had  conducted  him- 
self in  so  unsatisfactory  a  manner  that  it  was 
not  considered  proper  to  present  them  to  him, 
and  they  returned  to  Cachar.  They  might  have 
been  presented  to  some  other  deserving  chief, 
but  the  English  inscription  engraved  on  them 
rendered  them  unfit  for  such  a  purpose. 

Our  coolies  arrived  at  last  from  Shillong  on 
the  14th  December,  and  that  same  evening 
Captain  Badgley  received  a.  telegram  from  the 


60  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

General,  directing  him  to  send  a  survey  officer 
at  once  to  join  the  head-quarters,  as  orders  had 
been  sent  by  the  Government  to  the  commanders 
of  each  column,  to  communicate  daily  by 
telegraph  to  each  other,  through  the  Commander- 
in -Chief  s  office.  They  were  directed  to  give 
the  latitude  and  longitude  of  each  camp,  with 
any  other  information  likely  to  facilitate  the 
junction  of  the  two  columns,  should  this  be 
found  possible  before  the  close  of  the  Expedition. 

Captain  Badgley  himself  left  the  next  day 
to  join  the  head-quarters,  leaving  the  remainder 
of  the  party  to  follow  by  two  routes,  one  by 
Luckipur  and  the  Barak,  the  other  by  the 
Buban  Range  to  Mynadhur. 

The  latter  route  fell  to  me.  With  one  of 
our  civil  surveyors,  Mr.  Ogle,  I  left  Silchar  on 
the  16th  of  December,  and  marched  out  as  far 
as  a  tea-garden  called  Borvalia,  about  eighteen 
miles  along  a  level  road. 

Here  we  were  very  hospitably  received  and 
entertained  by  the  manager,  Mr.  "Wellington,  and 
his  wife,  who  also  found  accommodation  for  our 
classis  and  coolies. 


SURVEYING    EXPEDITION.  61 

The  next  morning,  lightly  equipped,  we 
started  to  ascend  to  a  point  on  the  range 
which  had  been  cleared,  and  from  which  we 
expected  to  get  some  work.  This  point,  though 
apparently  an  easy  day's  journey  from  the 
bungalow,  proved  very  difficult  to  reach.  The 
path,  a  very  obscure  one,  is  used  by  the 
garden  coolies  and  others  who  go  occasionally 
to  worship  a  stone  god  and  goddess  whose 
shrine  is  near  the  place  towards  which  we  were 
proceeding. 

Mr.  Willington  gave  us  two  coolies  as  guides, 
without  whose  assistance  we  should  never  have 
discovered  the  way,  which  for  the  first  three 
miles  lay  through  very  tall  and  tangled  grass 
jungle,  of  so  rough  and  hard  a  texture  that  our 
faces  and  hands  were  cut  by  it  as  if  by  knives. 
The  path  was  sometimes  lost  in  swamps,  but 
again  appearing,  followed  the  course  of  small 
streams  alive  with  innumerable  leeches,  which 
fastened  on  us  without  the  slightest  provoca- 
tion. 

At  last,  after  crossing  a  series  of  low  hills 
and  spurs,  we  reached  the  foot  of  the  Bubans. 


62  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

Here,  crossing  a  beautiful  stream  of  clear  water, 
the  ascent  commenced,  and  a  stiff  climb  it 
proved;  a  sheer  ascent  of  eighteen  hundred 
feet,  with  a  slope  of  three  hundred  and  thirty- 
two  feet  the  whole  way.  Arrived  at  the  top, 
we  had  a  long  five  miles  to  go  over  a  very 
uneven  path,  ascending  and  descending  alter- 
nately, never  level. 

Darkness  closed  around  us  long  before  we 
reached  our  camping  ground ;  but  lighting 
candles,  we  distributed  them  among  the  coolies 
at  intervals,  and  managed,  though  slowly  and 
with  difficulty,  to  find  the  spot — a  very  romantic 
little  place,  enclosed  on  three  sides  by  huge 
masses  of  fern  and  moss-covered  rocks,  the 
fourth  sloping  steeply  down  to  a  little  spring 
of  good  water. 

Beneath  these  rocks  we  found  the  rudely 
carved  figures  of  .the  god  and  goddess,  about 
three  feet  high,  with  strips  of  red  and  white 
cloth  adorning  their  shapeless  bodies.  The 
former  was  sitting  cross-legged  on  some  broken 
stones,  on  which  were  some  attempts  at  orna- 
mentation, and  which  were  apparently  the 


FIGURES   OF   A    GOD   AND    GODDESS.  G3 

remains  of  a  kind  of  canopy,  or  at  any  rate, 
of  a  throne.  The  goddess  was  standing  in  a 
small  low-walled  enclosure,  and  at  the  foot  of 
a  bamboo  bedstead,  which  had  been  erected 
by  some  visitors  from  the  garden  a  few  days 
before. 

Having  lighted  a  fire,  and  killed,  cooked, 
and  eaten  a  fowl,  we  made  our  beds,  and  were 
speedily  asleep  under  the  shelter  of  the  goddess 
near  whose  shrine  we  were  lying,  though  to  ack- 
nowledge the  truth,  she  was  a  somewhat  fear-in- 
spiring object,  as  seen  dimly  through  the  musquito 
curtains  by  the  pale  moonlight,  to  a  nervous 
imagination  in  moments  of  half-wakefulness. 

I  was  unable  to  find  out  anything  about 
these  figures,  how  long  they  had  been  there, 
whom  they  represented,  &c.  The  men  with  us 
did  not  seem  to  know  anything  about  them, 
though  they  prostrated  themselves  with  great 
reverence  before  them. 

The  next  morning,  having  done  what  we 
could  from  this  point,  which  commands  a  most 
extensive  view  of  North  Cachar  and  Muni- 
pur,  we  returned,  camping  at  the  foot  of 


64  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

the  hills  for  the  night,  and  proceeding  early 
next  day  to  Mr.  Willington's  to  breakfast,  and 
pick  up  the  men  and  instruments  we  had  left 
behind  at  the  gardens. 

Here  I  must  express  my  sense  of  obligation 
to  all  the  planters  whose  gardens  we  visited, 
for  the  great  hospitality  they  invariably  showed 
us.  The  fact  that  we  were  strangers,  and  in 
need  of  any  sort  of  assistance,  was  a  sufficient 
passport  to  their  liberality,  and  we  were  in- 
debted to  them  for  much  valuable  help  in 
many  ways. 

In  the  afternoon  we  went  to  Sonai  Mukh, 
whence  we  proceeded  the  next  day  to  Monier- 
khal.  The  road  running  along  the  Sonai  is 
very  level  as  far  as  Nagakhal,  a  stream  at  the 
foot  of  the  hills  three  miles  beyond  Monierkhal. 
It  at  first  runs  through  very  flat  open  country, 
but  below  Nudigram  it  passes  through  a  large 
patch  of  very  high  grass  jungle,  beyond  which  it 
enters  a  forest,  and  so  to  Nagakhal,  passing  two 
clearances  for  gardens,  Durmiakhal  and  Monier- 
khal. 

The    latter,    now    famous   by   reason    of  the 


MONIERKHAL.  65 

frequent  raids  made  upon  it,  is  a  tolerably 
large  clearance.  The  dark  green  tea-plants, 
growing  on  the  low  hills  or  tilas,  give  a  curious 
speckled  appearance  to  the  sandy  mounds  ;  on 
one  of  which  stands  the  stockade,  containing 
small  barracks  and  a  magazine.  Just  beneath 
are  the  coolie  huts,  and  the  small  stockade 
beyond  them,  which  commands  the  bridge  over 
the  Sonai,  and  the  opening  in  the  belt  of  forest 
surrounding  the  garden  whence  the  Lushais 
generally  emerge. 

The  Monierkhal  stockade,  as  well  as  that 
at  Mynadhur,  is  not  nearly  so  remarkable  for 
engineering  skill  as  any  of  the  Lushai  defences 
we  came  across.  The  bungalow  is  situated 
on  a  small  tila  about  two  hundred  yards 
north  of  the  stockade. 

On  arriving  at  Monierkhal  we  found  the 
Moniejer  was  absent,  and*  the  garden  Baboo, 
the  guard,  and  every  one  else,  in  a  great  state 
of  excitement,  as  a  notice  had  been  sent  from 
Mynadhur  that  a  hundred  Lushais  were 
supposed  to  be  going  in  the  Monierkhal 
direction.  Everything  had  been  moved  out  of 

F 


66  THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

the  bungalow  into  the  stockade,  whither  also 
the  coolies'  wives  and  children  had  been  sent 
for  safety,  and  an  attack  was  confidently 
expected. 

Early  next  morning,  while  the  mists  were 
still  hanging  over  the  garden,  the  head 
Baboo,  evidently  an  inventive  genius,  informed 
us  on  the  authority  of  a  friend  supposed  to 
be  at  Tipai  Mukh,  whom,  however,  I  suspected 
to  be  a  Bengali  Mrs.  Harris,  that  the  General 
had  been  defeated  in  a  great  fight  with  the 
Lushais,  and  was  retreating  to  Tipai  Mukh, 
as  fast  as  the  elephants,  by  which  the  line 
of  march  was  much  encumbered,  would  let 
him.  All  this  sounded  very  circumstantial,  but 
we  told  the  Baboo  we  would  not  put  much  faith 
in  his  friend's  statement. 

The  night  and  morning  passed  off  without 
anything  occurring  to  disturb  our  peaceful 
slumbers,  and  about  9  A.M.  we  commenced  the 
journey  to  Mynadhur,  across  the  Bubans. 

On  the  highest  point  of  the  mountains  we 
found,  to  our  surprise,  a  large  native  bedstead 
by  the  path,  and  afterwards  heard  that  it  be- 


THE    "  HQOLOOK."  67 

longed  to  some  luxurious  commissariat  or  post- 
office  Baboo,  who  had  managed  to  get  it  so 
far,  when  the  coolie,  who  was  carrying  it, 
refused  to  take  it  any  further  and  abandoned 
it.  It  now  serves  as  a  convenient  resting 
place  on  which  the  weary  travellers  may  re- 
cline after  their  fatiguing  climb,  and  from 
which  they  may  survey  the  smiling  plains  of 
Cachar  spread  out  like  a  map  some  three 
thousand  feet  below. 

The  stillness  of  the  forest  was  ever  and 
anon  broken  by  the  cries  of  a  black  monkey, 
known  among  the  natives  as  the  "  hoolook." 
These  animals  go  about  in  troops,  uttering 
cries  very  much  resembling  the  yelping  of 
beaten  puppies.  One  or  two  commence  with 
a  few  single  cries  in  one  key,  when  suddenly 
the  whole  pack  join  the  chorus  in  every  variety 
of  key.  After  indulging  in  this  amusement  for 
some  time,  it  is  brought  to  a  close,  the  cries 
gradually  dying  away,  but  only  to  be  resumed 
again  with  greater  vigour  than  before.  We 
seldom  saw  these  monkeys,  but  we  heard  them 
frequently  as  far  down  as  Kungnung. 


C8  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

Mynadhur,  which  is  elsewhere  described, 
was  reached  about  half-past  six  in  the  after- 
noon, and  here  we  had  our  first  experience  of 
Commissariat  rations.  I  went  into  the  little 
hut  and  saw,  on  the  ground,  two  dark  masses 
covered  with  the  prevailing  sand,  and,  on  in- 
vestigation, I  found  they  were  my  beef  and 
pork  for  a  week. 

I  need  not  repeat  my  remarks  about  the  road 
between  Mynadhur  and  Tipai  Mukh.  Suffice 
it  to  say  that,  journeying  by  land  and  water,  we 
reached  the  latter  place  just  in  time  for  dinner 
on  Christmas  Day. 

Difficulties  connected  with  the  Commissariat 
Department  prevented  our  going  on  to  the 
front  till  the  2nd  of  January,  when  we  started 
for  Tuibum.  On  the  road  we  met  all  the 
wounded  from  the  Kholel  business,  whom  they 
were  taking  into  the  depot  hospital  at  Tipai 
Mukh.  We  reached  No.  7  Station  on  the  4th. 


CHAPTER  V. 


THE  LUSHAIS— CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THREE  PRINCIPAL  TRIBES 
—FEATURES  AND  COMPLEXION— MUSCULAR  STRENGTH— IN- 
TELLECTUAL APTITUDE — COSTUME — PERSONAL  ADORNMENT — 
A  LUSHAI  EXQUISITE  —  PRACTICE  OF  SMOKING  —  TOBACCO 
WATER— WEAPONS—GUNPOWDER. 


71 


CHAPTER  V. 
i 

rPHE  Lushais  with  whom  we  became  ac- 
quainted during  our  journeyings,  belonged  to 
three  different  tribes,  the  Lushais,  Paites,  or 
Sokte"s,  and  Pois.  The  latter  are  rather  taller 
and  of  a  fairer  complexion  than  the  ordinary 
run  of  Hillmen,  but  the  principal  distinguish- 
ing characteristic  between  the  three  tribes  is 
the  mode  in  which  they  dress  their  hair. 

The  Lushai  parts  his  hair  in  the  middle, 
and  braiding  it  smoothly  on  each  side  of  the 
face,  binds  it  in  a  knot  on  the  nape  of  the 
neck,  secured  by  large  copper  or  steel  hair- 
pins;  the  Sokte  does  not  part  it  at  all,  but 
wears  it  short  and  standing  out  like  flames 
round  the  forehead,  which  is  generally  rather 


72  THE    L-USHAI    EXPEDITION. 

high  and  round ;  sometimes  the  hair  is  twisted 
into  a  little  tail  at  the  back. 

The  Pois  part  their  hair  across  the  back  of 
the  head,  from  ear  to  ear,  all  above  this  line 
being  drawn  upwards  or  forwards,  bound  in  a 
high  double  knot  on  the  forehead,  and  fastened 
by  a  small  ivory  or  bone  comb,  generally  orna- 
mented with  some  little  design  in  red  ;  but  all  the 
hair  below  the  parting  is  allowed  to  hang  in 
wavy  curls  over  the  back  and  shoulders. 

Some  Pois,  once  in  camp,  were  watching  a 
Sikh  Sepoy  performing  his  toilet,  and  seeing 
that,  previous  to  putting  on  his  turban,  he 
bound  his  long  hair  into  a  knot  on  the  top 
of  his  head,  tying  one  end  of  the  turban  into  it, 
they  at  once  hailed  him  as  a  Poi  and  a  brother. 
Bearing  in  mind  these  distinctions,  the  follow- 
ing description  applies  to  all,  premising  that 
the  only  women  we  saw  were  Lushais. 

Both  the  men  and  women  are  well  made, 
and  very  muscular;  the  average  height  of  the 
former  appeared  to  be  about  five  feet  six  inches, 
and  of  the  women,  five  feet  four  inches.  The 
men  are  all  sturdy  fellows,  thickset  as  to  the 


APPEARANCE    OP    THE    LUSHAIS.  73 

neck  and  shoulders,  body  light  and  active, 
arms  and  legs  muscular  and  well  developed, 
their  arms  generally  long  in  proportion  to  their 
bodies. 

Their  complexion  comprises  every  shade  of 
brown,  and  their  features  vary  considerably ; 
the  generality  however  possessing  flafc  retrousse 
noses  with  wide  nostrils,  thick  lips,  and 
small  almond-shaped  eyes.  Among  the  Lushais 
though,  and  especially  among  those  related  to 
the  reigning  families,  some  of  whom  were 
even  handsome,  we  met  with  a  much  more 
refined  type — the  nose  being  thin  and  aquiline 
with  small  nostrils,  the  lips  thin  and  the 
mouth  small.  In  all,  however,  the  cheek-bones 
were  high  and  prominent,  the  face  broad  and 
remarkable  for  an  almost  entire  absence  of 
beard  or  moustache ;  even  a  slight  moustache 
and  small  tuft  of  hair  on  the  chin  being  the 
exception  rather  than  the  rule. 

The  expression  of  many  was  bright  and  in- 
telligent, and  they  showed  a  wonderful  aptitude 
for  quickly  understanding  anything  new  and 
wonderful  which  they  saw  during  their  visits 


74  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

to  our  camp.  Not  the  least  astonishing  proof 
of  this  was  the  sharpness  they  displayed  in 
understanding  at  a  glance  the  intention  of  a 
pencil  sketch.  I  showed  a  sketch  to  some 
Lushais  one  day,  and  it  pleased  them  so  much 
that  one  went  away  and  returned  with  the 
skulls  of  a  deer  and  a  pig,  and  a  live  hen, 
all  of  which  he  requested  me  to  draw,  which 
I  did ;  and  the  lookers-on  pointed  out,  on  the 
models,  each  part  as  it  was  delineated,  even  to 
some  discolorations  on  the  skulls,  which  I  in- 
dicated by  a  little  shading. 

Their  general  expression  of  wonder  is  "  Amakeh 
oh !"  which  they  repeat  to  each  other  over 
and  over  again,  when  anything  more  astonish- 
ing than  usual  excites  their  interest.  Their 
dress  consists  only  of  one  large  homespun 
sheet  of  cotton  cloth,  passed  round  the 
body  under  the  right  arm,  which  is  thus 
left  free,  the  two  ends  being  thrown  in  oppo- 
site directions  over  the  left  shoulder,  where 
they  are  secured  by  a  strap  of  tiger  or  otter 
skin,  supporting  a  bag  in  which  is  carried  a 
knife,  a  dao,  tobacco,  flint,  steel,  and  other 
little  necessaries. 


A   LUSHAI   EXQUISITE.  75 

The  articles  contained  in  the  bag  are  pro- 
tected from  the  rain  by  a  kind  of  shield 
made  of  tiger,  bear,  or  goat-skin ;  the  latter, 
with  the  long  hair  pendent,  strongly  resembling 
a  Highland  sporan.  This  shield  is  fastened  at 
each  end  of  the  strap,  and  can  be  easily  re- 
moved at  will.  The  cloth  is  generally  greyish 
white,  with  a  dark  blue  stripe  running  through 
it;  but  sometimes  it  is  dark  blue,  with  a  few 
stripes  of  white,  yellow,  or  red,  or  all  three 
interwoven  into  it. 

Occasionally  we  met  a  young  man,  ap- 
parently a  Lushai  Exquisite,  who  wore  both 
the  white  and  blue  cloths  arranged  with  no 
little  taste. 

A  few  tartans  have  found  their  way  among 
the  Lushais,  but  these  have  been  procured 
through  Munipur  or  Cachar.  The  men  wear 
necklaces  of  coloured  beads,  or  of  amber,  which 
are  worn  in  large  cylindrical  beads.  We  saw 
very  few  of  the  latter  and  those  only  on 
people  apparently  of  some  importance. 

A  large  tiger's  tooth  mounted  in  silver,  and 
suspended  round  the  neck  by  a  thread,  is 


76  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

much  prized,  and  has,  I  believe,  some  special 
virtue  as  a  charm.  A  large  red  stone,  sus- 
pended by  a  string,  often  forms  an  ornament 
for  the  ear,  but  a  bunch  of  small  brilliant 
feathers,  or  a  small  tuft  of  goat's  hair,  dyed 
crimson  or  blue,  and  passed  through  a  hole  in 
the  lobe  of  the  ear,  seemed  to  be  the  favourite 
ornament  of  that  organ.  Muntries  and  cer- 
tain other  head-men  are  allowed  to  wear  a 
tuft  of  feathers  in  the  knots  of  their  hair. 

The  women  we  saw  seemed  to  disdain 
these  ornaments,  but  some  of  them  distended  the 
lobes  of  their  ears  by  a  small  thick  circular  disc 
of  white  baked  clay.  They  wear  a  small  strip  of 
cloth,  eighteen  inches  deep,  passed  round  the 
waist,  and  over  this,  a  cloth  of  dark  blue  wrapped 
carefully  about  them,  in  which  they  carry  their 
young  children  on  their  backs. 

Their  mode  of  dressing  their  hair  is  exceedingly 
pretty;  it  is  braided  smoothly  over  the  forehead 
and  plaited  at  the  sides,  the  plaits  being  passed 
round  the  back  of  the  head  and  over  the  top  in 
the  manner  of  a  coronet. 

Men,  women,  and  children,  from   the  age    at 


TOBACCO- WATER.  77 

which  they  can  hold  a  pipe,  smoke  almost  in- 
cessantly. The  mens5  pipes  are  made  sometimes 
of  brass,  rudely  ornamented,  but  generally  of  a 
small  piece  of  bamboo  lined  with  copper  or  iron ; 
a  very  fine  bamboo  being  let  in  near  the  knot  as 
a  mouthpiece. 

The  bowl  of  the  women's  pipe  is  of  clay,  and 
is  fitted  with  a  bamboo  receptacle  for  water, 
which,  becoming  impregnated  with  the  fumes  of 
the  smoke  and  the  oil  of  the  tobacco,  is  afterwards 
carried  about  by  the  men  in  small  gourds  or 
bamboo  tubes,  and  sipped  from  time  to  time, 
being  kept  in  the  mouth  for  a  short  time  before 
spitting  it  out.  This  tobacco  water  is  looked 
upon  as  a  great  luxury,  and  when  a  Lushai  meets 
a  friend,  he  offers  it  to  him  as  a  mark  of 
courtesy,  as  civilized  old  gentlemen  used  formerly 
to  exchange  snuff-boxes. 

The  Lushais  are  mighty  hunters,  as  they  are 
great  eaters  of  flesh,  and  their  supplies  depend 
a  good  deal  upon  the  success  of  their  hunting 
excursions.  It  is  only  within  the  last  fifteen  years, 
or  thereabouts,  that  they  have  learnt  the  use  of 
fire-arms,  but  now  they  possess  a  large  number  of 


78  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

muskets,  most  of  which  are  old  flint-locks,  of 
English  manufacture,  bearing  the  Tower  mark  of 
various  dates,  some  as  far  back  as  the  middle  of 
the  last  century.  The  stocks  of  these  are  highly 
varnished  and  ornamented  with  red  paint. 

Their  other  arms  are  bows  made  of  bamboo, 
with  which  poisoned  arrows  are  used.  These, 
however,  I  believe,  are  not  much  used  now,  having 
given  way  to  the  superior  claims  of  powder  and 
shot.  Spears  of  various  shapes  and  lengths, 
they  obtain  from  Munipur,  Cachar,  and  else- 
where. The  dao  is  a  triangular  blade  of  about 
twelve  inches  long,  fitted  into  a  wooden  handle. 
The  edge  is  sharpened  for  cutting,  and  the  broad 
end  is  employed  for  digging.  This,  besides  being 
used  as  a  weapon  of  offence,  is  also  the  agri- 
cultural implement  with  which  most  of  their 
jooming  operations  are  performed. 

A  long-bladed  two-handed  Burmese  knife,  slung 
over  the  shoulder,  is  carried  by  some  with  an 
air  of  superiority.  Small  bamboo  quivers,  full  of 
panjies,  i.e.,  small  pointed  stakes  of  hardened 
bamboo,  are  in  time  of  war  attached  to  their  bags. 
These  are  stuck  in  the  ground  along  the  path  in 


GUNPOWDER.  79 

» 

escaping  from  a  pursuer,  or  in  the  approach  to  a 
village,  and  are  capable  of  inflicting  very  nasty 
wounds  in  bare  feet,  and  will  even  penetrate  thick 
leather  shoes. 

Formerly  the  Lushais  used  to  obtain  gunpowder 
from  Cachar  and  Chittagong.  Owing  to  the  in- 
creased vigilance  of  the  authorities  in  these  dis- 
tricts, they  are  now  obliged  to  manufacture  it  for 
themselves.  Sulphur  they  get  from  Burrnah ;  the 
saltpetre  they  obtain  from  heaps  of  manure  col- 
lected in  large  funnel-shaped  baskets  which  hang 
up  outside  the  houses.  This  manure  is  strongly 
impregnated  with  urine,  and  the  liquid,  draining 
through  into  receptacles  beneath,  is  afterwards 
evaporated,  and  crystals  of  saltpetre  are  ob- 
tained. 

Their  powder  is  very  weak,  but  what  is  lacking 
in  quality  they  make  up  in  quantity,  about  four 
fingers,  or  six  drachms,  being  the  usual  charge. 
The  bullets  are  generally  bits  of  iron  or  lead 
hammered  into  shape. 

Their  powder-flasks  are  made  from  metua  horns, 
polished  and  ornamented  with  little  bands  of  red 
cane-work,  and  sometimes  inlaid  with  silver ;  the 
priming  powder  is  carried  in  a  very  small  horn. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


LUSHAI  VILLAGES — CONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  HOUSES — INTERNAL 
ARRANGEMENTS  —  WINDOWS  —  STOCKADES — NATIVE  WINE  — 
BASKET-MAKING — DOMESTIC  ANIMALS  —  CURIOUS  MACHINE 
FOR  ENTRAPPING  GAME  —  AGRICULTURAL  OPERATIONS  — 
MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS— A  SMITH'S  FORGE. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

A  LUSHAI  village  is  generally  situated  on  or 
near  the  top  of  some  high  hill  or  ridge. 
Those  we  saw  were  seldom  built  on  the  highest 
part,  but  a  little  way  down  the  slope,  apparently 
for  protection  against  high  winds.  The  houses 
are  constructed  on  one  uniform  plan ;  they  are 
all  gable-ended  and  raised  some  three  or  four 
feet  from  the  ground.  The  framework  is  of 
timber,  very  strong,  the  walls  and  floor  being  of 
bamboo  matting,  and  the  roof  thatched  with  grass, 
or  with  a  palmated  leaf  common  in  the  hills. 

The  houses  are  usually  about  eighteen  feet  long 
by  twelve  wide,  and  in  front  is  a  large  verandah, 
fitted  with  hollow  basins  scooped  out  of  tree 
trunks,  in  which  rice  is  husked  with  long  wooden 
pestles. 

G  2 


84  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

At  the  back  of  the  house  is  another  small  en- 
closed verandah,  which  serves  as  a  sort  of  store- 
room. The  interior  of  the  house  is  fitted  with  a 
large  hearth  of  mud  or  flat  stones,  over  which  is 
suspended  a  large  square  wooden  framework,  on 
which  are  trays  of  grain,  herbs,  &c.,  all  dried, 
bacon  cured,  &c. 

On  one  side  of  the  fire-place  is  a  small  raised 
sleeping  place. 

The  doors  are  blocked  up  at  the  bottom 
with  small  logs,  for  a  height  of  about  two 
feet.  This,  I  was  told,  was  with  a  view  to 
keep  the  small  children  in,  and  the  pigs  out. 
A  small  circular  hole  affords  entrance  to  the 
domestic  fowls ;  and  small  cages  constructed  just 
under  the  eaves  are  the  abode  of  fowls  and 
pigeons  at  night.  The  door  itself  is  a  close 
bamboo  hurdle,  sliding  backwards  and  forwards 
inside  on  a  couple  of  bamboos,  which  act  as  guides. 

Some  houses  have  windows,  which  are  closed 
externally  by  shutters  of  a  similar  construction  to 
the  doors.  The  front  of  the  house  is  covered  with 
skulls  of  antlered  deer,  metua,  bears,  leopards, 
&c.,  all  smoked  to  a  dark  brown  colour.  Feathers 


A  CHIEF'S  HOUSE.  85 

of  various  birds  are  also  stuck  into  the  interstices 
of  the  wall. 

The  chiefs  house  is  of  similar  construction,  but 
much  larger,  being  about  forty  yards  long,  by  ten 
wide,  and  is  divided  within  into  one  large  hall,  and 
two  or  three  sleeping  rooms  opening  on  to  a 
passage  running  the  whole  length  of  the  building. 
It  has,  generally,  in  front  a  large  level  open 
space,  and  from  this  the  streets  radiate  in  all 
directions,  following  the  spurs  or  slopes  of  the 
hill.  The  whole  is  inclosed  in  a  stiff  timber 
stockade,  excellently  constructed  on  the  most 
approved  principle,  with  a  ditch  and  banquettes 
in  rear  and  loopholed.  The  entrance  is  through 
a  passage  of  strong  timbers,  and  defended  by  a 
thick  door  or  gates. 

Small,  well-protected  look-outs  are  erected  at 
the  angles  of  the  stockade,  commanding  the  ap- 
proaches to  the  village.  Outside  the  fencing, 
timber  platforms  surrounded  by  posts,  each 
crowned  with  the  skull  of  some  animal,  mark  the 
spot  "  where  the  rude  forefathers  of  the  hamlet 
sleep."  Inside  also,  these  resting  places  are 
marked  by  a  small  raised  mound  of  earth,  or  a  pile 


86  THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

of  stones  and  a  few  skulls,  usually  close  to  the 
house  of  the  deceased. 

Outside  every  house  is  a  small  raised  platform, 
on  which,  and  on  the  stones  covering  the  graves 
of  their  deceased  friends,  the  Lushais  assemble 
in  groups  in  the  mornings  and  evenings  to 
smoke  and  converse. 

In  all  the  villages,  moreover,  there  is  a  large 
barn -like  building,  raised  similarly  to  the  houses, 
but  partially  open  at  the  sides,  and  with  a  square 
sunk  fireplace  in  the  middle.  This  is  the  house 
of  assembly,  where  the  affairs  of  the  village  and 
the  arrangements  for  raiding  expeditions,  &c.,  are 
discussed. 

The  Lushais  manufacture  a  kind  of  wine  from 
fermented  rice  and  water ;  something  else  is 
added,  a  fruit,  found  in  the  jungle,  I  believe,  but 
what  it  was,  I  could  not  find  out.  These  ingre- 
dients are  placed  in  a  large  clay  jar,  and  pressed 
down  for  several  days,  when  the  wine  is  fit  to 
drink.  In  one  of  the  northern  villages  we  saw 
them  sucking  the  wine  out  of  the  jar,  by  means  of 
a  long  reed,  which  was  passed  from  mouth  to 
mouth ;  but  further  south  we  found  in  the  houses 


DOMESTIC    ANIMALS.  87 

a  kind  of  syphon,  made  by  joining  a  couple  of 
reeds  together  at  an  angle  of  forty-five  degrees, 
by  means  of  a  piece  of  India-rubber.  This  is 
used  for  drawing  off  the  wine  from  the  rice,  &c., 
in  the  jar.  The  wine  is  thin,  and  in  flavour 
somewhat  resembles  cranberry  wine. 

The  Lushais  are  very  clever  at  basket-work, 
making  basKets  of  all  sorts,  of  cane  or  bamboo, 
from  little  really  tasteful  ones  for  holding  small 
articles  in-doors,  up  to  large  deep  baskets  with 
conical  lids,  and  little  feet,  in  which  they  carry 
loads  of  all  sorts.  The  latter  are  carried  on 
the  back,  a  small  cane-band  passing  round  them, 
and  through  the  ends  of  a  little  wooden  yoke  on 
the  shoulders,  and  so  over  the  forehead. 

The  domestic  animals  found  in  a  Lushai  village 
are  the  metua,  a  very  handsome  animal  of  the 
bovine  race,  with  fine  horns ;  the  goat,  remark- 
able for  his  very  long  white  hair ;  pigs,  which  are 
fattened  up  to  a  great  size,  and  fowls.  We  saw 
a  few  dogs  in  some  of  the  villages  we  occupied. 

Near  the  villages  we  found  various  kinds  of 
traps,  some  formed  by  bending  down  a  strong 
sapling  or  bamboo  as  a  spring,  which  jerks 


88  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

the  animal  high  into  the  air,  holding  it  sus- 
pended by  one  foot.  A  sepoy  with  the  right 
column  was  caught  in  one  of  these,  and  carried 
suddenly  aloft  by  the  foot,  to  the  astonishment 
of  his  comrades. 

Another  trap,  for  tigers,  &c.,  is  a  rough  cage 
of  logs,  open  at  both  ends,  the  top  of  which  is 
composed  of  several  large  trunks  of  trees  so 
arranged  as  to  fall  on  and  crush  any  animal 
passing  through  the  cage.  They  are  also  very 
skilful  in  making  small  rat-traps  and  snares  for 
birds. 

A  Lushai  field,  or  joom,  as  it  is  called,  is 
merely  a  piece  of  ground  on  the  hill-side, 
cleared  of  jungle  in  the  following  manner.  A 
convenient  piece  of  ground  having  been  fixed 
upon,  the  undergrowth  of  shrubs  and  creepers 
is  cut,  and  all  except  the  largest  trees  felled ; 
the  fallen  jungle  is  then  left  to  dry  in  the 
sun,  so  that  it  may  be  fired  when  the  proper 
season  arrives. 

Great  caution  is  exercised  in  firing  the  jooms, 
to  prevent  the  flames  spreading,  as  at  this 
season  of  the  year  the  surrounding  jungle  is 


AGRICULTUBE.  89 

very  dry.  When  the  joom  is  fired,  all  the 
felled  jungle,  with  the  exception  of  the  larger 
trees,  is  reduced  to  ashes ;  the  unburnt  trees 
are  left  lying  on  the  ground,  and  help  to  keep 
the  soil  from  being  washed  down  by  rain.  The 
soil  also  is  thoroughly  burnt  for  an  inch  or  two, 
and  this  soil,  being  mixed  with  the  ashes,  becomes 
fit  for  the  reception  of  the  seed. 

Baskets  of  mixed  seeds  of  cotton,  rice, 
melons,  pumpkins,  yams,  &c.,  are  carried  by 
the  sowers,  and  a  handful  thrown  into  little 
narrow  holes  made  with  the  broad  end  of  a  dao. 

The  sowing  takes  place  just  before  the  rains, 
during  which  the  villagers  assist  each  other  in 
weeding  the  crops. 

The  first  thing  to  ripen  is  Indian  corn,  in  the 
end  of  July;  afterwards,  in  order,  melons  and 
vegetables ;  lastly  rice  and  other  grain  in  Sep- 
tember. Small  houses,  six  or  eight  feet  from 
the  ground,  are  erected  in  the  jooms,  and  are 
occupied,  during  the  ripening  of  the  crops,  by  men 
whose  business  it  is  to  keep  off  monkeys,  jungle- 
fowl,  &c.,  who  would  do  mischief  in  the  jooms. 

The   rice,    having   been  cut   and    beaten  out, 


90  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

is  stored  in  granaries  fenced  about  with  strong 
logs.  Like  the  people  of  "  Haminelin  town/'  the 
Lushais  are  frequently  visited  by  immense 
numbers  of  rats  which  overrun  everything,  filling 
the  granaries,  and  leaving  ruin  and  devastation 
behind  them.  "  Neither  fire  nor  water  stops  the 
progress  of  the  innumerable  host,  which  disappear 
as  suddenly  and  mysteriously  as  they  arrive." 

Besides  the  crops  grown  in  the  fields,  small 
gardens  are  frequent  in  the  villages,  in  which 
are  cultivated  yams,  tobacco,  pepper,  beans  of 
various  sorts,  and  herbs.  In  carrying  loads 
or  cutting  jungle,  the  Lushais  work  to  the  cry 
of  a  continuous  "  haw-haw  "  uttered  in  measured 
time  by  all. 

Their  musical  instruments  are  few  and  simple ; 
a  drum  of  stretched  deer-skin,  a  curious  instru- 
ment formed  from  a  gourd,  the  neck  of  which  is 
furnished  with  a  reed  mouth-piece.  Into  the 
gourd,  seven  reed-pipes  of  various  lengths,  each 
having  one  hole  stop,  are  inserted  ;  the  junc- 
tions of  the  reeds  with  the  gourd  being  ren- 
dered air-tight  by  a  stopping  of  India-rubber. 
The  simple  music  produced  is  that  of  a  few  notes 


INGENIOUS   FORGE.  91 

of  a  harmonium  played  low  and  softly.  Another 
instrument  is  a  single  reed-pipe,  and  they  have 
gongs  of  various  sizes. 

The  men  and  boys  whistle  through  their 
fingers  with  great  power.  The  songs  of  the 
Lushais  are  low  monotonous  chants,  accom- 
panied by  the  gourd  instrument  or  drum. 

As  a  rule,  a  Lushai  village  is  a  long  distance 
from  any  great  supply  of  water ;  in  consequence 
the  Lushais  bathe  but  seldom,  and  they  are 
unable  to  manage  a  boat,  or  swim.  They  seem 
to  have  few  diseases,  and  only  one  man  did 
we  see  marked  with  small-pox. 

Besides  manufacturing  cotton  cloth,  making 
baskets,  &c.,  they  work  a  little  in  iron.  A 
rough  but  ingenious  forge  is  found  in  all  their 
villages.  It  is  similar  to  one  in  use  all  over 
Lower  Bengal,  and  they  have  probably  learned 
its  construction  and  use  from  the  Bengali 
captives. 

The  forge  consists  of  a  couple  of  wooden 
cylinders  about  two  feet  high,  and  eight  or  nine 
inches  in  diameter,  each  furnished  with  wooden 
pistons,  feathers  being  fastened  to  the  circumfer- 


92  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

ence  of  the  latter  as  a  stuffing  to  prevent  the 
escape  of  air.  The  cylinders  are  placed  upright 
in  the  ground,  being  buried  to  a  certain  depth. 

A  small  fire-place  of  stones  is  constructed  in 
front,  and  two  thin  "bamboos  communicate 
under-ground  between  this  and  the  cylinders. 
The  forge  is  worked  by  a  man  holding  the  pis- 
tons, one  in  each  hand,  and  moving  them  alter- 
nately, thus  keeping  up  a  constant  supply  of 
air.  The  fuel  used  is  charcoal. 

A  very  useful  spoon,  which  serves  a  variety 
of  purposes,  is  made  from  bamboo.  A  portion 
about  a  foot  long  is  cut  off  above  a  joint,  and 
the  bamboo  afterwards  cut,  as  in  making  a  quill 
pen ;  a  scoop  with  a  long  handle  is  made  in 
two  minutes. 

The  bamboo  has  rightly  been  called  the  Hill- 
man's  friend,  because  it  supplies  him  with  every- 
thing from  a  house  down  to  a  small  drinking-cup. 
I  have  referred  in  the  course  of  this  chapter  to 
many  of  the  various  uses  to  which  it  is  put, 
but  there  is  one  which  I  have  not  mentioned, 
its  use  as  a  vessel  in  which  to  carry  water  from 
the  stream.  The  women  perform  this  operation, 


CHARACTER   OF   THE   NATIVES.  93 

each  carrying  about  half-a-dozen  long  and  large 
bamboos  on  her  back,  supported  in  the  manner 
already  described. 

Our  march  through  the  country  not  being  a 
peaceful  one,  we  had  no  opportunity  of  witness- 
ing any  of  their  religious,  marriage,  or  funeral  cere- 
monies, and  as  in  several  particulars  I  find  that 
the  Lushais  on  our  side  differ  from  those  de- 
scribed by  Captain  Lewin  as  dwelling  on  the 
Chittagong  side,  approaching  more  nearly  the 
descriptions  given  by  Major  McCulloch  of  the 
Kookies  dwelling  in  the  South  of  Munipur, 
any  quotations  made  from  these  authorities  might 
be  liable  to  the  charge  of  inaccuracy,  when 
applied  to  the  tribes  with  whom  we  were  brought 
in  contact. 

With  a  few  exceptions  the  Lushais  impressed 
us  very  favourably.  Intelligent,  merry,  and  with 
few  wants,  they  were  very  far  removed  from 
the  utterly  irreclaimable  savages  which,  prior  to 
the  Expedition,  our  fancy  had  painted. 


CHAPTER  VII. 


LEFT  COLUMN  OF  THE  EXPEDITION— THE  COMMISSARIAT  DE- 
PARTMENT— POLITICAL  OFFICER — SILCHAR — THE  ARTILLERY 
AND  SAPPERS — FIRST  CASUALTY  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN — ROUTE 
FROM  SILCHAR  TO  MYNADHUR  —  APPEARANCE  OF  THE 
COUNTRY — DIFFICULTIES  OF  THE  MARCH. 


97 


CHAPTER  VII. 

nnHE  Cachar  or  left  column  of  the  Lushai  Ex- 
pedition consisted  of  the  following  troops  : — 
Half  of  the  Peshawur  mountain  battery  of 
artillery  under  Captain  Blackwood,  R.A. ;  one 
company  of  Sappers  and  Miners  under  Lieu- 
tenant Harvey,  R.E. ;  five  hundred  men  of  the  . 
Punjaub  Native  Infantry  under  Colonel  Stafford  : 
the  same  number  of  the  42nd  Assam  Light 
Infantry  under  Colonel  Rattray,  C.B.  ;  the 
same  number  of  the  44th  Assam  Light  Infantry 
under  Colonel  Hicks ;  and  one  hundred  police 
under  Mr.  Daly. 

Lieutenant- Colonel  Davidson,  who  was  in  charge 
of  the  Commissariat  Department,  had  one  thou- 
sand two  hundred  coolies,  and  several  elephants, 
placed  under  his  orders.  A  coolie  corps  consist- 


98  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

ing  of  eight  hundred  men  intended  for  the 
carriage  of  the  Sepoys'  baggage,  was  enrolled 
under  Major  Moore  and  Captain  Branson,  assisted 
by  Captain  Hedayat,  native  aide-de-camp  to  the 
Commander-in-Chief.* 

The  conduct  of  the  operations  of  the  left 
column  was  entrusted  to  Brigadier-General 
Bourchier,  C.B.,  commanding  the  North-eastern 
Frontier  district.  On  his  Staff  were  Lieutenant- 
Colonel  F.  Roberts,  R.A.,  V.C.,  C.B.,  Deputy- 
Assist. -Quartermaster-General,  Capt.  H.  Thomp- 
son, Brigade  Major;  and  Captain  Butler,  Aide- 
de-Camp.  Dr.  Buckle,  Inspector-General  of 
Hospitals,  was  in  medical  charge,  and  Mr.  Edgar 
Deputy-Commissioner  of  Cachar,  accompanied  the 
column  as  Political  Officer. 

A  gentleman  named  Burland,  of  great  ex- 
perience on  this  frontier,  who  had  visited  the 
Lushais  with  Mr.  Edgar  previously,  was  appointed 
to  act  as  Assistant  Political  Officer.  His  health, 
however,  failed,  and  he  never  got  beyond  No.  7 

*  A  party  from  the  telegraph  department,  under  Mr.  Pitman, 
and  one  of  the  Topographical  Survey,  under  Captain  Badgley, 
were  also  attached  to  this  column. 


SILCHAB.  99 

Camp,    and  had   to  relinquish   his    appointment 
long  before  the  return  of  the  Expedition. 

Silchar,  the  Sudder,  i.e.,  principal  station  of  the 
Cachar  District,  is  a  small  place  boasting  only 
of  a  few  brick  buildings,  including  the  cutcherry 
or  court-house,  and  church. 

There  is  a  large  native  bazaar,  the  houses  in 
which,  as  well  as  those  of  most  of  the  European 
residents,  are  built  of  bamboo  and  mud.  There 
are  two  large  European  shops,  which,  taking  ad- 
vantage of  the  necessities  of  the  troops  that 
composed  the  Expedition,  raised  their  prices 
enormously.  They  had  no  fixed  scale,  but  the 
price  of  their  goods  was  raised  when  the  demand 
for  them  became  much  greater  than  usual.  An 
article  which  could  be  obtained  on  our  arrival  at 
Cachar  for  one  rupee,  commanded  four  rupees 
during  the  fortnight  or  so  in  which  the  place  was 
occupied  by  our  troops. 

It  is  a  very  quiet  little  station,  and  such  an 
exciting  event  as  the  passing  through  of  so  many . 
troops,  lifted  it  entirely  out  of  its  normal  state  of 
level  dulness  ;  and  "  Let  us  make  hay  while  the 
sun  shines,"   was  apparently  the  motto  adopted 

H  2 


100  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

by  all  classes  of  shop-keepers,  European  as  well 
as  native. 

This  being  the  nearest  station  to  Tipai  Mukh, 
it  was  fixed  upon  as  the  rendezvous  of  the  various 
corps  comprising  the  Force,  and  thither  all  their 
special  equipments,  waterproof  sheets,  boots,  tools, 
Norton's  pumps,  &c.,  had  been  sent  on  by  water. 
The  different  corps  which  arrived  in  Silchar  came 
from  Abbdabad,  Roorkee,  and  Assam. 

The  Artillery  and  Sappers  were  conveyed  from 
Calcutta  in  a  Government  steamer  as  far  as 
Chattuck,  on  the  River  Soorma,  picking  up  the 
22nd  P.  KT.  on  their  way  at  Dacca. 

A  camp  was  formed  at  a  place  called  Kala 
Rokka  a  few  miles  above  Chattuck,  above  which 
the  state  of  the  river  prevented  any  steamer  pro- 
ceeding. From  this  place,  as  soon  as  country 
boats  could  be  obtained,  they  were  brought  into 
Cachar. 

The  first  casualty  of  the  campaign  occurred 
on  board  the  Government  steamer.  It  suddenly 
grounded,  and  a  flat  attached  to  it,  missing  the 
shoal,  went  ahead,  snapping  the  hawsers.  One 
of  these  flying  back,  caught  a  native  attached  to 


POSTS   ON  THE    SYLHET.  101 

the  battery,  and  broke  his  leg  so  badly  that 
immediate  amputation  was  necessary. 

The  44th  arrived  from  Shillong  on  the  9th 
November,  the  Artillery  and  Sappers  on  the 
18th ;  and  the  22nd  and  42nd  a  few  days  later. 

The  General  and  Staff  had  arrived  about  the 
16th,  and  the  next  few  days  were  devoted  to  the 
distribution  of  the  waterproof  sheets,  boots,  &c., 
to  the  troops  and  coolies ;  and  to  the  reduction 
of  the  kits  of  officers  and  men  to  the  appointed 
limits  of  weight,  twenty  seers,  or  about  forty 
pounds  for  an  officer,  and  twelve  for  a  sepoy. 
Each  corps  was  also  supplied  with  coolies  and 
inspected  by  the  General. 

While  the  General  was  in  Silchar,  he  saw 
reasons  for  coming  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
posts  already  established  on  the  Sylhet  and 
Cachar  frontier  were  not  sufficiently  far  south, 
either  to  protect  his  right  flank,  or  to  enable 
him  to  bring  any  pressure  upon  Sukpilal  and 
Khalkom,  should  they  throw  in  their  lot  with 
the  Howlongs,  or  Eastern  tribes,  and  therefore, 
ordered  the  officer  commanding  the  4th  N.L, 
then  stationed  in  Cachar,  to  occupy  a  hill  called 


102  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

Benkong  on  the  Noonvai  range,  and  another  point 
on  the  Rengtipahar,  near  the  Koloshib  Hill,  cutting 
roads  from  them  to  the  Sonai  and  Dullesur  rivers 
respectively,  in  order  to  bring  these  posts  into 
communication  by  water  with  Cachar — arrange- 
ments which  were  most  successfully  carried  out. 

General  Nuthall  had  been  requested  to  move 
the  Rajah  of  Munipur  to  post  detachments  on 
the  Southern  frontier,  flanked  by  a  force  near 
the  Nivirang  Lake.  So  great,  however,  were 
the  difficulties  which  interfered  with  the  accom- 
plishment of  this  design,  that  these  posts  were 
never  established.. 

Great  doubt  had  existed  as  to  the  best  route 
from  Silchar  to  Mynadhur.  Two  routes  were 
possible;  one  over  the  Buban  range  via  Monier- 
khal ;  and  the  other  round  by  Luckipur  and  the 
banks  of  the  Barak. 

The  former  was  the  one  originally  intended  to 
be  adopted.  The  road  for  three  miles  beyond 
Monierkhal  was  nearly  level,  but  from  thence 
the  existing  path  led  up  the  face  of  the  hill,  cer- 
tainly at  a  very  steep  gradient,  crossing  the 
range  at  nearly  its  highest  point. 


BANKS    OF   THE    BARAK.  103 

Colonel  Roberts,  and  Colonel  Nuthall  of  the 
44th  N.I.,  went  out  to  explore  this  route ;  but, 
unaccustomed  as  they  then  were  to  hill-climbing 
and  steep  rough  paths,  the  difficulties  which 
presented  themselves  seemed  to  them  insur- 
mountable. They  failed,  moreover,  to  find  water 
anywhere  between  the  foot  of  the  range  on  the 
one  side,  and  Mynadhur  on  the  other,  and  con- 
sequently all  idea  of  adopting  this  route  was 
abandoned. 

The  next  thing  to  be  done  was  to  find  the  path 
which,  though  seldom  used,  was  said  to  exist 
between  Luckipur  and  Mynadhur,  and  accord- 
ingly some  Cachari  Kookies  were  sent  out  to 
look  for  it. 

The  whole  of  the  country  on  either  bank  of 
the  Barak  is  very  difficult.  Long  spurs  are  sent 
down  from  the  Bubans  on  one  side,  and  the 
Noonjaibong  range  on  the  other.  These  run 
steeply  down  to  the  very  water's  edge,  and  are 
separated  from  each  other  by  deep  and  boggy 
ravines,  and  covered  with  the  densest  jungle. 

The  coolies,  having  either  found  some  ele- 
phants' tracks,  or  observed  paths  used  by  wood- 


104  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

cutters,  or,  which  is  more  likely,  having  cut 
one  out  for  themselves  straight  ahead,  shirking 
no  obstacles,  returned  to  report  their  success, 
and  the  44th  were  sent  out  to  improve  and  widen 
the  path  so  discovered,  and  make  it  practicable 
for  laden  elephants  —  a  portion  of  the  pro- 
gramme which  was  never  accomplished. 

The  44th  marched  out  of  Silchar  on  the  21st 
November  to  Luckipur,  and  ten  Sappers  left 
in  boats  on  the  same  day  for  Mynadhur.  The 
road,  which,  as  far  as  Luckipur,  is  the  high 
road  to  Munipur,  was  very  good,  and  from  this 
point  to  Alui  tea-garden  but  few  difficulties  were 
encountered.  Beyond  this,  however,  it  lay 
along  the  left  bank  of  the  river,  crossing  the 
spurs  before  mentioned,  rising  and  falling  con- 
tinually, often  as  much  as  seven  hundred  feet, 
and  always  with  a  very  steep  gradient.  Through- 
out its  whole  length  there  was  not  a  single  level 
portion  extending  to  the  distance  of  one  hundred 
yards.  It  was  altogether  a  most  fatiguing  and 
harassing  road — the  march  along  which  reminded 
one  of  the  old  King  of  France,  of  whom  we  are 
told,  that  "  He,  with  all  his  men,  marched  up 
the  hill,  to  march  down  again." 


FOREST    SCENERY.  105 

The  road,  or  rather  path — for  it  never  aspired 
to  be  anything  more — lay  through  a  jungle  of 
fine  forest  trees,  from  the  branches  of  which  huge 
creepers  hung  in  graceful  festoons,  with  a  pro- 
fusion of  tall  bamboos  and  cane  all  around,  while 
tangled  thorns  and  shrubs,  with  a  network  of 
long  roots,  covered  every  inch  of  ground  between 
these.  Regarded  as  forest  scenery,  the  aspect 
of  the  road  was  very  fine ;  but  to  troops  on  the 
march,  the  irritation  caused  by  its  difficulties 
interfered  materially  with  any  appreciation  of 
the  beautiful  in  which  they  could  indulge. 

"  On  either  hand 

Uprose  the  trunks  with  underwood  entwined, 
Making  one  thicket,  thorny,  dense,  and  blind, 
Where,  with  our  axes,  labouring  half  the  day, 
We  scarcely  made  some  half  a  rod  of  way." 

Compared  with  this  route,  I  cannot  help  think- 
ing that  a  little  engineering  would  have  made 
a  better  one  over  the  Buban,  and  certainly  a 
much  shorter  one.  Afterwards,  as  we  shall  see 
at  Chepui,  laden  elephants  encountered  and 
overcame  the  difficulties  of  a  much  worse  path 
than  that  over  the  Buban,  as  it  existed  at  first; 


106  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

whereas  the  elephants,  with  their  loads,  could 
not  be  sent  by  the  other  road  to  Mynadhur, 
their  burdens  having  to  be  taken  on  in  boats. 

As  to  the  difficulty  about  water  in  the  Buban, 
Captain  Badgley,  passing  over  with  a  survey 
party  for  the  first  time,  to  join  the  head-quar- 
ters, saw  near  the  very  highest  points  of  the 
path  a  ravine  in  which  his  practised  eye  led 
him  to  suspect  that  the  precious  fluid  might  be 
found,  and  sending  some  of  his  men  down  into 
it,  a  stream  was  discovered  within  two  hundred 
yards  of  the  path,  which  afterwards  sufficed  at 
one  time  for  the  wants  of  more  than  four  hun- 
dred coolies,  without  any  sensible  decrease  in 
the  supply.  This  fact  renders  it  evident  that 
if  a  survey  party,  "  the  pioneers  of  civilisation," 
had  been  allowed  to  precede  the  column  as  far 
as  it  could  with  safety,  instead  of  remaining  idle 
in  Cachar  for  a  month,  great  expense,  and  much 
loss  of  time,  would  have  been  saved. 

In  the  meantime  news  had  arrived  in  Cachar 
that  the  Coolie  corps,  under  Captain  Heydayat 
Ali,  had  been  attacked  by  cholera  at  Kala  Rokka ; 
and  Colonel  Sheriff,  42nd  Light  Infantry,  Major 


CONVALESCENT    CAMP.  107 

Moore,  with  Drs.  White  and  Gregg,  were  sent 
down  to  that  camp.  The  medical  and  embark- 
ing authorities  at  Calcutta  are  stated  to  have 
protested  against  the  crowding  of  eight  hundred 
coolies  into  two  flats,  but  their  protest  was  of  no 
avail.  The  coolies  were  neither  accompanied  by 
any  European  officer,  nor  had  sufficient  medical  aid 
been  provided  for  them.  The  ordinary  precautions 
to  prevent  overcrowding,  so  strictly  enforced  in 
the  case  of  labourers  imported  to  work  in  the 
tea-gardens,  seem  to  have  been  entirely  disre- 
garded ;  and  the  result  was  what  might  have  been 
anticipated. 

Dr.  White,  on  his  arrival,  divided  the  coolies 
into  three  camps,  at  different  points  along  the 
river.  While  the  hospital  remained  at  Kala  Eokka, 
a  convalescent  camp  was  established  some  few 
miles  further  up  the  stream ;  but,  notwithstand- 
ing these  and  other  judicious  measures,  with  the 
exertions  of  the  medical  officers,  the  disease  was 
not  got  entirely  under  control  till  towards  the 
end  of  December;  by  which  time  the  number 
of  the  coolie  corps  was  reduced  to  three  hundred 
and  eighty-seven. 


108  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

A  very  serious  strain  was  thus  brought  on 
the  Commissariat  Department,  who  were  called 
on  to  supply  carriage  for  the  baggage  of  the 
troops,  as  well  as  for  their  own  stores.  Fortu- 
nately water-carriage  was  available  as  far  as  Tipai 
Mukh ;  and  the  collector  of  Sylhet  undertook, 
in  our  emergency,  to  supply  three  hundred 
coolies  to  fill  up  the  vacancies  caused  by  the 
outbreak  of  cholera. 

This  incident  is  only  one  of  the  many  examples 
we  have  had,  in  almost  all  our  expeditions,  of 
that  inattention  to  details  which  is  so  conspicuous 
a  defect  in  British  arrangements,  and  was  at  no 
time  more  remarkable  than  in  the  Crimean  war. 
In  the  present  instance,  it  well  nigh  perilled  the 
success  of  this  Expedition  at  its  very  outset. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


MYNADHUR — THE  TELEGRAPH — A  DAILY  POST  ESTABLISHED — 
ROUTE  TO  TIPAI  MUKH — SCENERY  ON  THE  BARAK — TRIAL 
OP  ELEPHANTS  —  ENCAMPMENT  —  THE  GOORKHAS— VARIOUS 
STATIONS— TIPAI  MUKH— BRIDGE  BUILT  BY  KOOKIES— A 
NATIVE  SAPPER— THE  COMMISSARIAT  FLEET  OP  BOATS— A 
LUSHAI  IDEA. 


Ill 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

ll/TYNADHUR,  the  last  and  most  outlying  of 
the  tea-gardens,  is  prettily  situated  on 
the  left  bank  of  the  Barak,  where  the  river, 
taking  a  semi-circular  bend,  leaves  a  long  stretch 
of  tolerably  level  ground  between  its  banks  and 
the  foot  of  the  hills.  The  garden  covers  several 
low  tilas,  the  bungalow  crowning  one  of  them ; 
and  beneath  this,  on  the  river's  bank,  are  the 
huts  and  bazaar  of  the  coolie  labourers.  There 
is  also  a  small  stockade  of  ancient  bamboos,  the 
weakness  and  ruinous  state  of  which  sufficiently 
indicate  the  sense  of  security  felt  by  the  in- 
habitants of  the  garden,  who,  however,  have  a 
small  police-guard  generally  stationed  there. 
Though  so  far  removed  from  all  aid,  this  garden 
has  never,  I  believe,  been  attacked  by  Lushais, 


112  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

owing  probably  to  the  extreme  difficulty  of  the 
country  between  it  and  their  own  border. 

The  General  and  Staff  arrived  at  Mynadhur, 
about  the  29th  November,  with  one  wing  of  the 
44th  and  the  Sappers.  The  jungle  about 
Mynadhur  consisting  principally  of  bamboo,  no 
difficulty  was  experienced  in  speedily  construct- 
ing barracks,  hospitals,  magazines,  godowns,  and 
officers'  quarters. 

Commissariat  stores  for  three  months  had 
been  collected  here,  and  ordnance  and  other  stores 
were  arriving ;  while  a  fleet  of  small  boats,  of  the 
light  tonnage  necessary  for  passing  the  rapids  and 
shallows  of  the  Barak  higher  up,  had  been  sent 
down  from  Sylhet  and  Cachar. 

The  boatmen  in  these  districts  had  the  most 
intense  horror  of  this  part  of  the  country,  and  it 
was  with  great  difficulty  that  they  were  induced 
to  go  with  their  boats ;  many  preferring  to  sink 
them,  while  they  themselves  disappeared  in  some 
place  of  concealment  till  the  danger  was  past. 

Meanwhile,  the  line  of  telegraph  from  Cachar 
had  been  carried  down  to  Mynadhur ;  the  telegraph 
party,  under  their  energetic  chief,  having  brought 


LUSHAIS   IN   CAMP.  113 

it  over  the  Buban,  in  the  face  of  many  obstacles. 
A  telegraph  office  was  at  once  opened;  and  a 
daily  post  was  established  between  Silchar  and 
Mynadhur ;  so  that  by  the  first  week  in  December, 
the  head-quarters  of  the  Force  were  in  communi- 
cation with  Calcutta,  both  by  telegraph  and  post. 

The  road  onwards  to  Tipai  Mukh  was  at  once 
commenced,  and  some  friendly  Lushais  having  re- 
presented the  best  route  to  be  on  the  Munipur 
bank,  the  beginning  of  it  was  made  on  that  side. 

It  may  be  necessary  to  explain  the  presence  of 
these  Lushais  in  camp.  Mr.  Edgar,  who  was  still 
in  Cachar,  having  sent  messages  to  Sukpilal,  was 
anxiously  awaiting  their  return.  Eight  Lushais 
from  Poiboi's  villages  arrived  with  presents,  but 
they  were  men  of  small  account  and  not  entrusted 
with  any  definite  overtures.  They  said  that  they 
had  met  Raipa,  an  old  Kookie  who  had  been  dis- 
possessed by  the  Lushais,  and  who  accompanied 
the  column  as  guide  and  interpreter.  This  Raipa 
was  then  exploring  to  find  a  route,  but  these  men 
said  to  Mr.  Edgar  that  he  was  not  likely  to  find 
one  in  the  direction  taken  by  him,  but  that  they 
knew  of  one  by  which  they  would  guide  the  troops. 


114  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

and  four  of  them  were  sent  down  for  that  purpose. 

The  scenery  all  up  the  Barak  is  extremely 
beautiful,  lofty  wooded  hills  coming  down  to  the 
water's  edge,  and  receding  here  and  there,  so  as 
to  afford  glimpses  of  more  distant  ranges,  while 
large  rocks  and  sandy  strips  diversify  the 
character  of  the  banks.  The  river  winds  about 
very  much,  the  bends  presenting  a  series  of  pic- 
tures, the  elements  of  which,  wooded  hills,  rocks, 
and  water,  though  ever  the  same,  are  constantly 
varying  in  arrangement ;  and  in  the  varieties  of 
light  and  shade,  each  differs  from  the  other  in 
some  point  of  detail,  but  on  the  whole  all  appear 
equally  beautiful.  Alligators  bask  in  the  sun  here 
and  there  on  the  rocks,  sliding  off  lazily  into  the 
deep  pools  beneath  when  a  boat  approaching  too 
near  rouses  them  from  their  slumbers. 

As  the  head-quarters  advanced,  the  regiments  in 
rear  followed  up  in  order,  each  working  on  a 
certain  portion  of  the  road.  The  Artillery  was 
left  in  Oachar  till  the  road  to  Mynadhur  was  re- 
ported fit  for  elephants,  and  they  did  not  get  the 
order  to  march  till  the  2nd  December. 

The  time,  however,  was  not  wasted;  the  ex- 


CAMPS.  115 

periment  of  elephants  instead  of  mules,  as  animals 
of  draught,  was  to  be  tried  in  this  campaign ;  and 
the  gunners  not  having  received  their  elephants 
till  their  arrival  in  Oachar,  they  were  fully  em- 
ployed in  altering  and  refitting  their  equipment, 
many  portions  of  which  were  entirely  novel  and 
untried.  The  strength  of  the  battery  was  also 
made  up  by  drafts  from  the  42nd  and  22nd  regi- 
ments, and  these  had  to  be  instructed  in  their  new 
work ;  but  when  the  order  for  the  march  arrived 
it  found  them  all  ready  and  in  first  rate  order. 

The^road  onwards  from  Mynadhur  was  similar 
in  character  to  that  up  to  it,  precipitous  and 
jungly.  Four  camps  were  established  between 
Mynadhur  and  Tipai  Mukh.  These  camps  were 
numbered  from  one  to  four ;  a  large  board  being 
nailed  up  on  a  tall  tree  near  the  entrance  to  each, 
with  an  inscription  roughly  painted  in  black, 
66  Station  No.  1,  &c." 

A  description  of  one  will  suffice  for  all,  as  well 
as  for  many  of  the  others  formed  south  of  Tipai 
Mukh. 

Arrived  at  the  halting  place,  all  the  troops 
went  to  work  cutting  down  branches  of  trees  and 

i  2 


116  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

bamboos,  collecting  leaves,  grass,  &c.  In  this 
work  the  active  little  Goorkhas  of  the  44th  N.  I., 
were  much  more  at  home  than  their  up-country 
brethren  in  arms,  who  at  first  used  to  look  help- 
lessly on,  while  the  former,  springing  into  trees 
like  monkeys,  lopped  off  branches,  collected 
bamboos,  &c.,  and  had  quickly  constructed  com- 
fortable ranges  of  cantos,  with  a  low  raised  bamboo 
floor  as  a  sleeping  place,  before  the  others  had 
made  up  their  minds  what  to  do. 

All  the  Sepoys  had  been  supplied  with  kookries, 
a  peculiar  kind  of  native  knife,  most  effective  in 
cutting  jungle  when  successfully  used.  The 
Goorkhas,  as  a  rule,  were  possessed  of  their  own, 
but  those  supplied  by  Government  were  soon  use- 
less, often  breaking  after  the  first  few  blows, 
efficiency  having  been  sacrificed  to  economy. 

A  large  number  of  Cachari,  Mekir,  and  Kookie 
coolies  were  with  the  advance,  and  these  men  were 
very  expert  in  cutting  jungle  and  building  huts. 
In  an  almost  incredibly  short  space  of  time,  they 
ran  up  quarters  for  the  General  and  other  officers 
with  him.  The  framework  was  fastened  together 
by  strips  of  bark,  and  the  walls  consisted  of 


STATIONS.  117 

bamboo,  leaves,  and  grass.  Each  hut  was  fur- 
nished with  a  standing  bedstead,  a  table  and  stool 
of  bamboo.  Outside  was  the  mess-table,  the  super- 
structure of  which  was  formed  of  split  bamboo, 
supported  by  legs  of  rough  timber ;  and  around 
it  were  seats  constructed  also  of  split  bamboo. 

It  was  astonishing  how  soon  a  waste,  howling 
wilderness  of  jungle  was  transformed  into  a 
pleasant  camp  ;  and  as  abundance  of  fire- wood  was 
at  hand,  large  camp-fires  were  always  maintained, 
which  tended  to  keep  these  halting-places  drier 
and  healthier  than  might  have  been  expected. 

All  these  stations  were  situated  close  to  the 
river's  edge;  a  position  by  which  an  ample  supply 
of  water  was  secured,  and  the  Commissariat's 
boats  were  able  to  provide  the  troops  with  the 
necessary  provisions  every  evening — the  coolies 
being  thus  set  free  for  road-making.  The  rapids 
proved  passable  for  boats  up  to  two  hundred 
maunds,  though  they  were  dragged  through  these 
with  difficulty. 

At  No.  3,  the  road  again  crossed  to  the  Cachar 
side,  and  so  continued  to  Tipai  Mukh.  A  floating 
bridge  of  ingenious  construction  provided  a  con- 


118  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

venient  passage  across  the  river  at  each  of  the 
three  points  where  the  road  changes  from  one  side 
to  the  other.  The  bridge  consisted  of  an  octagonal 
raft  of  bamboo  and  matting,  slung  down  stream 
at  two  adjacent  corners  by  large  cane  loops  to  a 
very  strong  rope  of  cane  ;  which,  firmly  fastened 
at  each  end  to  trees  on  either  bank,  hung  slackly 
in  the  water.  The  raft  was  worked  backwards 
and  forwards  by  two  men  hauling  the  rope 
through  the  loops. 

General  Bourchier  reconnoitred  Tipai  Mukh  in 
person  on  the  9th,  and  notwithstanding  predictions 
to  the  contrary,  no  stockade  or  other  demonstra- 
tion of  hostility  was  discovered.  The  place  was 
found  to  be  admirably  suited  for  a  large  camp 
or  depot. 

It  is  situated,  as  its  name  implies,  at  the  con- 
fluence of  the  Tuivai  (according  to  the  Lushais, 
miscalled  Tipai  by  us)  or  Tipai  with  the  Barak, 
at  the  point  where  the  latter,  flowing  in  a  south- 
westerly direction  through  Munipur,  takes  a 
sudden  turn  northward.  At  that  season  of  the 
year  the  Tuivai  was  reduced  to  a  small  stream  of 
about  fifty  yards  in  width,  leaving  on  its  southern 


GOOD    CAMPING   GEOUND.  119 

bank  a  large  stretch  of  shingly  beach,  which,  with 
a  high  sandy  plateau,  formed  a  square  of  some 
seven  acres,  bounded  on  the  east  and  north  by  the 
Tuivai,  west  by  the  Barak,  and  south  by  a  steep 
wooded  hill,  the  end  of  a  spur  from  a  range  to 
the  south-west. 

North  of  the  Tuivai  again,  along  the  left  bank 
of  the  Barak,  was  another  long  strip  of  sand  and 
shingle,  of  some  ten  acres  in  extent.  No  doubt 
when  the  rains  set  in,  the  rivers,  swollen  and 
turbulent,  rushing  violently  past  their  banks, 
and  coming  suddenly  into  collision,  cover  this 
bare  space  with  a  mass  of  seething  waters ;  but 
in  December,  when  they  had  sunk  to  quiet  peace- 
able streams,  it  afforded  us  good  dry  camping 
ground. 

On  the  south  beach,  Commissariat  and  Ord- 
nance godowns  were  erected,  and  the  Artillery 
and  Engineer  parks  found  accommodation,  while, 
on  the  sandy  plateau  above,  officers'  quarters, 
mess,  &c.,  were  established. 

On  the  northern  strip,  Hospitals  and  Sepoys' 
lines  were  built,  sufficient  space  remaining  for 
a  camping  ground  for  elephants ;  and  a  light 


120  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

bridge  was  thrown  across  the  Tipai  by  the 
Cachari  Kookies.  Practical  fellows  these,  caring 
little  for  mathematics  and  theory.  While  a 
scientific  officer  was  calculating,  in  a  hut  close  by, 
the  strength  of  timber  necessary  for  the  bridge, 
the  weight  of  troops  likely  to  pass  over  it,  the 
force  of  the  current,  and  other  considerations  to 
which  education  and  engineering  books  teach  us 
to  attach  importance,  as  necessary  to  the  safe  con- 
struction of  a  bridge,  these  Kookies,  who  had 
never  heard  of  Tredgold,  and  probably  would  not 
be  any  handier  if  they  had,  had  actually  built  a 
bridge  with  the  materials,  small  timber  and 
bamboos,  nearest  to  hand — a  bridge  built  so 
substantially  that  it  lasted  throughout  the  cam- 
paign. When  the  aforesaid  Engineer  officer  came 
out  with  his  design  and  calculation,  faultless,  no 
doubt,  in  every  detail,  we  may  feel  sure  he 
looked  rather  surprised  when  he  saw  his  work 
done  for  him. 

I  may  here  mention  another  amusing  incident. 

Colonel  Stafford  and  Captain1  Harvey,  E.E., 
were  talking  to  a  soubadar  of  the  22nd,  when 
the  latter  expressed  his  opinion  that  if  the 


AMUSING   INCIDENT.  121 

Lushais  only  dammed  up  the  Tipai  a  few  miles 
above  the  camp,  till  a  large  volume  of  water  had 
accumulated,  and  then  let  it  out,  it  would  sweep 
away  the  camp  entirely. 

Captain  Harvey  said,  "Perhaps  the  soubadar 
will  be  good  enough  to  explain  the  size  of  the 
dam,  where  it  could  be  constructed  to  be  out  of 
the  reach  of  our  troops,  and  also  the  amount  of 
water  necessary  for  this  work  of  annihila- 
tion." 

Here  his  orderly,  with  the  usual  freedom  of 
natives,  joined  in  the  conversation  by  saying, 
"  Of  what  use  is  it  asking  the  soubadar,  Sahib, 
these  questions,  only  we  Sappers  know  all  this 
kind  of  work." 

Considering  that  a  native  Sapper  knows  very 
little,  if  anything,  more  than  an  ordinary  Sepoy, 
this  calm  assumption  of  superiority  was  delicious. 

A  strong  picquet  was  placed  on  the  hill  before 
mentioned,  the  trees  cleared  away,  and  a  small 
field-work  thrown  up,  at  an  elevation  of  two 
hundred  feet  above  the  camp,  with  which  it  com- 
municated by  a  small  zigzag  trench,  which  it 
commanded,  as  well  as  a  long  reach  of  the  Tipai, 


122  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

thus  preventing  the  possibility  of  a  surprise  from 
the  south. 

A  similar  work  was  constructed  on  the  hill 
to  the  north-east  of  the  Tuivai,  guarding  against 
attack  from  that  direction.  The  north  end  of 
the  camp  was  further  protected  by  a  small  trench 
and  breastwork,  extending  across  the  strip  of 
sand  to  the  river's  edge. 

Of  course  all  this  laborious  work  was  not 
accomplished  at  once,  but  to  prevent  confusion, 
I  have  described  all  these  details  here.  The 
great  disadvantage  of  this  camp  was  that,  lying 
low,  surrounded  by  wooded  hills  rising  above 
it  to  a  height  of  twelve  hundred  feet,  every 
evening  as  the  sun  sank  behind  the  western  hills, 
fog  and  mist  slowly  settled  down  upon  it,  and 
did  not  lift  till  late  next  morning. 

The  day  after  the  General  made  his  appearance 
at  Tipai  Mukh,  a  fleet  of  two  hundred  boats, 
laden  with  stores  under  the  command  of  Mr. 
Patch,  District  Superintendent  of  Sylhet  Police, 
and  escorted  by  some  of  the  44th,  also  arrived. 

Mr.  Patch's  services  had  been  placed  specially 
at  the  disposal  of  the  Military  authorities,  and 


EOAP-MAKING.  123 

throughout  the  Expedition  he  continued  to  com- 
mand this  Commissariat  Fleet,  a  duty  involving 
hard  and  monotonous  work,  which  was  little  likely 
to  be  varied  by  any  excitement ;  but  on  the  able 
and  zealous  performance  of  which  depended 
much  of  the  success  of  the  Expedition,  and  this 
ability  and  zeal  were  not  wanting. 

Having  advanced  so  far,  the  next  thing  to  be 
done  was  to  find  the  onward  path  and  convert 
it  into  a  road.  The  General  and  Colonel  Roberts, 
under  the  guidance  of  a  Lushai,  attempted  to 
explore  a  road  towards  Kholel,  but  it  was  ex- 
ceedingly steep  and  rocky.  One  of  the  Lushais 
then  in  camp,  a  Muntri  of  Poiboi,  Darpong  by 
name,  stated  that  if  it  was  made  worth  his  while 
he  might  be  able  to  find  a  better  way.  Mr. 
Edgar  arrived  at  Tipai  Mukh  on  the  12th  Decem- 
ber, and  hearing  what  Darpong  had  said,  sent 
him  and  Raipa  to  explore  the  country. 

Mr.  Edgar,  after  his  arrival,  advised  the 
General  to  push  on  to  Kholel  for  the  following 
reasons.  While  they  remained  at  Tipai,  they 
had  not  the  opportunity  of  opening  communi- 
cations with  friendly  or  neutral  tribes,  which 


124  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

would  be  afforded  by  occupying  Kholel,  situated 
as  it  was  between  the  villages  of  Khalsom,  Lalhi, 
and  Sinpaun  on  the  one  side,  and  Poiboi's  on 
the  other ;  all  of  which  were  supposed  to  come 
under  one  or  other  of  the  above  classifications. 

An  idea  had  also  become  prevalent  among  the 
Lushais  that  the  force  would  never  get  beyond 
Tipai  Mukh ;  but  would  remain  there  till  negoti- 
ations were  entered  into,  or  some  of  the  tribes 
submitted.  It  therefore  seemed  of  great  import- 
ance that  an  onward  move  should  be  made,  to 
convince  the  Lushais  that  we  really  meant  to 
go  through  their  country,  and  also  to  force  them 
to  adopt  some  decisive  policy  towards  us. 

It  was  therefore  determined  to  advance  on 
the  16th.  A  working  party  had  been  sent  on  the 
14th  to  a  point  about  two  and  a  half  miles  along 
the  elephant  track  pointed  out  by  Darpong, 
where  was  a  level  piece  of  ground  with  two  small 
streams  running  through  it.  Here  our  party 
camped  and  set  to  work  on  improving  the  track, 
and  thither  the  head-quarters  proceeded  on 
the  16th. 

As  the  road  had  to  be  explored  each  day,  and 


DIFFICULTIES    OF   CONSTRUCTION.  125 

the  next  day's  camp  ahead  settled  beforehand, 
the  advance  was  necessarily  slow.  The  road,  as 
far  as  the  Senvong  range,  followed  a  tolerably 
easy  gradient,  and  lay  through  slightly  less  diffi- 
cult jungle  than  had  been  previously  encountered. 
The  principal  difficulties  which  impeded  its  con- 
struction arose  from  the  very  rocky  character 
of  the  hill  in  several  places,  which  necessitated 
a  good  deal  of  blasting.  Water  was  met  with 
in  several  places. 


CHAPTER  IX. 


VILLAGE  SITES— RUMOURS— DARPONG— THE  SENVONQ  RANGE— 
FIRST  VIEW  OP  THE  LUSHAI  COUNTRY— EXTRAORDINARY  HILL 
—SYMBOLIC  WARNINGS  TO  THE  TROOPS— WEIR  FOR  CATCHING 
FISH — ATTEMPTS  TO  STOP  THE  ADVANCE — A  SKIRMISH — 
CHRISTMAS  DAY. 


129 


CHAPTER  IX. 

TATION  No,  5  was  situated  on  the  site  of 
an  old  Kookie'  village  about  five  miles  from 
Tipai  Mukh,  and  No.  6  near  the  top  of  the 
Senvong  range,  six  miles  further  on. 

This  last  station  was  reached  on  the  19th. 
Fragrant  limes,  cinnamon,  and  walnut  trees  were 
found  on  the  sites  of  the  old  villages ;  the  limes 
were  a  pleasing  addition  to  our  hot  rum  and 
water  after  dinner.  The  village  sites  passed  on 
the  way  to  No.  6  had  belonged  to  Kookies,  and 
had  been  deserted  in  consequence  of  the  aggres- 
sions of  the  Lushais.  The  latter  had  not  occu- 
pied them,  as  they  were  too  near  our  frontier. 
As  our  cultivated  territory  advanced  south,  the 
Lushais  seem  gradually  to  have  withdrawn,  keep- 
ing the  boundary  line  of  their  villages  and  culti- 

K 


130  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

vation  nearly  parallel  to  that  of  ours,  a  belt  of 
impenetrable  jungle  intervening. 

On  the  18th  some  Lushais  were  met  with, 
who  ran  away,  but  shortly  after  the  exploring 
party  came  up  again  with  some  of  them,  who  said 
they  were  Kholel  men. 

Two  of  these  returned  to  camp  in  the  evening ; 
and  from  their  statements  it  appeared  that  a  large 
number  of  Lushais  were  collected  at  the  Tuibum. 
These  they  represented  as  friendly,  but  from  a 
remark  made  by  one  of  them,  it  was  gathered 
that  they  had  received  orders  to  oppose  our  pro- 
gress. The  Lushais  also  said  a  party  of  a  hundred 
and  fifty  men  had  gone  in  the  direction  of  the  Bu- 
bans.  Notice  of  this  was  at  once  sent  back  to 
Tipai  Mukh  and  Mynadhur,  with  orders  to  the  com- 
manders at  those  places  to  warn  all  survey  and 
telegraph  parties. 

In  the  evening,  Darpong  and  the  others  asked 
to  be  allowed  to  return  to  their  villages.  They 
evidently  expected  that  a  collision  would  surely 
take  place  between  us  and  the  Lushais,  and  were 
afraid  to  be  found  in  our  camp  when  such  an 
event  should  happen. 


THE    SENVONG   EANGE.  131 

The  General,  thinking  nothing  was  to  be  gained 
by  keeping  them  against  their  will,  decided  to  let 
them  go;  a  decision  attended,  as  we  shall  see 
hereafter,  with  the  happiest  results. 

These  men  left  on  the  19th,  charged  with  mes- 
sages to  their  people,  to  the  effect  that  our  object 
was  to  recover  the  captives  taken  by  Lalboora 
and  Tangdong,  and  that  we  had  no  quarrel  with 
the  people  of  Poiboi  or  Lalhi,  so  long  as  they  re- 
frained from  molesting  us. 

A  halt  was  made  on  the  20th,  in  order  to  get 
up  supplies,  and  reconnoitre  the  route  onwards. 
The  old  route  to  Kholel  was  found  to  have  been 
closed  by  the  Lushais ;  but  another,  along  the 
ridge  of  the  hill,  was  said  to  lead  straight  to 
Yanbong.  This  latter  route  turned  out  to  be  a 
very  good  one,  and  a  camping-ground  with  good 
water  was  discovered  at  the  top  of  a  spur  leading 
to  the  Tuibum. 

The   Senvong    range   is   a   long,    lofty    spur, 

its  average  elevation  being  nearly  four  thousand 

feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.     It  is  tolerably 

open,   having  once  been    extensively  cultivated, 

,  but  the  old  jooms  are  now  covered  with  long  grass. 

K  2 


132  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

From  the  higher  points  of  this  range,  the  first 
extensive  views  of  the  Lushai  country  were  ob- 
tained. Far  away  to  the  north-east,  stretched 
the  Munipur  ranges;  to  the  east,  the  distant 
Lushai  hills,  rising  above"  the  lower  and  nearer 
ranges ;  some  clothed  in  every  variety  of  green, 
while  in  others  the  forest  was  broken  and  re- 
lieved by  the  warm  tints  of  masses  of  sandstone 
and  red  clay,  of  which  these  hills  consist. 

About  fourteen  miles  to  the  south-east,  a  great 
round-looking  mass,  sending  out  long,  level  spurs, 
stood  up,  brown  and  bare,  from  the  countless 
jooms  upon  its  face;  and  on  the  spurs  north  and 
south,  appeared  the  villages  of  Tingridum  and 
Chepui ;  the  gabled  ends  of  new  bamboo  houses 
glistening  in  the  sun  like  little  whited  temples. 

Behind  these,  rose  the  high  and  rugged  ranges 
known  as  Surklang,  Muthilen,  and  Lengteng ; 
while  nearer,  appeared  the  high  Kholel  Range, 
on  a  bare  ridge  of  which  we  could  still  discover 
the  site  of  Voupilars  great  village ;  and  nearer  still, 
across  the  valley  of  Tuivai,  and  hiding  the  hills 
to  the  south,  was  the  Vanbong  hill,  a  large  level 
mass,  with  broad  sloping  spurs,  cleared  of  a  good 


MOMRANG.  133 

deal  of  the  forests  for  the  jooms  and  villages  of 
the  people  who  had  lately  removed  thither  from 
Kholel  on  the  death  of  Youpilal. 

Between  Kholel  and  Vanbong,  looking  down 
the  valley  of  the  Tipai,  the  scene  was  closed  by 
an  extraordinary  hill,  called  Momrang,  sloping 
gradually  away  on  the  east,  but  ending  towards 
the  west  in  an  abrupt  precipice,  and  forming  an 
excellent  landmark  ;  while  on  the  west,  the  ranges 
of  Rengtipahar,  Noonvai,  &c.,  rose  one  above  the 
other,  till  lost  in  the  haze  of  the  far  off  horizon ; 
and  here  and  there  in  the  valleys  below  glistened 
the  silvery  bends  of  the  Tuivai  and  its  affluents. 

On  the  22nd,  the  head-quarters,  with  Mr. 
Edgar  and  Colonel  NuthalPs  wing  of  the  44th, 
descended  to  the  Tuibum  stream.  This  was  a 
difficult  and  trying  march,  the  spur  being  very 
steep,  and  the  jungle  thick  bamboo,  especially 
near  the  river. 

In  several  places  the  Lushais  had  put  up  some 
symbols,  intended  as  warnings  to  the  troops  not 
to  advance.  One  was  a  small  model  of  a  gallows, 
made  of  bamboos,  with  rough  pieces  of  wood 
intended  to  represent  men  hanging  from  it ;  and 


i 

134  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

another  consisted  of  small  strips  of  bamboo  stuck 
into  the  trunk  of  a  felled  tree,  from  the  wounds 
of  .which,  a  deep  red  sap,  strongly  resembling 
blood,  exuded  —  indicating  to  the  troops  the 
fate  that  awaited  them  if  they  persisted  in  the 
advance. 

At  the  spot  where  the  path  comes  out  on  the 
Tuibum,  was  a  weir  made  of  bamboo  and  stones 
for  catching  fish,  and  on  the  opposite  bank  was  a 
bamboo  watch-house  raised  some  twelve  feet  from 
the  ground.  On  this  weir,  and  beneath  this  house, 
some  forty  or  fifty  Lushais  were  collected.  They 
yelled  out  to  our  men  to  turn  back,  and  made 
threatening  demonstrations.  It  was  explained  to 
them,  as  before,  that  no  harm  was  intended  them 
if  they  offered  no  opposition  to  our  advance, 
and  that  our  path  led  us  that  way,  and  the 
General  was  determined  to  follow  it ;  the  General 
moreover  ordered  the  44th  not  to  fire  unless 
attacked  first. 

The  advance  was  then  continued  over  the  weir, 
and  the  Lushais  retired  without  firing,  but  still 
shouting.  As  we  proceeded  onwards  we  soon 
came  to  another  bend  of  the  river,  where  it  had 


ADVANCE    ON   KHOLEL.  135 

to  be  forded.  Here  ensued  another  parley,  the 
Lushais  wishing  us  to  wait  where  we  were,  and 
their  Muntries  would  be  sent  in  to  the  General. 

These  attempts  to  stop  the  advance  were  re- 
peated without  success  at  each  ford  till  at  last  the 
Tuivai  itself  was  crossed,  and  the  Lushais  dis- 
appeared. The  force  encamped  on  the  bank  of 
the  Tuivai,  near  its  junction  with  the  Tuibum. 

Tn  the  evening  a  reinforcement  of  fifty  men  of 
the  22nd,  under  Major  Stafford,  arrived ;  and 
the  next  day,  the  23rd,  it  was  determined,  by 
marching  on  Kholel,  to  give  the  Lushais  no  oppor- 
tunity of  strengthening  their  position  if  they 
wished  to  fight.  So  leaving  a  guard  in  camp,  the 
General  took  the  rest  of  his  force  up  the  hill. 

The  ascent  was  through  thick  jungle,  and  very 
steep.  Colonel  Roberts  was  in  front  with  the 
advanced  guard,  and  as  he  arrived  at  the  edge 
of  the  joom,  a  Kookie  constable  ,  named  Panek, 
pointed  out  that  there  were  some  Lushais  in  the 
joom-house.  The  Colonel  then  waited  to  get  the 
men  together,  a  matter  of  considerable  difficulty, 
owing  to  the  narrowness  of  the  path. 

As  the  foremost  skirmishers  debouched  upon 


136  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

the  joom,  they  were  received  by  a  volley  from 
the  Lushais,  by  which  Panek  was  dangerously 
wounded.  The  22nd  then  charged,  and  the 
Lushais  fired  one  more  volley  and  disappeared 
over  the  crest  of  the  hills  above. 

The  joom-house  was  found  to  be  full  of  grain, 
which  was  at  once  destroyed,  and  the  little  force 
continued  its  toilsome  ascent,  driving  the  Lushais 
from  joom  to  joom.  The  tactics  adopted  by  the 
latter  were  to  post  themselves  at  the  top  of  each 
steep  ascent,  in  positions  commanding  the  entrance 
to  the  jooms,  and  as  the  foremost  men  came  out 
into  the  open,  to  fire  a  volley  at  them  and  dis- 
appear into  the  heavy  jungle. 

Of  course  their  style  of  fighting,  the  steep- 
ness of  the  hillside,  and  the  denseness  of  the  forest, 
all  favoured  the  Lushais,  and  were  against  us. 
From  frequent  traces  of  blood  found  about,  it  was 
tolerably  evident  that  the  enemy  did  suffer  much 
loss  ;  but  of  course  it  was  impossible  to  ascertain  its 
extent,  as  the  Lushais  have  a  superstition  that  if 
the  head  of  a  man  slain  in  battle  falls  into  the 
hands  of  his  enemy,  the  man  himself  becomes  the 
slave  of  the  victor  in  the  next  world ;  and  conse- 


DESTRUCTION  OP  VILLAGES.         137 

quently  they  will  make  any  effort  to  carry  off  their 
dead  and  wounded,  or  to  conceal  them  till  the 
enemy  has  retired.  On  the  other  hand  they  spare 
no  pains,  and  often  fear  no  danger,  in  the  endeavour 
to  obtain  the  heads  of  their  enemies. 

Storehouses  full  of  grain  were  found  in  each 
joom,  which  were  all  destroyed;  and  after  skirmish- 
ing up  the  hill  for  about  three  hours,  two  villages 
recently  constructed  were  reached  and  burnt 
down.  A  third,  near  which  a  stream  of  water 
was  found,  the  General  determined  to  occupy, 
and  he  sent  back  to  the  camp  on  the  Tuivai  for 
the  baggage;  in  the  meantime  continuing  the 
march  to  Kalhi's  chief  village,  which  had  been 
seen  from  Senvong,  and  was  near  the  summit 
of  the  Vanbong  ridge.  It  was  at  last  discovered 
at  a  height  of  three  thousand  three  hundred  feet- 
above  the  camp  of  the  morning. 

The  Lushais  made  an  attempt  to  defend  the 
village,  but  the  44th  drove  them  out,  losing 
two  men  in  the  assault.  The  village  was  then 
burnt,  and  the  troops  returned  to  the  one  pre- 
viously fixed  upon  for  occupation.  Shortly  after 
their  arrival  the  Lushais  commenced  firing 


1  38  THE  -LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

into  the  camp  from  the  forest  which  surrounded 
it  closely,  and  wounded  a  sentry  of  the  22nd. 
Two  other  men  of  this  regiment  had  also  been 
wounded,  one  dangerously,  in  the  course  of  the 
skirmishing. 

Doolies,  a  kind  of  canvas  hammock  slung  on 
a  long  pole,  and  carried  on  the  shoulders  of  a 
couple  of  coolies,  always  accompanied  the  troops, 
for  the  conveyance  of  the  wounded. 

Shots  were  exchanged  between  the  Lushais 
and  our  sentries  all  through  the  night.  Two 
flint-locks  were  picked  up  in  the  morning  near 
the  left  picket,  and  the  ground  all  round  was 
stained  with  blood. 

Major  Stafford  patrolled  down  to  the  camp  on 
the  Tuivai  to  get  up  supplies,  skirmishing  with 
the  enemy  each  way. 

The  General  also,  with  Colonel  Roberts  and  a 
party  of  the  44th,  under  Captain  Robertson,  went 
out  to  another  village  to  the  south.  This  was 
carried  at  a  rush  by  the  Goorkhas,  and  shared 
the  fate  of  the  villages  on  the  previous  day.  In 
this  affair  only  one  man  was  wounded. 

While  this  was  going  on,  some  of  the  troops 


CHRISTMAS   DAY.  139 

left  in  camp  were  employed  in  clearing  the  jungle 
round  the  village,  a  work  which  was  attended 
with  good  results ;  as  the  Lushais,  deprived  of 
cover  close  to  the  sentries,  did  not  annoy  them 
much  during  the  night. 

The  next  day — Christmas  Day — the  44th  went 
out  again,  under  Captains  Lightfoot  and  Robert- 
son, and  burnt  some  twenty  well-filled  granaries, 
They  secured  the  body  and  gun  of  one  Lushai, 
which  were  sent  into  camp.  The  casualties  on 
their  side  were  four  men  wounded,  one  of  whom 
was  badly  hit  in  the  forehead. 

Major  Stafford  also  patrolled  down  to  the  lower 
camp  and  back  again,  fighting  each  way. 

The  Kookies  in  camp  were  greatly  excited  when 
the  Lushai' s  body  was  taken  in,  and  were  very 
anxious  to  cut  off  his  head,  but  of  course  they 
were  not  allowed  to  do  so.  Old  Eaipa,  on 
finding  that  he  could  not  have  his  desire  upon 
his  enemy,  set  up  a  dismal  wail  which  must  have 
been  heard  for  miles. 

In  the  evening  all  the  officers  assembled  at  the 
head-quarter  mess,  to  keep  up  as  far  as  possible 
the  semblance  of  Christmas.  They  sat  at  a  table 


140  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

raised  in  a  conspicuous  position,  with  candles 
burning  before  them,  and  Lushais  firing  from  the 
jungle  close  by. 

Whether  from  some  idea  that  the  death  of  a 
white  man  would  be  more  severely  revenged  than 
that  of  a  Sepoy,  or  from  some  superstitious 
notion,  it  is  impossible  to  say ;  but  notwithstand- 
ing the  excellent  mark  which  the  dinner-table 
and  its  lights  presented  to  them,  no  shots  were 
fired  in  that  direction  though  single  sentries 
posted  quite  near  to  it  were  hit. 

Another  curious  fact  is  that,  when  some  songs 
were  sung  after  dinner,  the  Lushais  stopped 
firing  altogether  while  the  singing  lasted,  com- 
mencing again  when  the  song  was  over. 

While  occupying  this  village,  it  was  discovered 
that  the  path  which  would  take  us  in  the  direc- 
tion of  Lalboora  passed  by  old  Kholel,  and  that 
consequently  a  mistake  had  been  made  in  coming 
up  to  the  new  Kholel  villages.  It  was  therefore 
determined  to  retire  to  the  weir  across  the 
Tuibum,  where  were  Colonel  Stafford's  wing  of 
the  22nd  and  the  Sappers,  and  seek  for  the 
path  thence  to  Poiboi. 


APPARENT   RETREAT.  141 

Moreover,  the  village  which  we  then  occupied 
was  not  tenable  for  any  length  of  time,  the 
Lushais  getting  daily  more  wary  and  skilful ;  and 
being  favoured  by  the  jungle  they  made  the 
camp  too  hot  for  our  troops. 

Two  shots  closely  following  each  other,  and 
invariably  coming  from  the  same  spot,  induced 
the  idea  that  one  of  the  Lushais  was  armed  with 
a  double-barrelled  gun,  and  was  a  better  marks- 
man than  his  fellows.  It  was  found  afterwards, 
however,  that  two  men, .brothers,  hunted  together. 
We  also  learned  subsequently  that  one  of  them 
was  killed  in  a  skirmish,  and  no  more  was  heard 
of  the  double  barrel. 

On  the  26th,  when  it  was  determined  to  return 
to  the  Tuibum  a  Goorkha,  Robertson's  orderly, 
was  shot  through  the  heart  as  he  was  rolling  up 
the  bedding  from  which  his  master  had  just  risen, 
in  a  house  in  the  midst  of  the  village. 

As  the  return  to  the  weir  must  have  looked  to  the 
Lushais  very  much  like  a  retreat,  it  was  neces- 
sary to  keep  them  in  ignorance  of  that  movement 
as  long  as  possible,  and  by  occupying  their 
attention  prevent  them  from  following  their  usual 


142  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

tactics  of  lying  in  wait  for  the  long  string  of 
coolies  and  followers,  and  firing  into  it. 

The  retreat  was  executed  most  successfully  and 
skilfully.  The  22nd  formed  the  advance.  The 
baggage  and  sick  were  sent  on  in  front,  under 
the  protection  of  some  of  the  44th,  distributing 
a  couple  of  files  between  the  coolies  at  short 
intervals.  The  remainder  of  the  44th  formed 
the  rear-guard,  and  were  accompanied  by  the 
General  himself,  and  Colonel  Roberts. 

The  day  was  bright  and  clear,  the  air  crisp 
and  cold,  and  below  in  the  valley  lay  the  soft 
white  mist,  as  the  first  detachment  moved  out 
of  the  village.  The  22nd  had,  as  before  men- 
tioned, patrolled  down  to  the  Tuivai  for  two  days 
in  the  same  manner,  and  did  not  excite  any  notice 
on  the  part  of  the  Lushais,  who  were  busily  en- 
gaged in  exchanging  shots  with  the  picquets.  The 
coolies  were  thus  all  got  safely  out  of  the  camp  ; 
the  picquets  were  driven  in,  and  the  village  fired 
by  a  party  of  Kookies.  The  Lushais  then  dis- 
covered the  manoeuvre,  but  too  late,  for  the 
coolies  were  well  ahead,  and  the  rear-guard  was 
between  them.  They  tried,  however,  wherever  the 


THE    GOOEKHAS.  143 

nature  of  the  ground  gave  them  a  chance,  to  get 
by  the  rear-guard  and  attack  the  coolies ;  but 
they  were  baffled  by  the  Goorkhas,  "  who,"  in 
the  words  of  one  of  the  staff-officers  present, 
"  extending  rapidly  where  the  ground  allowed, 
retired  through  their  supports  as  if  on  parade." 
The  troops  were  admirably  led  by  Colonel  Nuthall 
and  Captain  Robertson. 


CHAPTER  X. 


TEMPORARY  CESSATION  OF  HOSTILITIES — THE  LTJSHAI  AC- 
COUNT OP  THE  KHOLEL  AFFAIR — DIFFICULTY  OF  COMMUNI- 
CATING WITH  THE  NATIVES — A  GUIDE  FOR  THE  SURVEY 
OFFICERS— THE  MUNIPUR  CONTINGENT — POIBOl'S  PRESENTS — 
EVENTS  AT  TIPAI  MUKH — LUSHAI  ATTACK. 


147 


CHAPTER  X. 

rpHE    Tuibum    was   reached    without   a   single 

casualty,  a  few  granaries,  which  had  escaped 

during  the  advance,  being  destroyed  on  the  way. 

The  catnp  was  formed  on  a  level  piece  of 
ground  of  some  extent,  close  to  the  fishing  weir, 
and  a  picquet  left  during  the  night,  in  a  small 
stockade  at  the  Tuivai  camp,  was  withdrawn  the 
next  day.  This  Tuibum  encampment  was  sur- 
rounded on  all  sides  by  steep  hills,  as  usual 
covered  with  forest,  and  the  Lushais,  concealed 
among  the  trees,  continued  to  annoy  us  by  firing 
into  it,  and  at  the  working  parties.  The  casual- 
ties, however,  were  not  numerous,  only  a  coolie 
and  a  sapper  being  wounded. 

The  route  onward  was  explored  on   the  27th, 
and  it  was  found  that  it  ascended  the  hill  soon 

L  2 


143  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

after  leaving  the  weir,  leading  up  a  steep  and 
narrow  spur  of  a  hill  called  Pabarchung. 

On  the  28th  the  troops  remained  in  camp, 
and  were  joined  by  Colonel  Rattray  and  his  wing 
of  the  42nd  AL.D.  On"  the  29th,  the  General, 
taking  these  with  him,  and  accompanied  by  Cap- 
tain Badgley,  went  back  to  the  burnt  villages. 

The  principal  object  of  this  Expedition  was  to 
show  the  Lushais  that,  though  the  force  had  re- 
tired from  that  particular  hill,  they  were  by  no 
means  to  conclude  that  it  could  not  return  to  it, 
for  that  till  they  (the  Lushais)  made  submission 
they  would  get  no  peace. 

As  soon  as  the  detachment  left  the  camp,  it 
was  fired  into  from  all  sides,  and  one  man  was 
slightly  wounded. 

Coming  out  on  to  a  joom,  after  ascending  the 
hill  for  some  little  distance,  the  foremost  of  the 
party  saw  some  Lushais,  who  fired  at  them  and 
disappeared,  not  without  the  loss  of  one  of  their 
number,  whom  they  carried  off,  leaving  his  rnusket, 
cloth,  &c.,  where  he  fell. 

Near  the  first  village  burnt  on  the  23rd,  as  the 
leading  skirmisher  was  making  his  way  along  a 


THE    CRY   OF   PEACE.  149 

narrow  path,  a  man  wearing  a  yellow  cloak  and 
waving  a  red  puggree  appeared  suddenly  before 
him.  Fortunately  Captain  Butler,  who  was  just 
behind,  recognised  him  as  Darpong,  and  stopped 
the  advance  till  the  General  and  Mr.  Edgar  went 
lip  to  the  front  and  heard  what  he  had  to  say ; 
which  was  that  he  had  been  sent  by  Poiboi  to 
stop  hostilities  at  Kholel,  and  to  make  peace  for 
the  villages,  and  that  Poiboi's  brother  was  on  his 
way  to  make  terms  for  their  own  villages. 

The  General  consented  to  a  temporary  cessa- 
tion of  hostilities ;  and  when  he  understood  this, 
Darpong  climbed  up  into  a  dead  tree,  sounded  the 
cry  of  peace  to  the  invisible  foes  in  the  jungle, 
and  from  that  moment  all  firing  ceased.  Then 
going  on  to  the  village,  Mr.  Edgar  proceeded  to 
arrange  preliminaries  with  Darpong.  The  latter 
promised  that  all  firing  should  stop  along  our 
route,  and  that  our  communications  should  be 
kept  open  for  us,  a  promise  which  was  most 
religiously  kept ;  for  though  on  that  afternoon 
Colonel  Davidson  was  fired  at  a  few  miles  out  of 
camp,  on  his  way  to  Tipai  Mukh,  by  some  Lushais 
who  could  not  then  have  got  news  of  the  truce. 


150  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION 

yet  with  this  exception  the  roads  were  from  that 
moment  perfectly  safe  for  dak-runners,  coolies 
bringing  up  supplies,  &c. 

Captain  Badgley  went  to  the  top  of  the  hill  and 
took  some  observations,  and  then  the  party  re- 
turned to  camp. 

While  at  the  village,  a  great  many  Lushais 
were  hanging  about  afraid  to  approach  their  late 
enemies ;  but  some  officers  went  out  to  meet 
them  ;  and  some 

"A  little  of  us  by  our  signs  did  learn, 
Then  went  their  way,  and  so  at  last  all  fear 
Was  laid  aside,  and  thronging  they  drew  near, 
To  look  upon  us — 

and  upon  our  swords  and  revolvers,  which  they 
examined  with  great  interest. 

The  General  remained  at  the  Tuibum  camp  till 
the  6th  January,  this  delay  being  necessary  in 
order  to  get  up  sufficient  supplies  for  a  further 
advance,  as,  in  the  rapid  march  on  Kholel,  these 
had  been  overrun,  as  well  as  to  complete  the  com- 
munications with  Tipai  Mukh ;  the  time  was  spent 
in  getting  up  these  supplies,  and  commencing  the 
road  over  Pabarchung,  and  by  Mr.  Edgar  in 


THE    KHOLEL   AFFAIR.  151 

constant  interviews  with  the  representatives  of 
the  north  and  north-eastern  Lushais. 

Mr.   Edgar  tells  us  that  the  following  is  the 

Lushai  version  of  the  Kholel  business,  as  far  as 

» 

he  could  learn  it  from  themselves.  It  will  be  re- 
membered I  mentioned,  in  a  former  chapter,  that 
Voupilal's  people  were  divided,  after  his  death, 
in  their  allegiance  between  his  widow  and  mother  ; 
the  former  of  whom  lives  at  Vanbong  (New 
Kholel).  When  our  advance  was  made  on  Kholel 
the  adherents  of  the  latter,  being  generally 
the  older  people  of  the  tribe,  remembered  the 
fate  of  their  villages  in  Colonel  Lister's  Expedition, 
and  wished  to  make  a  show  at  any  rate  of  friend- 
ship, in  order  to  get  on  to  Poiboi  in  the  East,  and 
away  from  them — while  the  other  and  younger 
party  wished  to  oppose  and  advance,  and  dwelt 
on  the  fact  that  in  1849  the  force  had  to  hurry 
out  of  the  country. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  the  Kholel  people  opposed 
us  unsuccessfully,  there  was  danger  of  all  their 
villages  to  the  west  being  attacked,  and  it  was 
equally  Poiboi's  interest  to  keep  us,  if  possible, 
from  reaching  his  territory.  This  would  account 


152  THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

for  the  Lushais*  remark  at  No.  6,  that  the 
people  of  Vanbong  had  been  ordered  to  oppose 
our  advance  at  the  Tuibum. 

"  The  two  parties  do  not  seem  to  have  come 
to  any  decision,  but  probably  there  was  a  tacit 
compromise  that  if  we  did  not  attempt  to  visit 
Vanbong  we  should  not  be  opposed,  and  that  in 
this  case  the  Kholel  people  would  keep  on  out- 
wardly friendly  terms  with  us,  unless  we  met 
with  some  disaster  ahead,  when  they  might  fall 
upon  us  with  perfect  safety. 

"  Of  course  it  would  have  been  impossible  for 
us  to  accept  such  a  situation.  It  was  almost  a 
necessity  for  us  to  make  every  village  behind 
safe  before  taking  a  step  in  advance.  From  the 
position  of  the  New  Kholel  group  of  villages  it 
could  have  done  us  more  injury  than  any  other, 
and  we  could  not  make  sure  of  it  without  visiting 
it  and  leaving  a  party  in  a  position  to  command 
all  the  villages." 

The  Lushais  say  that  they  did  not  intend  to 
provoke  hostilities  on  the  23rd;  but  that  the 
rashness  of  some  of  their  youths  committed  them 
to  the  attack,  and  then  all  were  compelled  to 
unite  in  order  to  get  rid  of  us. 


LUSHAI    HOSTAGES.  153 

In  the  return  of  the  troops  to  Tuibum,  leaving 
some  of  the  villages  still  standing,  they  recognised, 
as  they  thought,  a  similar  proceeding  to  that  of 
Colonel  Lister,  and  expected  we  were  now  about 
to  leave  the  country.  The  people  began  there- 
fore to  re-occupy  their  houses  and  bring  back 
their  families  from  the  various  places  of  safety 
to  which  they  had  been  sent,  and  also  to 
harass  our  communications.  Contrary  to  their 
expectations,  however,  when  they  saw  General 
Bourchier  marching  towards  their  villages  again 
on  the  29th,  instead  of  retiring  as  fast  as  possible 
on  Tipai  Mukh,  a  panic  seized  them ;  and  a  village 
council  being  hastily  held,  instant  submission  was 
urged.  The  Western  people  also  advised  the 
same  step,  and  those  whose  villages  had  been  de- 
stroyed, were  compelled  to  yield  with  a  bad  grace. 

Then  carne  the  difficulty  of  communicating 
with  us,  but  Darpong  undertook  the  risk,  with 
what  result  we  have  already  seen.  Three  of  the 
Kholel  people  were  given  as  hostages,  to  remain 
with  us  till  our  return.  These  men  accompanied 
us  throughout  the  Expedition,  and  did  very  good 
service  on  several  occasions.  One  of  them  named 


154  THE   LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

Santong,  the  survivor  of  tho  two  sharp-shooting 
brothers,  could  speak  a  little  Hindustani,  and 
he  was  appointed  as  guide  to  the  survey  party, 
and  used  to  accompany  it  to  point  out  the  various 
hills,  &c.  ;  and  this  he  always  did,  cheerfully  ren- 
dering material  assistance  to  the  survey  officers. 

The  establishment  of  the  posts  at  Bongkong 
and  Koloshib  caused  these  Western  Lushais  great 
uneasiness,  and  it  appeared  that  the  advance  of 
the  Munipur  contingent  was  influencing  for  good 
those  to  the  east.  Much  anxiety  was  felt  by  the 
General,  lest  this  contingent  advancing  so  far 
south  should  actually  come  into  collision  with  the 
Eastern  tribes,  as  such  an  encounter  was  far  from 
desirable,  whatever  its  immediate  result  might 
be,  and  messengers  were  despatched  to  General 
Nuthall  explaining  General  Bourchier's  wishes. 

On  the  18th  January  matters  were  finally 
settled  with  the  Kholel  men,  and  some  commis- 
saries were  sent  to  Khalkom  desiring  him  to  join. 

On  the  5th,  some  of  Poiboi's  men  brought  in 
a  pig  and  some  fowls,  &c.,  as  presents,  with 
assurances  of  Poiboi's  desire  to  keep  on  friendly 
terms  with  us.  They  reported  that  Darpong  had 


TIPAf    MUKH.  155 

not  returned  from  his  journey  to  General  Nuthall, 
but  that  no  fighting  had,  as  yet,  taken  place 
between  their  people  and  the  Munipuris,  though 
the  latter  were  then  close  to  Chiboo. 

Before  continuing  the  narrative  of  the  advance, 
it  will  be  necessary  to  return  to  Tipai  Mukh, 
where  an  event  had  occurred  which  had  startled 
that  little  garrison  out  of  the  fancied  security 
they  had  been  enjoying.  The  troops  at  that 
time,  at  Tipai  Mukh,  were  the  Artillery,  a  wing 
of  the  42nd,  under  Colonel  Sheriff,  and  Colonel 
Hicks'  wing  of  the  44th,  the  whole  being  under 
command  of  the  latter  officer. 

The  days  were  passed  very  quietly  in  erecting 
godowns,  improving  the  defences,  and  fishing. 
Some  very  fine  mahaseer  were  caught  with  spoon- 
bait. Two  officers  took  ninety-one  pounds  of 
fish  between  them  in  one  day,  and  Captain  R. 
Cookesley,  R.A.,  the  day  after  caught  five  fish, 
weighing  in  all  eighty- two  pounds,  the  largest 
turning  the  scale  at  twenty-one  and  a  half 
pounds. 

The  news  from  the  front  used  generally  to 
come  in  during  the  night,  and  was  discussed  the 


156  TUE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

following    morning,    during  the  usual  early   tea 
and  biscuit  over  the  big  camp  fire. 

Sometimes  the  Commissariat  had  a  baking  day, 
and  a  loaf  was  served  out  to  each  officer.  On 
such  occasions  long  bamboo  toasting-forks  were 
cut,  and  the  pleasure  of  making  one's  own  toast 
was  much  appreciated. 

On  Christmas  Day  some  beeves  arrived  from 
Mynadhur,  after  a  most  adventurous  journey,  the 
rafts  in  which  they  were  having  been  twice  upset 
in  the  rapids,  and  they  had  to  swim  for  their 
lives.  They  were  slightly  lean,  but  after  tinned 
mutton  were  most  welcome;  and  some  of  the 
freshly  caught  mahaseer,  this  beef,  and  a  whole 
bottle  of  beer  to  each  man,  formed,  as  times 
then  were  with  us,  a  very  fine  Christmas  dinner, 
after  which  we  tried  to  emulate  the  usual 
festivities  of  the  season  with  a  brew  of  hot  grog 
and  a  few  old  songs. 

The  Artillery  and  Commissariat  elephants  were 
usually  sent  a  little  way  up  the  Tipai  to  graze, 
but  on  the  morning  of  the  27th,  the  mahouts 
had  incautiously  taken  thirty-six  elephants 
further  than  they  ought ;  and  about  10  o'clock 


ATTACKED    BY    LUSHATS.  157 

one  of  them  ran  into  camp,  apparently  greatly 
terrified,  shouting  out  that  the  elephants  had 
been  attacked  by  Lushais,  their  attendants  killed, 
and  the  animals  driven  away  up  stream. 

The  alarm  was  at  once  given,  and  the  troops 
fell  in,  though,  from  the  mahout's  incoherent 
manner  and  confused  statements,  his  tale  did  not 
meet,  at  first,  with  full  credence ;  but  an  elephant, 
with  blood  running  from  seven  bullet  wounds, 
appeared  almost  immediately  to  prove  his 
story,  which  further  information  confirmed,  with 
the  addition  that  the  Lushais,  numbering  about 
two  hundred,  were  on  their  way  to  attack  the 
camp. 

The  guns  were  at  once  placed  in  position  at 
the  east  corner  of  the  camp,  commanding  the 
Tuivai,  and  the  picquets  re-inforced. 

These  arrangements  had  just  been  carried  out, 
when  a  few  shots  from  the  jungle  on  the  opposite 
bank  informed  us  of  the  vicinity  of  the  enemy. 
Immediately  after  wards,  a  volley  was  fired  from 
the  picquet  on  the  top  of  the  hill  at  some  figures, 
seen  for  a  second,  passing  through  the  jungle 
below. 


158  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

Some  officers  passing  up  the  left  bank  to  re- 
connoitre, were  fired  at,  a  bullet  nearly  finding 
its  billet  in  one  of  them.  To  all  the  shots  fired 
by  the  invisible  enemy,  the  troops  responded  by 
volleys,  with  what  effect  of  course  could  not  be 
known.  At  length  a  single  shot  from  our  side, 
fired  at  a  puff  of  smoke  from  the  enemy's,  was 
followed  by  groans  and  cries  in  Hindustani, 
upon  which  the  firing  ceased. 

A  party  of  the  42nd,  under  Captain  Harrison, 
accompanied  by  Captain  Blackwood,  having 
crossed  the  Tuivai  in  boats,  proceeded  up  the 
river  in  search  of  the  elephants,  and  were  fol- 
lowed by  a  party  of  gunners  in  boats.  The 
former  had  gone  about  half  a  mile,  when  a 
mahout  crawled  out  of  the  jungle,  with  two  gun- 
shot wounds  and  a  spear  cut  in  his  left  leg  and 
foot.  He  said  that  while  the  mahouts  and  coolies 
were  loading  the  elephants  with  the  grass,  &c., 
they  were  suddenly  surprised  by  about  fifty 
Lushais,  who,  having  fired  a  volley  from  the 
jungle,  suddenly  with  a  loud  yell  rushed  out 
upon  them  with  spears  and  daos,  killing  several. 
He  himself  was  sitting  on  his  elephant  when  he 


NIGHT    IN    CAMP.  159 

was  wounded,  and  falling  off  into  the  long  grass 
crept  away  unperceived,  and  concealed  himself  till 
he  heard  the  approach  of  the  Sepoys.  He  was 
sent  at  once  into  camp,  and  his  wounds  attended 
to  ;  one  bullet  was  extracted,  a  piece  of  iron  beaten 
into  a  slug  of  irregular  shape. 

Proceeding  onwards,  the  party  in  search  of  the 
elephants  came  upon  a  few  near  the  scene  of  the 
attack,  and  some  of  the  mahouts  who  had  also 
managed  to  escape  the  fury  of  the  Lushais,  on 
hearing  our  men,  came  out  and  took  charge  of 
the  animals. 

Towards  evening  the  party  returned,  having 
succeeded  in  recovering  nine.  They  also  brought 
a  Lushai  gourd,  cloth  and  bag,  which  they  had 
picked  up  in  the  jungle  whence  the  enemy  had 
been  firing  in  the  morning.  They,  however, 
saw  nothing  whatever  of  the  Lushais,  who  had 
disappeared  as  suddenly  as  they  had  come. 

Everyone  expected  that  the  camp  would  be 
fired  into  during  the  night,  and  all  lights  and 
fires  were  ordered  to  be  put  out  at  an  early  hour. 
Several  times  during  the  evening,  young  hands 
heard,  as  they  thought,  the  sound  of  gunshots ; 


160  TEJE    LUSIIAI    EXPEDITION. 

but  the  more  experienced  laughed  and  explained 
that  this  noise  was  caused  by  the  popping  of 
bamboo  in  the  camp  fire.  The  air  between  the 
knots  expands  with  the  heat,  and  the  bamboo 
bursts  with  a  bang,  exactly  resembling  the  re- 
port of  a  gun. 

Everything,  however,  passed  off  quietly  till 
about  two  o'clock  in  the  morning,  when  a  cry 
was  raised  of  "  Lushai,"  and  the  whole  force 
turned  out  at  once.  It  was  soon,  however,  dis- 
covered that  the  alarm  was  caused  by  a  stampede 
among  the  elephants,  about  eighty  of  which  were 
picketed  to  the  north  of  the  camp.  One  of  them, 
with  his  forelegs  hobbled,  went  galloping  through 
the  44th  camp,  and  the  mahouts  on  perceiving 
him  raised  the  alarm.  Everyone  soon  turned  in 
again. 

Early  next  morning  detachments  of  the  Artil- 
lery and  42nd,  under  Captains  Cookesley  and 
Harrison,  proceeded  up  the  river  in  boats,  and 
recovered  all  but  three  of  the  missing  elephants. 
The  former  officer  says  : — 

"  The  jungle  along  the  banks  was  one  tangled 
mass  of  coarse  rank  grass,  varied  by  stretches 


KHALKOM.  161 

of  shingly  beach,  covered  here  and  there  with 
a  hardy  shrub,  the  roots  of  which  are  interlaced 
in  a  manner  to  puzzle  the  best  equestrian,  but 
through  this  the  elephants  were  tracked  with  un- 
erring precision  by  the  sharp  little  Goorkhas." 

The  party  also  discovered  and  brought  back  to 
camp  the  remains  of  three  of  the  poor  fellows  who 
had  been  killed  by  the  Lushais.  They  presented 
a  ghastly  spectacle,  their  bodies  having  been 
hacked  and  mutilated  in  a  most  shocking  manner ; 
their  heads  had  been  cut  off,  but  not  carried 
away,  only  the  scalps  being  taken.  One  of  the 
unfortunates  was  an  old  man,  and  his  arms  and 
hands  had  been  cut  to  pieces,  apparently  in  attempt- 
ing to  ward  off  the  cruel  blows  of  his  murderers. 

While  clearing  the  jungle  near  the  picquet  on  the 
hill,  a  spear-head  was  picked  up,  cut  nearly  in  two 
by  an  Enfield  bullet ;  it  must  have  been  knocked 
off  the  staff  while  in  the  hand  of  its  owner,  who 
had  a  narrow  escape. 

I  do  not  think  it  was  ever  known  to  which  tribe 
the  men  belonged  who  committed  this  attack, 
though  an  idea  gained  some  credence  that  Khalkom 
was  the  leader,  and  that  he  was  wounded  in  this 

M 


162  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

affair.  Another  rumour  attributed  the  attack  to 
the  party  returning  from  Monierkhal,  of  whose 
excursion  northward  notice  had  been  sent  from 
No.  6,  as  before  mentioned. 

This  was  the  first  and  last  excitement  for  those 
at  Tipai  Mukh,  who  thenceforth,  to  the  close  of 
the  Expedition,  pursued  the  even  tenor  of  their 
way  uninterruptedly. 

The  telegraph  was  completed  as  far  as  Tipai 
Mukh  by  the  31  st  December.  The  wing  of  the 
42nd  which  had  been  working  on  the  last  bit  of 
road  into  camp,  which  was  very  difficult  and 
rocky,  had  been  withdrawn  when  the  fighting 
commenced  in  front,  and  this  part  was  not 
finished  for  some  time — the  last  stage  of  the 
journey  being  performed  by  water. 


CHAPTER  XL 


PROGRESS  OF  THE  HEAD-QUARTERS— AT  WORK  ON  THE  ROAD — 
A  DESERTED  VILLAGE — UNCOMFORTABLE  NIGHT — AN  EMIS- 
SARY FROM  SUKPILAL— THE  CAMP  AT  CHEPUI— POIBOIS— 
THE  SENIVAI— GUARD  VILLAGES— THE  KHOLEL  RANGE. 


165 


CHAPTER  XI. 

TT7E  may  now  accompany  the  head-quarters  on 
the  onward  march  for  the  rest  of  the  cam- 
paign, as  a  passing  reference  to  events  occurring 
in  rear  is  all  that  will  be  necessary. 

All  the  wounded  were  sent  in  to  Tipai  Mukh 
on  the  1st  of  January,  to  be  attended  at  the  depot 
hospital  there. 

Captain  Harvey  with  his  Sappers  left  Tuibum 
on  the  4th  for  Pabarchung ;  and  encamping  near 
its  summit,  commenced  work  upon  the  road. 
Colonel  JSTuthall  with  his  Goorkhas  went  into  a 
beautiful  little  stream  called  the  Tuitu,  on  the 
other  side  of  the  hill,  and  worked  backwards  to 
meet  the  Sappers. 

The  General  and  staff  left  Tuibum  on  the  6th, 
and  halting  at  the  Sapper  camp  for  the  night 


166  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

arrived  at  Tuitu  (No.  8.)  early  on  the  morning 
of  the  7th. 

The  Tuitu  runs  along  a  deep  and  narrow  valley, 
separating  the  Kholel  range  from  Pabarchung.  It 
is  a  clear  stream,  with  firm  sandy  and  stony  bed, 
its  banks  clothed  with  bamboo,  and  a  tall  graceful 
feathering  reed. 

On  the  way  over  Pabarchung  a  very  good  view 
of  the  Yanbong  hills  was  obtained,  and  many 
more  villages  and  innumerable  jooms  became 
visible.  These  had  been  concealed  from  other 
and  nearer  points  of  view  by  the  denseness  of  the 
forest,  but  now  we  could  see  the  whole  eastern 
face  of  the  hill.  The  elevation  of  the  camp  of 
the  Tuibum  was  seven  hundred  feet,  the  height 
of  Pabarchung  three  thousand  seven  hundred 
feet,  and  the  Tuitu,  at  the  point  we  crossed  it, 
about  one  thousand  five  hundred  feet. 

On  the  8th  the  Sappers  having  come  up,  the 
whole  moved  on  to  the  site  of  a  deserted  village, 
called  Daidoo,  on  the  Kholel  ridge,  and  were  suc- 
ceeded at  No.  8  by  the  22nd  N.  I. 

The  path  led  us  through  deserted  jooms  up  a 
steep  and  narrow  spur.  As  we  ascended,  leaving 


DAIDOO.  167 

the  region  of  bamboo  behind,  the  jungle  became 
more  open,  only  grass  and  a  few  low  shrubs 
growing  between  the  tall  trees.  Wild  helio- 
trope and  cocoa-nuts,  and  other  flowering  weeds, 
abounded  along  the  path. 

The  troops  arrived  at  Daidoo  between  two  and 
three,  P.M.,  and  a  spot  being  fixed  on  for  a  camp, 
everyone  was  soon  busy — some  searching  for 
water,  others  building  huts.  The  water  was 
found  after  a  great  search,  but  yielded  a  very  in- 
sufficient supply. 

This  village  had  been  deserted  for  some  two 
years,  and  the  stream  was  choked  up  with 
dead  leaves,  old  bamboo,  ashes,  mud,  &c.,  and 
though  attempts  were  made  to  improve  it  by 
cleaning  it  and  constructing  small  troughs,  yet 
the  result  was  far  from  satisfactory. 

The  sky  had  become  clouded  during  the  march, 
and  there  was  no  doubt  that  we  should  have  rain, 
which  came  down  heavily  about  six  p.m.,  and 
lasted  through  the  night. 

Time  and  the  friendly  bamboo  both  being 
wanting,  the  huts  were  not  successfully  con- 
structed and  the  rain  came  through  in  every  part. 


168  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

Very  few  had  been  fortunate  enough  to  get  mai- 
chaus  constructed,  and  almost  everyone  passed 
the  greater  part  of  the  night  in  a  swamp  of 
sloppy  blankets  and  grass. 

About  seven  o'clock  next  morning  the  rain  and 
mist  cleared  off,  and  the  sun  came  out  warm 
and  bright,  accompanied  by  a  keen  strong  wind, 
blowing  right  across  the  ridge  on  which  we  were 
encamped ;  and  availing  ourselves  of  these  two 
beneficent  agencies,  our  wet  clothes  and  soaked 
blankets  were  hung  on  ropes  and  stretched  from 
tree  to  tree,  and  soon  dried. 

Two  theories  were  held  by  rival  parties  in  the 
camp,  as  to  the  best  way  of  stretching  a  waterproof 
sheet,  whether  outside  over  the  leaf  roof  or  inside 
under  it.  The  theories  were  put  to  the  proof  on 
this  occasion,  and  resulted  in  the  triumph  of  the 
first  named,  though  some  continued,  against  their 
better  judgment,  to  adhere  to  their  old  plan. 

It  must  be  evident,  or  ought  to  be,  that  the 
sheet  put  outside  keeps  the  water  from  penetrat- 
ing through  the  leaves,  conducting  it  off  the  slop- 
ing roof  to  the  ground  outside,  while,  if  stretched 
inside,  no  matter  how  tightly  the  stretching  is 


PEOTECTION  AGAINST  RAIN.  169 

done,  the  rain,  unless  the  sheet  is  arranged 
at  a  very  steep  slope  indeed,  soon  finds  its  way- 
through  the  leaves,  and  passes  and  collects  grad- 
ually in  the  sheet,  which  becomes  a  reservoir  of 
water,  liable  on  the  slightest  incautious  touch  to 
discharge  its  contents  in  every  direction  within 
the  hut. 

It  is  not  a  pleasant  thing  in  a  dark  night,  as 
I  found  by  experience,  to  have  to  get  up  about 
two  a.m.,  and  stand  under  the  dripping  roof,  to 
empty  out  a  gallon  of  icy-cold  and  dirty  water, 
which  has  bagged  the  sheet  down  to  within  a 
foot  of  one's  head.  One  occupant  of  our  hut, 
doing  this  without  proper  caution,  sent  the  whole 
of  the  collected  water  in  a  gush  on  to  an  unof- 
fending fellow  sleeping  next  to  him,  who, 
having  taken  the  precaution  of  putting  his  sheet 
outside,  would  have  otherwise  remained  dry 
throughout  the  night.  At  the  very  best,  the 
inside  arrangement,  even  if  it  does  not  carry  all 
the  water  on  to  the  bed  of  the  sleeper  beneath, 
makes  the  ground  within  the  hut  wet. 

The  next  day,  the  9th  January,  Mr.  Edgar's 
scouts  informing  him  that  a  better  supply  of 


170  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

water  was  to  be  found  at  Pachui,  another  de- 
serted village  about  a  mile  off  on  the  same  range, 
the  General  and  staff  with  the  44th  marched  to 
that  place,  leaving  the  Sappers  at  Daidoo  to  com- 
plete the  road  between  Pachui  and  the  Tuitu. 

After  his  arrival  at  Pachui  (known  officially  as 
No.  9),  Nura  Sinpanu's  muntri,  and  Rution  Singh, 
an  emissary  from  Sukpilal,  came  in.  The  latter 
is  a  Hindustani,  formerly  a  coolie  in  a  tea-garden, 
who  deserted  to  the  Lushais  some  years  back, 
and  has  since  acquired  some  influence  among 
the  Western  tribes,  which  he  is  supposed  to  ha\re 
frequently  exercised  to  our  prejudice. 

They  said  that  Khalkom  was  ill,  and  that 
Sukpilal  had  gone  to  see  him,  but  that  they 
would  come  in  at  once  if  the  General  would  for- 
give the  delay. 

They  were  sent  back  with  the  reply  that,  if 
they  wanted  to  see  the  General  at  Pachui,  they 
must  come  in  at  once,  as  the  march  would  not  be 
delayed  on  their  account.  The  Khalkom  villages 
were  said  to  be  three  days'  journey  from  No.  9. 

Darpong  also  arrived  with  the  letter  he  was  to 
have  taken  to  General  Nuthall.  He  said  that,  in 


CAMP   AT   PACHUI.  171 

consequence  of  some  ill-treatment  Poiboi's  mes- 
sengers to  General  Nuthall  had  met  with  at  the 
hands  of  the  Munipuris,  the  Lushais  were  afraid 
to  take  this  letter.  Mr.  Edgar  considered  this 
story  to  be  false,  and  believed  that  the  real  reason 
for  their  not  taking  the  letter,  was  the  fear  that 
it  might  contain  an  order  for  an  immediate  attack 
on  the  Lushais. 

The  camp  at  Pachui  was  admirably  situated,  as 
it  not  only  commanded  the  road  to  the  Tuivai, 
and  southern  portion  of  the  valley  and  villages  of 
New  Kholel,  but  also  the  country  to  the  west, 
where  stood  Khalkom's  villages.  At  the  same 
time  it  covered  the  communications  with  Tuibum. 

It  was  therefore  determined  to  halt  here,  while 
trying  to  bring  the  Western  tribes  to  terms,  and 
collecting  sufficient  supplies  to  march  rapidly  on 
Poiboi's  village,  if  he  should  eventually  declare 
against  us,  and  oppose  our  advance  against  Lal- 
bura. 

The  onward  road  was  at  first  to  have  been 
made  along  the  Kholel  ridge,  without  going  near 
Poiboi ;  but  we  were  told  that  a  good  route  to  Lal- 
bura  lay  through  the  country  of  the  Poibois,  and  as 


172  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

there  was  a  scarcity  of  water  along  the  former,  and 
Poiboi's  intentions  were  so  exceedingly  doubtful, 
the  General  felt  it  necessary,  in  order  to  secure 
his  communications,  to  pass  through  that  chief's 
territory,  and  a  road  was  accordingly  commenced 
down  to  the  Tuivai. 

Poiboi  had,  on  several  occasions,  expressed  to 
Mr.  Edgar  his  friendly  feelings  towards  us,  and 
his  displeasure  at  the  conduct  of  his  cousins. 
Still  it  was  not  to  be  forgotten  that  it  was  against 
his  own  relations  that  the  arms  of  the  left  column 
were  directed ;  and  as  he  could  at  any  time  him- 
self assemble  a  large  number  of  fighting  men, 
he  was  informed  that  he  must  give  a  most  satis- 
factory guarantee  of  his  perfect  neutrality. 

Pachui  is,  as  before  mentioned,  in  the  Kholel 
range,  and  the  hill  of  Chepui  just  opposite  to  it. 
A  deep  valley  intervenes,  through  which  flows  the 
Tuivai,  some  two  thousand  feet  below,  the  eleva- 
tion of  Pachui  camp  being  about  three  thousand 
eight  hundred  and  fifty  feet  above  sea  level. 

On  the  slopes  of  Chepui  were  visible  the  two 
large  villages  of  Chepui  and  Tingridum,  the  most 
northerly  of  Poiboi's  villages. 


KHOLEL    RANGE.  173 

After  Colonel  Lister's  Expedition  in  1869,  the 
Lushais  withdrew  their  villages  further  south, 
leaving  a  large  belt  of  jungly  hills  between  them- 
selves and  our  most  southern  cultivated  tracts, 
and  established  what  they  called  guard- villages, 
commanding  the  approach  from  our  frontier  to 
their  chief  villages.  Daidoo  and  Pachui  were  the 
guard- villages  to  the  chief's  residence  in  Old 
Kholel,  which  will  be  described  further  on ;  and 
Chepiii  and  Tingridum  were  the  guard- villages  to 
Poiboi's  country,  and  his  residence  at  Chetam  ; 
the  range  on  which  the  latter  is  built  being  con- 
cealed from  our  view  at  Kholel  by  the  lofty  inter- 
vening range  of  Lengteng. 

The  Kholel  range  consists  of  a  series  of  lofty 
peaks  connected  by  narrow  ridges.  The  peaks 
increase  in  height  towards  the  south  ;  the  highest 
we  reached,  from  which  we  observed  angles,  &c., 
was  five  thousand  two  hundred  feet. 

The  Tuivai  flows  on  three  sides,  separating  the 
range  from  Momrang  on  the  south,  and  Vanbong 
on  the  west ;  nearly  opposite  No.  9,  the  Tuivai 
flows  out  from  the  eastern  hills  under  Tingridum. 

The   climate   here   was    delightful,    pleasantly 


174  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

warm  during  the  day,  with  a  refreshing  breeze 
blowing  over  the  hills.  The  only  drawback  was 
the  heavy  fog  which  frequently  rose  from  the 
river  during  the  night,  and  did  not  disperse  till 
about  ten  in  the  morning!  It  was  worse  than  rain, 
penetrating  everywhere ;  and  condensing  on  the 
interior  of  the  roof,  it  kept  up  a  continual  dripping 
from  every  blade  of  grass  or  pendent  leaf. 

A  great  protection  against  this  mist  were  thick 
muslin  mosquito  curtains,  made  like  a  tent  from 
the  sloping  sides  of  which  the  water  ran  off,  and 
beneath  which  was  to  be  found  the  only  dry  spot 
in  the  hut.  The  evenings  were  clear,  star-lit,  and 
cold — the  average  minimum  temperature  during 
the  night  being  forty-four  degrees. 

When  the  mist  did  not  trouble  us  in  the  early 
morning,  the  scenery  was  magnificent.  On  both 
sides  the  mist  lay  in  the  valleys  like  a  sea  of  the 
softest  wool,  stretching  away  for  miles,  marking 
out  each  spur  and  ravine  on  the  mountain  sides  like 
well  defined  shores.  The  peaks  of  the  lower  ranges 
stood  up  like  little  islands,  while  currents  of 
air  below  dashed  the  mist  against  the  steep  out- 
running spurs,  like  mimic  breakers  against  some 


MOUNTAIN    SCONEEY.  175 

bold  headlands'.  The  hills  extended  far  away  to 
the  west,  rising  range  upon  range,  purple  and  blue, 
till  the  sun,  appearing  above  the  bluff  mass  of 
the  Surklang,  lighted  up  the  mountain  sides  with 
the  most  brilliant  tints  of  orange  and  green,  and 
changed  the  cold  blue  of  the  cloudy  sea  beneath, 
into  all  the  varied  and  delicate  tints  of  mother 
of  pearl,  while  over  all  hung  the  canopy  of 
clear  lilac  and  gold  of  the  morning  sky.  Such  a 
scene  requires  a  much  more  eloquent  pen  than 
mine  to  do  justice  to  it,  or  even  to  convey  any 
idea  of  its  exceeding  beauty. 

"  I  cannot  paint 
The  cataract,  the  tall  rock, 
The  mountain,  and  the  deep  and  gloomy  wood, 
Their  colours  and  their  forms." 


CHAPTER  XII. 


SITE  OP  THE  VILLAGE  OP  KHOLEL — VOtTPILAL'S  TOMB — ENGLOOM 
— THE  HE  AD- MAN  OP  CBEPUI — SWEARING  ETERNAL  FRIEND- 
SHIP —  ARTISTIC  JUDGMENT  —  DISTRIBUTION  OP  TROOPS — 
MIDNIGHT  PARLEYS— ATTEMPTED  DECEPTION — LUSHAI  WINE 
APPRECIATED— VILLAGE  LIFE. 


N 


179 


CHAPTER  XII. 

A  BOUT  three  miles  south  of  No.  9.  is  the  site 
of  the  village  of  Kholel,  in  which  lived 
Voupilal,  and  where  his  tomb  is  still  preserved. 
Daidoo,  Poiboi,  and  Kholel  all  acknowledged  his 
sway,  and  when  on  his  death  their  inhabitants  re- 
moved to  Vanbong,  they  left  the  villages  standing. 
A  fortnight  before  our  arrival,  however,  they  set 
fire  to  them  all,  probably  with  a  view  to  prevent 
our  finding  any  shelter  in  them  on  the  march. 

The  path,  as  is  the  case  along  most  of  the  ridges, 
runs  through  very  open  jungle,  till  it  reaches  the 
site  of  the  village,  a  large  bare  gravelly  spot,  on 
which  stood,  according  to  the  Lushais,  nearly  a 
thousand  houses,  but  of  which  only  a  few 
blackened  uprights  remain. 

Old  Kholel,  most  admirably  situated  beneath 

N  2 


180  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

one  of  the  highest  peaks  of  the  range,  where  the 
narrow  ridge,  widening  as  it  gradually  rises  to 
the  hill,  affords  a  site  of  half  a  mile  in  length, 
and  about  three  hundred  yards  in  width,  com- 
manding a  magnificent  view  of  the  Munipur, 
Naga,  and  Jyntea  hills  on  the  North,  and  of  the 
Lushai  and  South  Cachar  hills  on  the  East  and 
West. 

Voupilal's  house  occupied  a  space  forty  yards 
long  by  almost  fifteen  broad,  as  shewn  still  by  a 
few  uprights  and  remnants  of  foundations,  and  at 
the  south  end  of  its  site  is  the  tomb,  a  curious 
structure  consisting  of  a  platform  of  rough  flag- 
stones and  wood,  about  seventeen  feet  square  and 
three  feet  high.  In  the  centre  grows  a  young 
banian  tree,  brought  from  below,  which  seems  to 
be  flourishing  in  its  elevated  home.  The  whole 
is  surrounded  by  tall  posts  or  trunks  of  small 
trees,  each  crowned  with  the  skulls  of  some 
animal  or  animals  slain  in  the  chase ;  among 
them  are  elephants,  tigers,  metuas,  wild-boar, 
deer,  &c. 

Of  the  metua,  there  are  some  thirty  or  forty 
heads,  round  or  near  the  tomb,  and  we  also 


VOUPILAL'S  TOMB.  181 

found  the  head  of  a  Munipuri  pony,  presented  by 
the  new  rajah  of  that  country  to  Youpilal  a  few 
years  before. 

There  were  two  other  smaller  platforms  sur- 
rounded with  skulls  close  by,  but  for  what  pur- 
pose and  with  what  intention  they  were  erected, 
we  were  unable  to  find  out. 

On  other  posts  drinking  vessels,  and 
wooden  fetters  used  for  securing  captives,  were 
hung.  All  are  intended  for  the  use  of  the 
deceased  in  the  other  world,  where  the  animals 
whose  heads  surrounded  his  tomb  will  evermore 
be  subject  to  him.  No  human  skulls  were  dis- 
covered, although  it  is  known  that  at  least  one 
Naga  captive  was  slain  at  his  death. 

Standing  about  are  curiously  shaped  posts 
branching  out  at  the  top,  like  the  letter  Y,  and 
some  ten  feet  high  ;  these,  we  were  told,  were  all 
sacrificial  posts,  on  which  metuas  and  other 
animals  are  sacrificed  at  the  death  of  a  chief. 
,  The  tomb  is  visible  for  miles  around  ;  a  black 
speck,  on  a  long  bare  yellow-ridge,  marking  the 
spot  where  among  the  ruins  of  his  villages,  the 
mountain  breezes  for  ever  moaning  over  the  sad 


182  THE    LUSHAJ    EXPEDITION. 

deserted  scene,  rest  the  remains  of  the  once 
powerful  Lushai  chieftain. 

While  at  No.  9,  we  were  frequently  visited  by 
large  numbers  of  Lushais  from  Chepui  and  Ting- 
ridnra,  bringing  in  fowls,  yams,  and  eggs  for 
barter,  the  articles  most  coveted  in  exchange 
being  cloth  and  salt. 

A  coolie,  having  no  use  for  his  money  and  being 
no  doubt  utterly  tired  of  his  monotonous  Com- 
missariat fare,  gave  one  rupee  for  a  fowl,  which 
thenceforth  was  established  by  the  Lushais  as 
the  standard  price,  though,  of  the  actual  value 
of  the  rupee  they  were  entirely  ignorant,  appre- 
ciating more  highly  a  few  copper  coins.  A  few 
sepoys  who  had  a  supply  of  the  latter,  took 
advantage  of  it  to  buy  back  at  about  a  sixth  of 
their  value  the  rupees  which  the  Lushais  had 
previously  received  from  the  officers. 

Out  of  the  eight  men  who  went  into  Cachar 
with  the  presents  for  Poiboi,  one,  Engloom  by 
name,  having  no  relations  among  the  Lushais, 
and  wishing  ultimately  to  settle  in  Cachar,  re- 
mained with  us  throughout  the  Campaign.  This 
was  the  only  maa  in  our  camp  who  knew  any 


THE    HEAD-MAN   OF    CHEPUI.  183 

thing  at  all  of  the  country  to  the  East,  or  the 
position  of  the  villages  on  our  intended  line  of 
march ;  and  as  we  should  have,  from  this  point, 
to  trust  a  good  deal  to  the  information  given  us 
by  Lushais  in  the  villages  ahead,  it  was  neces- 
sary, if  possible,  to  avoid  a  collision  with  them. 

On  the  14th  January,  the  headman  of  Chepui, 
Tington,  came  in,  in  a  scarlet  cloak,  a  present 
from  the  liberal  British  Government,  attended  by 
several  villagers.  As  they  approached,  they  saw- 
some  officers  looking  through  telescopes  at  them, 
and  imagining  these  to  be  some  deadly  weapons, 
they  sat  down  to  see  what  happened.  As  nothing 
did  happen,  they  rose  and  came  on. 

Whether  from  fear,  or  with  the  idea  of  keeping 
up  his  dignity,  the  chief  squatted  with  his  back 
to  the  camp  at  every  hundred  yards.  "  Whiles  he 
gaed,  and  whiles  he  sat,"  but  at  last  he  arrived 
and  had  an  interview  with  Mr.  Edgar.  He  merely 
said  he  was  afraid  of  our  destroying  his  village 
and  crops,  and  as  usual  he  was  told  that,  if  he  and 
his  people  behaved  properly,  no  injury  would  be 
done  to  them. 

Tington  belongs  to  the^Khengti  family,  which 


184  TEIE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

the  Lushai  chiefs  regard  as  equal  in  rank  to  their 
own.  He  is  said  to  be  a  nephew  of  Vonolel ;  but 
he  does  not  possess  any  power  or  influence  at  all 
commensurate  with  his  high  birth  and  pedigree. 

We  may  dispose  of  him  in  this  place  by  saying 
that  he  maintained  friendly  relations  with  us  as 
long  as  our  troops  occupied  the  camp  (No  10.) 
close  to  his  village.  He  paid  frequent  visits  to 
the  officers  in  charge,  and  partook  freely  of  the 
Commissariat  rum,  on  which  occasions  he  was 
often  so  overcome  that  he  wept,  and  trying  to 
fall  on  the  shoulders  of  his  hospitable  enter- 
tainers, would  swear  eternal  friendship  in  indis- 
tinct Lushai. 

"  One  touch  of  nature  makes  the  whole  world 
kin,"  says  a  man  who,  even  in  his  philosophy, 
never  dreamt  of  Lushais ;  and  Tington  did  but 
comport  himself  as  I  have  often  seen  many 
civilised  scions  of  aristocratic  families  nearer 
home  doing  on  some  festive  occasion,  vowing  un- 
dying friendship  for  the  chance  companion  of  the 
hour ;  though  I  will  do  both  the  said  scions  and 
the  Commissariat  department  the  justice  to  add 
that,  in  the  latter  instances,  that  department  has 
nothing  to  answer  for. 


DARPONG.  185 

As  the  roads  in  our  rear  were  now  passable  for 
elephants,  and  as  nothing,  or  next  to  nothing, 
was  known  of  the  route,  or  the  people,  or  their 
temper,  or  the  state  of  their  defences,  it  was 
deemed  advisable  to  bring  up  the  artillery.  Ac- 
cordingly the  two  steel  guns  arrived  on  the  16th ; 
the  mortar  it  was  found  necessary  to  leave  behind, 
and  as  things  turned  out  it  was  never  required. 

In  the  afternoon  of  this  day  I  had  a  visit  from 
Santong,  who  wished  to  see  my  sketches.  I 
showed  him  two  little  ones  ofDarpong  andRution 
Sing,  which  he  recognised  at  once.  He  sat  on  the 
floor  of  the  hut,  looking  at  them,  laughing  occasion- 
ally, and  gently  repeating  their  names  at  intervals 
as  if  he  expected  to  be  answered.  This  he  con- 
tinued doing  for  about  half  an  hour,  and  when 
asked  to  give  back  the  sketches  and  portraits, 
could  not  be  prevailed  on  to  do  so  till  he  had 
called  in  a  Sepoy,  who  was  passing,  to  share  his 
satisfaction. 

In  connection  with  this  sketch  of  Darpong,  the 
following  incident  illustrates  the  folly  of  jumping 
to  conclusions.  Several  Lushais,  having  heard 
that  I  had  a  coloured  sketch  of  that  worthy  gentle- 


186  THE    LUSHAT    EXPEDITION. 

man,  visited  me,  with  the  request  that  they  might 
be  allowed  to  see  rny  sketch-book,  to  which  of 
course  I  assented,  and  exhibited  it  to  them.  It 
contained  principally  little  pencil  sketches,  but  at 
last,  on  turning  a  page,  a  coloured  picture  appeared 
to  their  delighted  eyes.  "  Darpong,"  they  all 
cried  at  once ;  unfortunately  they  made  a  great 
mistake,  for  it  happened  to  be  a  landscape  of  an 
up-country  place  of  pilgrimage,  named  Hurdwar. 

The  22nd  arrived  on  the  13th  at  No.  9,  and 
on  the  15th,  went  down  and  encamped  at  the 
Tuivai,  for  the  purpose  of  making  the  road  up  to 
Chepui.  About  the  same  time,  also,  Major  Moore 
and  Captain  Heydayat  Ali  arrived,  bringing  their 
Goorkha  and  Bhoolia  coolies,  the  remnant  who 
had  escaped  the  ravages  of  cholera  at  Chattuck. 

Hitherto,  the  General  had  been  deprived  of 
their  services,  and  the  Commissariat  had  often 
been  hard  pushed  to  keep  the  supplies  up  to  the 
front;  for  while  the  Kholel  sharp-shooters  were 
about,  it  was  impossible  to  employ  the  elephants, 
whose  unwieldiness  and  unmanageableness,  when 
frightened,  rendered  them  useless;  but,  on  the 
conclusion  of  the  armistice,  they  were  never  idle. 


A    FINE    STREAM.  187 

With  the  exception  of  a  strong  guard  at  Mynad- 
hur,  the  whole  of  the  troops  comprising  the  left 
column,  were  at  this  time  distributed  at  various 
posts  between  No.  9  and  Tipai  Mukh. 

On  the  17tb,  leaving  behind  a  guard  of  fifty 
men  of  the  22nd  under  Lieutenant  Gordon,  the 
General  and  staff,  withMr.  Edgar  and  Col.  JSTuthalPs 
wing  of  the  44th,  marched  from  Pachui,  and  de- 
scended to  the  Tuivai,  here  still  a  fine  stream — 
clear  and  cold,  flowing  between  huge  boulders, 
past  shingly  reaches,  and  bubbling  over  pebbly 
shallows,  ever  and  anon  widening  out  into  still 
pools,  in  the  clear  depths  of  which  were  reflected 
the  varied  hues  of  the  wooded  hill-sides.  A  small 
bamboo  bridge  had  been  thrown  across  at  a  spot 
where  a  large  stretch  of  shingle  on  the  left  bank 
narrowed  the  stream  considerably. 

On  the  way  down,  a  great  many  Lushais  had 
been  observed  collected  in  a  joom  opposite.  A 
few  of  them  went  down  to  the  river,  and  the 
General  drew  up  his  force  on  the  shingle. 

Darpong  here  arrived  on  the  scene,  and  en- 
deavoured to  persuade  the  General  to  halt  there 
for  the  night,  sayiug  that  Poiboi  would  parley  in 


188  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

the  darkness.  These  midnight  parleys  seem  to 
be  the  usual  custom  among  the  Lushais,  but  it 
was  one  to  which  the  General  did  not  feel  bound 
to  conform,  and  the  ascent  was  commenced  up 
the  Lushai  track. 

After  a  quarter  of  an  hour's  climb  the  joom 
in  which  the  Lushais  had  been  seen  was  reached. 
About  two  hundred  armed  with  muskets  were 
grouped  in  the  centre,  but  immediately  extended 
in  fighting  order.  They  were  all  clad  alike  in 
the  usual  grey  sheet,  with  a  small  grey  fillet 
bound  round  the  head,  and  a  haversack  across  the 
left  shoulder. 

The  44th,  as  they  emerged  on  the  joom,  also 
extended,  forming  a  line  facing  the  Lushais  at 
an  interval  of  about  a  hundred  and  fifty  yards. 
The  General,  with  his  staff  and  Mr.  Edgar, 
occupying  a  spot  half  way  between,  directed 
that  Poiboi  should  come  forward. 

At  some  little  distance  stood  a  well-dressed 
young  fellow,  and  after  a  good  deal  of  hurrying 
about  and  preliminary  consultations  among  the 
Lushais,  he  came  forward,  accompanied  by  many 
others.  Mr.  Edgar  however,  suspected,  from 


LUSHAl    BRIDGES.  189 

his  manner,  that  he  was  not  a  chief,  and  Engloom, 
being  called  up,  declared  that  he  was  not  Poiboi, 
but  a  favourite  companion  of  the  latter. 

On  this  the  meeting  broke  up,  it  being  ex- 
plained to  the  Lushais  that  the  General  would 
have  no  further  dealings  either  with  Poiboi  him- 
self, or  any  other  representative,  till  he  had 
arrived  at  Chepui. 

The  Lushais  again  endeavoured,  by  threatening 
gestures,  to  prevent  the  advance,  and  it  seemed 
as  if  Kholel  was  to  be  repeated  here.  However, 
the  troops  continued  the  ascent  without  taking 
any  notice  of  the  Lushais,  and  reached  the 
village  without  further  opposition. 

After  a  climb  from  the  Tuivai  of  two  thousand 
two  hundred  feet  up  a  steep  and  narrow  rocky 
path,  we  crossed  two  or  three  pretty  little 
mountain  streams  running  over  the  moss  and 
fern-covered  rocks.  These  were  bridged  by 
Lushai  structures ;  a  couple  of  bamboos,  or 
slender  trees,  supported  on  a  few  frail-looking 
uprights  fixed  in  the  crevices  of  the  rocks 
below,  affording  a  perilous  passage  to  the  booted 
invaders. 


190  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

The  artillery  elephants  were  got  up  with  much 
difficulty,  and  with  fearful  exertions  on  their 
own  part,  literally  having  to  climb  up  some 
places.  One  practice  they  had,  during  any  ex- 
ertion, was  peculiarly  objectionable  in  the  steep 
narrow  track,  I  mean  the  habit  of  constantly 
dashing  water  on  their  bodies,  wetting  every 
one  below  with  a  muddy  shower. 

The  column  was  halted  near  the  village,  where 
a  few  unfinished  houses,  intended  to  form  a 
suburb  of  Chepui,  were  hired  from  the  owners, 
and  all  the  collected  firewood  purchased.  The 
water  supply  was  also  very  good,  so  on  the 
whole  we  were  more  comfortable  than  we  had 
been  since  the  commencement  of  the  campaign. 
The  houses,  being  new,  were  free  from  the  rats 
and  fleas  which  disturbed  our  rest  at  the  next 
village.  The  walls  were  made  of  bamboos,  split 
and  pressed  out  flat.  The  strips,  thus  obtained, 
having  an  average  width  of  six  inches,  are  inter- 
woven horizontally  and  vertically,  giving  a 
chequered  pattern  to  the  walls,  exceedingly  pretty 
when  new. 

Engloom   occupied  a  little  hut  in   the    centre, 


COOKING    OPERATIONS.  191 

and  had  managed  to  secure  a  large  jar  of  the 
Lusbai  wine,  which  he  was  imbibing  through  reeds 
with  several  friendly  Lushais.  Some  of  the 
officers  also  tried  it,  and  testified  their  approval 
by  such  frequent  applications  to  the  jar  that 
Engloom  took  the  opportunity  of  their  superin- 
tending their  camping  arrangements  to  remove 
it  to  some  place  of  concealment,  and  we  saw  it 
no  more. 

We  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing  a  Lushai  cook- 
ing operation  performed  on  a  fowl  by  Engloom. 
Squatting  before  a  huge  wood  fire,  he  killed  the 
bird  by  cutting  its  head  off;  and  giving  a  few 
hurried  plucks  to  some  of  the  largest  feathers, 
he  flung  the  body  into  the  midst  of  the  flames. 
Snatching  it  out  a  second  or  two  after,  a  few 
more  feathers  were  plucked,  and  again  it  was 
thrown  into  the  flames.  These  alternate  burn- 
ing and  plucking  operations  were  continued  for 
about  six  or  seven  minutes,  when  the  singed  and 
blackened  little  mass  was  carried  off  to  be  de- 
voured. 

Not  far  off,  another  fowl  was  being  roasted 
for  the  head-quarters'  mess,  but  the  modus 


192  THE    LUSHA1    EXPEDITION. 

operandi  differed  slightly  from  that  of  the  Lu- 
shais.  A  long  piece  of  wood,  passed  through  the 
carefully  plucked  bird,  was  supported  at  each  end 
by  a  small  forked  stick  in  front  of  the  bright  fire. 
A  kitmutgar,  sitting  near,  turned  the  piece  of 
wood  slowly  round  and  round  till  the  fowl  was 
cooked. 

In  this  camp  we  were  protected  from  the  cold 
winds  and  fog  during  the  night  and  early  morn- 
ing, on  one  side  by  the  high  peak  of  Chepui,  which 
rose  one  thousand  two  hundred  feet  above  us, 
and  on  the  other  side  by  several  wooded  knolls, 
so  that,  though  four  hundred  feet  higher  than  at 
Pachui,  the  minimum  temperature  during  the 
night  was  never  below  50°. 

The  troops  remained  here  till  the  22nd  January  ; 
this  delay  being  caused  by  the  unwillingness  of 
the  villagers  to  point  out  any  route  except  a  very 
roundabout  one  by  Tingridum ;  and  some  of  the 
troops  actually  commenced  work  upon  it. 

Colonel  Roberts,  feeling  convinced  that  there 
must  be  a  more  direct  road,  was  untiring  in 
his  endeavours  to  discover  it,  and  at  last  success 
rewarded  his  efforts. 


VISITORS   TO   THE    CAMP.  193 

Previous  to  our  arrival,  all  the  women  and 
children  had  been  removed,  and  were  concealed 
in  some  joom-houses  on  the  hill  sides,  but  before 
we  left  they  were  gradually  returning  and  re- 
suming their  usual  occupations.  No  efforts  had 
been  spared  to  inspire  them  with  confidence, 
as  it  was  very  important  to  keep  on  good  terms 
with  the  villages  iu  the  rear.  Their  sick  were 
treated  by  our  meclieal  officers,  and  we  heard 
that  some  of  the  wounded  from  Kholel  were  there. 
The  villagers  visited  the  camp  daily,  selling 
fowls  and  eggs.  The  latter  were  generally  found 
to  have  been  hard  boiled. 

Paper  possessed  great  charms  for  them,  and 
they  would  take  newspapers  up  and  walk  quietly 
off  with  them,  not  being  at  all  abashed  if  stopped 
and  made  to  restore  them ;  but  when  a  paper  was 
given  them,  they  went  proudly  away  with  it 
sticking  up  from  the  back  of  their  turbans  (such 
as  wore  them)  in  the  shape  of  a  large  fan  or 
hood.  Green  and  gold  labels  off  pickle  bottles, 
and  brass  labels  off  sardine  boxes,  found  great 
favour  as  decorations  for  their  hair  knots. 

In  the  meantime  the  survey  party  had  visited 

o 


194  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

the  highest  peak  of  the  Chepui  hill,  and  clearing 
it  had  erected  a  tall  bamboo  survey  "  mark."  It 
was  about  thirty  feet  high,  and  consisted  of  three 
long  poles  planted  in  the  ground  and  tied  together 
at  the  top  in  the  form  of  a  tripod.  The  top  part 
was  closed  in  with  bamboo  matting,  and  a  bamboo 
basket  surmounted  the  whole.  These  glittering 
white  marks  can  be  seen  when  the  sun  is  shining  on 
them  for  very  long  distances,  and  it  is  said  were 
supposed  by  the  Lushais  to  be  effigies  of  Her  Most 
Gracious  Majesty,  placed  on  their  hill  tops  as 
evidences  of  her  greatness  and  the  power  of  her 
army  to  penetrate  where  it  would. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 


MORE  SYMBOLIC  WARNINGS  — DESIGNS  OF  THE  LUSHAI  CHIEFS— 
RECONNOITERING— DARPONG— ORDER  OF  MARCH— FIGHT  WITH 
THE  LUSHAIS  —  SMALL  BUT  FORMIDABLE  STOCKADE  —  THE 
LUSHAIS  TAKEN  IN  FLANK— CASUALTIES— NARROW  ESCAPE 
OF  THE  GENERAL. 


197 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

ITVHE  Western  chiefs,  Sukpilal  and  Khalkom, 
had  not  yet  made  their  appearance,  and 
Colonel  Rattray,  who  was  then  commanding  at 
Pachui,  received  orders  to  explore  the  roads  in 
their  direction,  in  order,  if  possible,  to  put  press- 
ure upon  them. 

According  to  the  Lushais,  Khalkom  was  ill  and 
could  not  move.  His  illness,  however,  was  never 
satisfactorily  explained,  and  it  was  generally  be- 
lieved that  he  was  wounded  either  at  Kholel  or 
Tipai  Mukh. 

As  the  time  necessary  for  making  roads  could 
not  be  spared,  the  General  determined  to  trust  to 
the  country  paths  from  this  point,  taking  on  only 
the  Artillery  elephants.  Those  belonging  to  the 
Commissariat  thenceforth  worked  only,  between 


198  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

Tipai  Mukh  and  Chepui ;  the  supplies  being  taken 
on  from  the  latter  place  by  coolies. 

On  the  22nd  January,  the  advance  was  con- 
tinued along  a  very  rocky  path,  the  head-man, 
and  two  others  from  Tingridum,  and  three  men 
from  Chepui,  accompanied  it.  The  troops,  who 
camped  about  three  miles  and  a  half  from  Chepui, 
on  the  banks  of  a  little  stream  called  Sairumlui, 
the  next  day  climbed  up  to  station  No.  11,  on  the 
Gnaupa  ridge,  near  the  site  of  an  old  village 
called  Bohmong. 

Colonel  Roberts,  taking  Engloom  with  him, 
went  to  explore  the  road  ahead.  The  path 
divided  into  two  shortly  after  leaving  camp,  one 
running  along  the  ridge,  the  other  along  the 
east  face  of  the  hill  towards  Surklang.  The 
latter  was  the  route  intended  to  be  taken  by  the 
troops,  and  this  was  found  blocked  by  a  rude 
representation  of  men  hanging  on  gallows ;  and  a 
small  red  gourd,  fixed  in  a  tuft  of  grass,  symbolised 
scalped  heads  for  those  who  should  go  that 
way. 

The  path  descended  to  a  pretty  little  fordable 
stream  called  the  Tuila,  and  crossed  a  steep  spur 


THE    EOUTE.  199 

of  the  Surklang  to  another  stream,   near  which 
good  camping  ground  was  found. 

On  the  return  of  the  reconnoiterers,  Mr.  Edgar 
informed  the  Lushais  with  us  that  the  Tuila  route 
would  be  the  one  followed,  and  the  head-man  of 
Tingridum  and  Darpong  were  directed  to  go  on 
and  inform  Poiboi  that  we  should  pass  by  his 
villages,  but  that,  unless  we  were  opposed,  no  harm 
would  be  done  to  them,  and  also  that  he  must 
give  up  certain  captives. 

The  Lushais  earnestly  begged  that  the  General 
would  reconsider  his  decision  about  the  route,  and 
take  the  Gnaupa  one  instead.  This,  they  were 
told,  was  impossible,  and  they  then  asked  that 
two  young  men  of  their  number  should  be  allowed 
to  go  on  to  the  villages  ahead. 

The  Lushais  had  expected  us  to  cross  the 
Lengteng  by  Gnaupa,  and  had  fortified  several 
strong  points  on  it ;  and  here  they  determined  to 
make  a  great  stand.  The  chiefs  had  declared 
their  intention,  if  they  succeeded  in  turning  us 
back  there,  of  harassing  our  retreat  in  every 
possible  way,  and  not  leaving  off  the  pursuit  till 
the  troops  reached  the  cultivated  portion  of 


200  THE    LUSH  A 1    EXPEDITION. 

Cachar ;  while  on  the  other  hand,  if  we  overcame 
all  their  opposition  and  crossed  the  Lengteng  in 
of  it,  it  was  understood  that  our  further  ad- 
vance ori'Chumfai  would  be  unopposed. 

In  avoiding  the  steep  and  rocky  passage  of  the 
Lengteng  by  that  route,  and  choosing  the  easier 
one  by  Surklang  and  Muthilen,  it  was  not  the 
General's  intention  to  avoid  a  collision  with  the 
Lushais ;  indeed  it  was  desirable  that  a  real  trial 
of  strength  should  take  place  between  us  and  the 
whole  force  of  the  South-eastern  tribes.  Conse- 
quently when  Darpong  intimated  that  the  real 
object  of  the  two  lads  in  wishing  to  leave  us,  was  to 
recall  the  men  stationed  on  Lengteng,  they  were 
allowed  to  go. 

The  interview  between  Mr.  Edgar  and  the 
Lushais  was  carried  on  over  our  camp-fire  after 
dinner,  and  loud  and  earnest  were  the  sounds  of 
the  discussion  which  from  time  to  time  reached 
the  ears  of  officers  already  retired  to  rest,  one  of 
whom,  "  little  recking,  if  they  would  let  him  sleep 
on,"  of  the  great  issue  involved,  and  thinking 
they  were  some  gossiping  servants,  requested 
them,  in  language  more  forcible  than  polite,  to 


NARROW    RAVINE.  201 

cease  chattering.  No  attention,  however,  was  paid 
to  his  modest  request,  and  it  was  far  into  the  night 
when  the  Lushais  at  last  left  the  camp.  Shortly 
afterwards  two  shots  were  heard  by  the  advanced 
picquet  in  the  direction  taken  by  the  lads,  but 
nothing  else  occurred  during  the  night. 

In  the  morning,  Darpong  and  the  Tingridum 
man  also  departed,  and  at  eight  o'clock  the  force 
marched  for  the  next  camp ;  halting  for  a  couple 
of  hours  at  the  Tuila  to  allow  the  coolies  to  cook 
and  eat.  As  the  supply  of  water  at  No.  11  had 
been  very  limited,  the  General,  Colonel  Roberts, 
and  other  officers,  went  on  ahead  to  reconnoitre 
the  road  in  the  afternoon.  The  path  followed  the 
course  of  the  ravine  along  its  left  bank.  The  ravine 
was  very  narrow  here,  with  densely  wooded  sides, 
and  the  path,  running  over  rocks  and  roots  of 
trees,  in  some  places  barely  afforded  a  foothold, 
while  on  the  right  below  it  was  the  rocky  bed  of  a 
mountain  stream. 

About  a  mile  from  camp  the  path  again  divided, 
leading  in  one  direction  to  the  south  over  Muthilen 
to  the  village  of  Kungnung,  and  in  the  other  to 
the  east,  up  Surklang.  The  latter  was  the  road 


202  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

reconnoitred.  After  climbing  through  some  very 
steep  jooms,  it  ran  along  the  south  side  of  the 
hill.  It  was  a  tolerable  road  here,  some  three  or 
four  feet  wide,  and  evidently  made  in  some  parts 
in  others  cut  with  daos  out  of  the  hillside,  the 
best  Lushai  path  we  had  yet  met  with. 

After  pursuing  it  for  some  time,  and  just  as  it 
was  so  late  as  to  necessitate  a  speedy  return, 
several  large  granaries  were  discovered  in  a  joorn, 
and  while  these  were  being  inspected,  Darpong 
and  his  companion  appeared  upon  the  scene.  On 
questioning  him  as  to  his  presence  there,  when 
he  was  expected  to  have  gone  towards  Poiboi's 
village,  which  was  in  quite  the  opposite  direction, 
he  said  that  the  two  shots  we  heard  the  night 
before  had  been  fired  at  the  Lushais  who  left  our 
camp  by  people  from  Taikum,  a  large  village  a 
mile  or  so  further  on  the  road,  and  that  he  had 
been  to  inquire  into  the  matter.  He  also  pointed 
out  to  us  Kungnung  near  the  summit  of  Muthilen, 
and  said  that  both  the  villages  were  full  of  armed 
men.  He  then  departed,  promising  to  be  in 
camp  next  morning, 

From   the  point  where  we  met  Darpong  it  was 


ORDER    OF    MARCH.  203 

easily  seen  that  the  onward  route  must  be  by 
Kungnung,  as  Cbelam,  Poiboi's  village,  was  not 
visible  over  the  high  intervening  bill.  This  being 
determined  on,  the  reconnoitring  party  returned 
to  their  camp. 

The  night  passed  off  quietly,  and  the  troops 
inarched  again  shortly  after  eight  a.m.  on  the 
25th.  Darpong  had  come  in  and  given  the 
General  to  understand  that  an  attack  would  be 
made  on  us  in  the  ravine.  Fifty  men  of  the  44th 
went  in  advance,  then  the  General  and  staff,  and 
the  wing  of  the  44th ;  sixty  men  of  the  22nd 
being  left  as  a  guard  for  the  Artillery  and  coolies, 
for  whose  safety  all  felt  very  anxious. 

Such  was  the  order  of  march  for  the  small 
force  with  him,  and  considering  the  precipitous 
nature  of  the  hill-sides,  which  completely  com- 
manded the  narrow  rocky  stream,  the  General 
felt  that  he  could  not  search  the  banks  as  he 
went  along. 

About  half  a  mile  from  camp,  however,  as  the 
advanced  guard  were  climbing  over  a  steep  rocky 
part  of  the  path,  the  first  shots  were  exchanged, 
and  as  if  by  magic  along  the  whole  line  and  in 


204  TOE    LUSHAJ    EXPEDITION. 

front,  the  gloom  of  the  forest  was  lighted  up  by  a 
myriad  of  flashes,  and  bullets  and  slugs  fell 
around  us, 

"  As  on  a  July  day, 
The  thunder  shower  falls  pattering  on  the  way." 

At  the  first  discharge  the  General's  orderly- 
was  shot  dead  from  the  the  right  bank,  and  almost 
immediately  the  General  himself  was  wounded  in 
the  left  arm  and  hand  by  a  Lushai  on  the  left 
bank,  not  eight  yards  off. 

The  Sepoys  replied  well,  and  Captain  Robert- 
son's advanced  guard  extended  as  they  reached 
the  rocky  ground  on  the  left  flank,  while  the  rest 
of  the  44th,  under  Colonel  Nuthall  and  Captain 
Lightfoot,  flinging  down  their  packs  and  great- 
coats, dived  into  the  rocky  stream,  and  meeting 
the  enemy  in  their  own  jungle,  almost  hand  to 
hand,  drove  them  up  the  hill  before  them,  scatter- 
ing them  most  effectually.  Thirteen  Lushais 
fell  almost  in  one  spot  in  the  stream,  those  who 
were  not  dead  being  despatched  without  mercy. 

One  man  was  trying  to  escape  up  the  face  of 
a  piece  of  rock  over  whieh  some  water  trickled 
into  a  pool  below.  The  slippery  rock  hindered 


FIGHT   WITH    THE    LUSHATS.  205 

him,  and  ere  he  could  mount  it  a  Goorkha  had 
overtaken  him  and  cut  him  down  with  his 
kookrie.  He  fell  on  his  face  in  the  pool,  looking 
painfully  like  a  woman,  as  he  lay  there  with 
his  smooth  cheek  and  neatly  braided  hair  and 
knot. 

The  General's  wounds  having  been  speedily 
bound  up,  he  was  enabled  shortly  to  overtake 
the  troops  again. 

At  the  very  commencement  of  the  firing,  a 
note  was  sent  by  Mr.  Edgar  from  the  camp, 
telling  the  General  that  he  had  forced  Darpong 
to  state  what  he  knew  about  the  intended  attack. 
His  statement  was,  that  the  Lushais  meant  to 
avoid  the  troops,  but  to  attack  the  coolies  and 
artillery  elephants.  Two  of  Mr.  Edgar's  Cachari 
coolies  were  wounded  at  the  outset,  and  this 
dispiriting  the  others,  that  gentleman  determined 
to  remain  with  them.  Captain  Thompson  also 
remained  behind. 

Some  of  the  Lushais  managed  to  slip  past  the 
column,  and  attacked  the  rear,  and  as  we 
climbed  the  hill  in  pursuit  of  the  Lushais,  we 
could  hear  the  firing  below. 


206  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

On  collecting  the  scattered  columns,  the  ad- 
vance followed  the  Kungnung  path  through  some 
open  jooms,  from  which  we  could  see  the  Lushais 
running  wildly  about  on  the  spurs  and  ridges 
above,  apparently  endeavouring  to  collect  for  a 
stand  at  the  village. 

At  length  the  path  ran  along  the  face  of  a 
huge  precipice,  and  was  commanded  for  a  long 
distance  by  a  small  stockade,  constructed  at  the 
most  difficult  part  of  the  road,  where  a  few  resolute 
men  might  have  stopped  the  advance  of  an 
army,  while  a  few  rocks  detached  from  above 
would  have  inflicted  heavy  loss  on  the  troops 
passing  beneath,  as  escape  would  have  been 
impossible.  At  this  very  point,  a  fortnight 
later,  a  small  hill  pony,  belonging  to  an  officer, 
slipped  and  went  over  the  path,  and  falling 
three  hundeed  feet,  was  killed  at  once. 

The  rapidity  with  which  the  advance  had  been 
conducted,  had  left  the  Lushais  no  time  to 
defend  this  stockade  ;  but  passing  onwards,  the 
path  suddenly  emerged  on  a  joom,  above  which, 
and  on  the  high  crest  of  another  precipitous  ridge, 
was  another  long  stockade.  The  foremost  Sepoy, 


SUCCESSFUL    MANOEUVRE.  207 

on  showing  himself  at  the  edge  of  the  joom,  was  at 
once  saluted  with  a  shot,  which  fortunately  missed 
him.  It  was  found  useless  to  take  this  stockade 
with  a  rush,  owing  to  the  nature  of  the  ground, 
and  so  two  parties  of  the  44th,  under  Capts. 
Robertson  and  Lightfoot,  skirmished  round  to 
their  right,  taking  advantage  of  some  long  grass 
jungle  which  concealed  them  from  the  defenders 
of  the  stockade,  who  kept  up  a  steady  fire  on 
the  road,  expecting  to  see  the  troops  appear 
every  moment. 

The  rest  of  the  force  had  been  halted  under 
shelter  of  the  bank,  till  the  result  of  the  flank 
movement  should  be  apparent.  This  manoeuvre 
was  most  successfully  executed,  and  great  must 
have  been  the  surprise  of  the  Lushais,  while 
keeping  their  attention  and  fire  directed  on  the 
patli  in  front,  to  find  themselves  suddenly  taken 
in  flank.  They  fled,  scarcely  exchanging  a  shot 
with  their  unexpected  assailants ;  and,  when  the 
troops  advanced  through  the  stockade  to  the  vil- 
lage, a  couple  of  hundred  yards  beyond,  not  a 
Lushai  was  visible,  all  having  vanished  in  the 
forest  and  down  the  hill-side. 


208  THE    LUSH  AT    EXPEDITION. 

The  troops  at  once  occupied  the  village.  The 
fires  were  found  burning  in  the  houses,  domestic 
articles  were  lying  about  as  if  abandoned  in  Kaste  ; 
and  a  few  dogs,  cowering  in  corners,  testified  to 
the  unpreparedness  of  the  Lushais  for  this  result 
of  their  attack.  In  some  houses  were  picked  up 
white  skirts,  which  had  been  distributed  to  some 
of  the  people  who  had  visited  us  at  Chepui. 

The  artillery  elephants  could  not  be  got  up  to 
the  village  that  evening,  being  unable  to  climb 
the  latter  part  of  the  track,  and  so  encamped 
below  the  stockade.  The  coolies,  with  the  whole 
of  the  baggage,  arrived  in  camp  by  seven  P.M. 

Owing  to  the  excellent  arrangements  made  for 
the  protection  of  the  elephants  and  coolies  by 
Major  Moore,  in  charge  of  the  Coolie  Corps,  Cap- 
tain Udwy,  44th,  commanding  the  rear-guard,  and 
Lieutenant  Hall,  22nd,  commanding  the  supports, 
the  casualties  were  less  than  might  have  been  ex- 
pected, only  one  coolie  being  killed,  while  two 
were  wounded  severely,  and  one  slightly.  The 
other  casualties  for  the  day  were  as  follows  : 
killed — two  non-commissioned  officers  and  one 


NARROW   ESCAPE   OF   THE   GENERAL.  209 

man  of  the  44th;  wounded  Artillery,  two  severely; 
44th,  one  severely;  Police,  one  severely. 

General  Bourchier's  wounds  were  re-examined 
as  soon  as  the  medical  officers  arrived  at  Kung- 
nung.  He  had  a  very  narrow  escape.  He  him- 
self at  first  thought  that  he  was  wounded  in  the 
left  hand  only,  and  it  was  not  till  he  took  off  his 
coat  that  a  hole  was  discovered  under  and  behind 
his  left  elbow ;  and  a  wound  which  was  found  in 
his  fore-arm  at  once  accounted  for  the  pain  he 
felt  there.  Fortunately  for  the  Left  Column,  the 
General's  wounds,  though  painful,  did  not  dis- 
able him,  excepting  so  far  as  they  neccessitated 
a  sling  for  a  short  time. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 


COUNCIL  OP  THE  CHIEFS — OUR  WEAK  POINT — KUNGNUNG — THE 
LENGTENG  RANGE  —  ADVANCE  OF  THE  TROOPS  —  A  STRONG 
STOCKADE — A  DETOUR — ARTILLERY  PRACTICE — EFFECT  OF 
SHELLS— STRIKING  SCENE— A  CURIOUS  GRAVE. 


213 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

rPHERE  must  have  been  some  great  defect  in 
the  tactics  of  the  Lushais  to  account  for 
their  signal  defeat.  It  appears  that  the  very  night 
before,  a  great  council  of  all  the  chiefs  of  the 
families  of  Vonolel  and  Lalpoong  had  been  held 
in  the  village  of  Kungnung ;  and  then  Poiboi  had 
been  induced  to  throw  in  his  lot  finally  against  us. 

At  this  meeting,  the  course  of  action  to  be  pur- 
sued against  us  on  the  following  day  was  decided 
on.  One  party  was  to  divert  the  attention  of  the 
main  force,  while  the  other,  stealing  down  the 
ravine,  would,  when  the  troops  were  considered 
far  enough  advanced,  attack  the  coolies,  who, 
they  imagined,  would  be  unprotected.  They  thus 
hoped,  by  killing  a  number  of  the  coolies,  so  to 
demoralise  the  rest  that,  being  deprived  of  our 


214  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

means  of  transport,  we  should  be  compelled  to 
retire;  this  idea,  as  we  have  seen,  was  better 
conceived  than  carried  out. 

Mr.  Edgar  imagine^  that  this  scheme  originated 
with  the  head  man  of  Tingridum,  who  had  stated 
truly  that  our  weak  point  was  the  long  line  of 
coolies  following  the  main  body.  Darpong  ad- 
vised Mr.  Edgar  of  this  plan  of  operations  of  the 
Lushais  before  the  firing  commenced,  probably 
out  of  spite  for  him  of  Tingridum,  with  whom  he 
had  a  quarrel,  carefully  fostered  by  the  authorities. 

The  principal  causes  of  the  utter  failure  on  the 
part  of  the  Lushais,  I  believe  to  be  these.  In  the 
first  place  they  were  not  sure  which  of  the  two 
routes  we  would  take,  though  they  probably  in- 
clined to  the  one  reconnoitred  the  day  before,  and 
consequently  were  afraid  to  concentrate  their  forces 
on  either.  Secondly,  the  hour  fixed  for  marching 
was  earlier  than  usual,  and  it  is  probable  that 
the  party  the  advanced  guard  fell  in  with  was  the 
one  intended  to  watch  the  coolies.  They  had  not 
had  time  to  finish  their  ambuscading  arrangements 
before  we  met,  and  scattered  them  so  completely 
that  only  a  few  were  able  to  carry  out  their  in- 


DISCOMFITURE    OP   THE    LUSHAIS.  215 

structions,  while  the  advance  on  Kungnung  was 
so  rapid  that  the  enemy  were  unable  to  collect  in 
sufficient  force  to  make  an  effectual  resistance  at 
the  stockades. 

From  accounts  afterwards  received  by  Mr.  Edgar, 
it  seems  probable  that  the  Lushai  loss  in  killed 
and  wounded  was  over  sixty. 

The  utter  discomfiture  of  the  Lushais  was 
evident  from  the  fact  of  their  leaving  so  many  of 
their  dead  in  the  ravine,  having  only  time  to  cut 
off  and  carry  away  the  heads  of  two  of  these; 
and  even  when  next  day  a  party  was  sent  down 
to  burn  the  dead  bodies,  and  to  recover  some 
great-coats,  &c.,  which  had  been  overlooked,  the 
former  were  found  lying  as  they  had  been  left,  no 
attempt  apparently  having  been  made  by  their 
friends  to  remove  them. 

Among  the  slain  were  two  head  men,  one  of 
whom  was  Poiboi's  chief  adviser.  We  got  seven 
muskets,  and  in  one  of  their  havresacks  was  found 
some  of  our  own  smooth-bore  ammunition,  ap- 
parently identifying  the  owner  with  one  of  the 
raiders  of  1871,  at  Monirkhal  or  Nudigram. 

Kungnung  contained  twenty-two  houses  situ- 


216  THE    LUSH  AT    EXPEDITION. 

ated  on  the  slope  of  a  peak  five  thousand  feet  in 
height,  just  south  of  which  Muthilen  rises  to  a 
height  of  nearly  six  thousand  feet.  The  approach 
on  all  sides  is  very  difficult,  the  slopes  of  the 
hill  being  exceedingly  precipitous  and  broken  by 
huge  masses  of  rock. 

The  hills  south  and  east  of  this  range  assume 
quite  a  different  character  from  those  to  the  north- 
west and  west,  being  much  more  rocky,  and  conse- 
quently less  jungly ;  long  grass  and  bracken  taking 
the  place  of  the  irritating  undergrowth  of  thorny 
jungle  previously  met  with. 

Surklang  is  an  immense  mass  of  peaks  tossed 
about  in  wild  confusion,  the  rocks  dropping  out 
in  irregular  strata,  now  horizontal,  now  following 
the  general  inclination  of  the  spurs  ;  and  further 
to  the  east  the  Lengteng  range  presents  the 
appearance  of  a  large  buttressed  wall,  its  top 
being  square  and  level  for  the  greater  part  of  its 
length,  and  the  west  face  precipitous — a  few 
narrow  spurs  giving  the  idea  of  buttresses,  and 
the  almost  perfectly  horizontal  rocky  strata  the 
idea  of  courses  of  masonry ;  a  few  trees  appear 
near  the  summit. 


EECONNAISSANCE.  217 

From  Kungnung  we  could  see  nearly  every 
station  in  our  rear  as  far  as  No.  6  ;  and  as  the 
mantle  of  night  descended  on  the  hills,  the  gleam- 
ing fires  appearing  one  by  one  on  the  successive 
ridges  marked  the  position  of  each  camp. 

In  order  to  follow  up  the  successes  of  the  25th, 
the  General  issued  instructions  to  Colonel  Roberts 
to  take  a  force,  consisting  of  two  steel  guns  of 
the  Mountain  Battery,  and  a  hundred  men  from 
the  22nd  and  45th  regiments,  and  burn  the  village 
of  Taikum  on  the  26th. 

As  already  stated,  the  Artillery  could  not  get 
into  camp  on  the  25th,  so  the  force  for  the 
Taikum  Expedition  was  delayed  in  starting  till 
twelve  noon.  The  path  to  Taikum  lay  due  east, 
descending  for  about  a  mile  and  a  half  till  it 
reached  the  head  of  the  stream  just  below  the 
saddle  connecting  Surklang  and  Muthilen,  whence 
ascending  again  it  joined  the  path  reconnoitred 
on  the  24th. 

From  this  reconnaissance  it  was  evident  that 
the  guns  would  never  reach  Taikum  that  day,  if 
carried  on  elephants  ;  consequently,  the  General 
decided  that  they  should  be  carried  by  coolies. 


218  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

Sixteen  men  were  told  off  for  each  gun,  viz.,  six 
for  the  gun  itself,  which  weighed  a  hundred  and 
fifty  pounds,  six  for  the  carriage,  and  two  for 
each  wheel,  besides  four  for  the  ammunition 
boxes,  each  box  containing  nine  rounds. 

On  arriving  at  the  joom  in  which  we  had  before 
discovered  the  granaries,  we  found  all  but  two 
had  been  burnt.  These  two  had  been  pulled 
down,  but  the  grain  had  not  been  removed. 

Proceeding  onwards  some  little  distance,  the 
road  suddenly  turned  and  ran  round  the  re- 
entering  angle  between  two  large  spurs.  Across 
this  valley,  about  a  mile  off,  we  perceived  a 
strong  stockade,  built  across  the  road,  command- 
ing it  thoroughly.  A  steep  rocky  ravine  ran  up 
on  its  right  flank,  and  a  large  number  of 
the  enemy  were  collected  at  that  point. 

If  the  troops  could  have  been  got  nearer, 
Colonel  Roberts  would  have  advanced  the  infantry 
under  cover  of  the  artillery.  The  nature  of  the 
ground  did  not  allow  of  this,  except  at  the  risk 
of  heavy  loss.  So  a  detour  was  made,  entailing 
a  long  and  weary  drag  up  and  down  steep  spurs, 
at  one  time  attaining  the  height  of  six  thousand 


DISAPPEAKANCE    OF   THE    HEAD-MAN.  219 

feet,  till  at  last  we  struck  the  road  again  about  a 
mile  beyond  the  stockade. 

The  Lushais  had  been  watching  our  movements 
from  various  points,  and  finding  their  stockade 
turned,  they  retired  at  once  to  their  village. 
Soon  after  we  started  from  the  camp  Mr.  Edgar 
discovered  that  the  head-man  of  Tingridum  had 
disappeared,  and  it^was  supposed  had  gone  in  the 
direction  of  Taikum. 

Notice  of  this  was  sent  to  Colonel  Roberts.  We 
soon,  however,  met  the  supposed  fugitive  near  the 
stockade,  accompanied  by  three  of  the  villagers, 
waving  their  hands  about  to  show  they  were  un- 
armed. The  head-man  said  he  had  gone  so  far  to 
get  rice  for  Darpong,  and  showed  us  a  little  in  his 
hand  as  proof ;  but  as  there  was  plenty  at  Kung- 
nung,  and  the  amount  he  had  with  him  was 
scarcely  sufficient  for  one  meal,  this  was  an 
evident  falsehood. 

As  soon  as  the  villagers  discovered  that  we 
intended  to  go  on  to  their  village,  they  tried  to 
get  away.  They  were  stopped,  however,  and 
made  to  accompany  the  force. 

In  consequence  of  the  detour  and  the  frequent 


220  THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

delays  to  enable  the  guns  to  keep  up  with  the 
troops,  it  was  five  o'clock  when,  on  turning  a 
corner,  we  came  in  sight  of  Taikum.  This  village 
is  situated  on  the  summit  of  a  small  hill,  contains 
about  two  hundred  houses,  and  is  surrounded  by 
a  strong  palisado.  It  was  full  of  men. 

We  were  then  distant  twelve  hundred  yards 
from  it,  and  commanded  the  village  thoroughly, 
a  small  level  piece  of  ground  on  the  right  of  the 
road  affording  ample  space  for  bringing  the  guns 
into  action,  which  was  accordingly  done.  The 
Lushais  had  evidently  become  aware  of  our  ap- 
proach, and  collected  all  their  force  in  a  large 
open  space  at  the  top  of  the  village  to  watch  our 
movement. 

The  three  villagers  squatted  near  the  guns  to 
see  what  would  happen  to  their  friends  and 
houses.  The  practice  was  excellent.  At  the  first 
there  was  a  movement  among  the  enemy,  as  if 
they  were  going  to  run  away,  but  nothing  im- 
mediately following  they  stood  firm.  The  Sepoys 
also,  not  knowing  the  time  necessary  for  the 
flight  of  the  projectiles,  gave  vent  to  a  few  mur- 
murs of  disappointment,  which  were  speedily 


SHELL-PRACTICE.  221 

changed  to  cries  of  delight,  as  the  puff  of  smoke 
just  over  the  village,  followed  by  the  report,  an- 
nounced the  bursting  of  the  shell. 

The  fuze  having  been  set  for  a  longer  range, 
the  villagers  could  not  have  seen  it  burst,  as  they 
still  remained  where  they  were.  To  the  Lushais 
with  us,  it  appeared  as  if  it  had  gone  on  to  the 
hill  across  the  valley,  "  a  day's  journey  off,"  as 
they  wonderingly  said  to  each  other. 

The  second  gun  was  beautifully  laid,  and  the 
shell  burst  in  the  very  centre  of  the  group  of  men, 
who  seemed  completely  paralyzed  at  first,  but 
soon  commenced  to  run  down  the  narrow  streets. 
A  few  appeared  to  be  incapable  of  motion,  but 
others  returned  to  carry  them  off. 

In  the  meantime  Colonel  Roberts,  directing 
Captain  Blackwood  to  fire  two  more  rounds  at 
the  retreating  foe,  advanced  rapidly  with  the  in- 
fantry, and  as  the  latter  entered  the  village  from 
one  side,  the  former  evacuated  it  on  the  other, 
firing  only  two  shots,  without  effect,  as  they  dis- 
appeared down  the  hill  sides.  It  was  nearly  six 
o'clock  then,  and  it  was  useless  to  pursue  them  ; 
so  the  village  was  set  fire  to  at  once. 


222  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

A  few  of  the  Goorkas  had  secured  some  pigs, 
which,  being  too  big  to  be  carried  whole,  were 
killed  with  a  knock  on  the  head,  and  the  shoulders 
and  the  hind-quarters  were  sliced  off  with  two  or 
three  strokes  of  their  handy  kookries.  Then  all 
the  troops  having  fallen  in  again,  the  return 
march  commenced. 

As  we  gained  the  knoll  from  which  the  guns 
had  been  fired,  and  looked  back,  the  scene  was 
very  striking.  Behind  a  huge  misty  mountain 
the  calm  moon  rose  bright  and  clear  in  the  pale 
green  sky,  illumining  the  far  off  ranges,  while 
nearer,  the  red  flames  and  smoke,  and  sparks, 
Swept  away  to  the  left  by  the  evening  breeze, 
lighted  up  the  foreground  with  a  ruddy  glow, 
to  which  intensity  was  added  by  the  deep  black 
mass  of  huge  forest  which  partially  hid  Taikum 
from  our  gaze ;  while,  below  in  the  wide  slip  be- 
tween us  and  the  village,  a  small  stream  flowed, 
reflecting  on  its  surface  the  red  glare  of  the 
flames. 

Fortunate  was  it  that  we  had  the  moon  to 
guide  our  returning  steps  over  the  weary  five 
miles  that  lay  before  us,  as  even  with  its  assistance 


POIBOI   FINED.  223 

it  was  nearly  eleven  P.M.,  before  we  readied  the 
camp,  after  a  rather  hard  day's  work. 

Beacon  signals  had  informed  the  neighbouring 
villages  of  the  intended  attack  on  us  on  the  25th, 
and  the  inhabitants  of  Chepui  and  Tingridum 
and  Kholel  had  again  fled  into  the  jungles ;  but 
the  judicious  measures  taken  by  the  officers  com- 
manding at  Chepui  and  Tuibum,  succeeded  in 
restoring  confidence  and  they  soon  returned. 

In  consequence  of  the  Tingridum  head-man 
having  left  the  camp  without  leave  on  the  2nd, 
he  was  fined  one  hundred  and  thirty  baskets  of 
rice,  a  pig,  and  a  goat.  A  man  was  sent  on  the 
27th  to  Tingridurn,  to  tell  the  villagers  to  deliver 
these  articles  to  the  officers  at  Chepui,  and  this 
was  done  at  once. 

Darpong  was  also  sent  on  to  Poiboi,  to  tell 
him  that,  as  he  had  attacked  us  on  the  25th,  the 
General  had  altered  the  terms  on  which  he  would 
consent  to  receive  him,  and  that,  in  addition  to 
giving  up  his  captives,  he  must  pay  a  fine  of  rice, 
metuas,  pigs,  goats,  and  fowls. 

On  the  27th  a  party  escorted  a  large  body  of 
coolies  to  the  jooms  near  Taikum,  and  brought 


224  THE    LUSHA1    EXPEDITION. 

in  all  the  grain  we  had  seen  in  the  two  store- 
houses there.  A  large  quantity  of  rice,  beans, 
yams,  &c.,  in  big  baskets  was  also  discovered  in 
a  cave  near  Kungmmg ;  and  the  supply  thus 
obtained  assisted  the  'Commissariat  considerably, 
and  for  a  couple  of  days  many  of  the  coolies  were 
employed  in  husking  the  rice  in  the  village. 

The  troops  had  been  distributed  in  the  various 
houses,  a  large  house  at  the  bottom  of  the  village 
being  used  as  the  quarter-guard.  This  had  been 
the  head-man's  house,  apparently,  and  when 
we  first  arrived  there  we  saw  a  curious  grave 
outside. 

This  grave  consisted  of  a  tall  post  set  up  over 
a  mound,  enclosed  with  rough  stones,  and  covered 
with  a  metua's  head,  through  which  a  small  stick 
was  passed,  carrying  a  goat's  head,  and  a  large 
coronet  of  cane-work,  in  which  countless  feathers 
of  all  sorts  and  colours  were  fixed.  Below  the 
metua's  head  was  a  similar  coronet,  but  smaller, 
from  which  strings  of  smaller  skulls,  dogs', 
monkeys',  &c.,  were  suspended  round  the  post ; 
while  outside  the  stones  towered  two  tall  bam- 
boos, having  at  their  ends,  small  cane  circles, 


INTOLERABLE  NUISANCE.          225 

bearing  little  bamboo  strips,  which  swinging  about 
in  the  wind  make  a  doleful  rattling  sound. 

The  General  had  a  hut  constructed  for  himself 
and  Staff  above  the  village.  The  houses  would 
not  have  been  uncomfortable  dwellings,  but  for 
the  rats  which  swarmed  at  nights,  scampering 
over  our  faces  or  falling  from  the  roof.  The  only 
way  to  ensure  ourselves  against  these  little  an- 
noyances was  to  put  up  musquito  curtains,  fasten- 
ing them  down  securely  at  the  sides  and  ends. 


Q 


CHAPTER  XV. 


TELEGRAM  FROM  CACHAR— RESCUE  OF  MARY  WINCHESTER- 
FIGHT  OF  LTJSHAIS  AND  CLASSIS  —  ESCAPE  OF  A  LUSHAI 
PRISONER — A  DISTURBER  OF  THE  CAMP — TOUCHING  SCENE— 

THE     SAIVAR — POIBOl'S     STRONGHOLD— A     CURIOUS     HUNT — 

v. 

ALARM  OF   FIRE— A  THOUGHTFUL  BOY. 


229 


CHAPTER  XV. 

f\N  the  28th  a  telegram  was  received  from 
Cachar,  stating  that  Sukpilal's  muntri  Rowa, 
had  arrived  at  Jhalnachara,  with  the  Khansaman's 
wife  and  a  Cachari,  who  had  been  taken  prisoners 
at  Alexandrapur. 

The  officiating  Deputy  Commissioner,  Mr. 
McWilliam,  also  telegraphed  that  Sukpilal  had 
Mary  Winchester,  and  said,  as  soon  as  he  got 
a  boat,  he  would  send  her  into  Cachar.  This 
intelligence  put  everybody  in  a  great  state  of 
excitement;  the  child  was  rescued  and  would 
be  restored  to  her  friends,  through  the  officer 
commanding  the  left  column. 

A  little  consideration,  however,  showed  that 
it  was  highly  probable  that  this  information  was 
not  to  be  relied  on.  The  Syloos,  it  was  known; 


230  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

had  the  child,  and  as  the  other  column  was 
operating  against  them,  it  was  hardly  likely  they 
would  throw  away  their  best  card,  when  by 
keeping  it  they  might  hope  to  secure  favour- 
able terms  for  themselves  when  the  proper  time 
for  playing  it  arrived. 

And  so  it  proved.  Mary  Winchester  was  given 
up  to  the  other  column.  This  news  was  tele- 
graphed by  General  Brownlow,  and  was  received 
on  the  29th  at  Kungnung. 

During  the  next  two  days,  the  Lushais  came  in, 
bringing  in  metuas,  &c.,  in  payment  of  the  in- 
demnity inflicted  on  Poiboi  for  his  share  in  the 
attack  on  the  25th. 

On  the  33st,  Dambhung,  head-man  of  Taikum, 
and  the  Chief  of  Poiboi' s  ministers,  arrived  in 
camp,  bringing  letters  from  General  Nuthall,  in 
which  he  stated  that  there  was  much  sickness 
among  the  Munipur  contingent,  and  they  had 
moreover  a  defective  Commissariat. 

Dambhung  said  that  he  was  at  Chibu  during 
the  fighting  on  the  25th  and  26th,  and  was  much 
surprised  on  his  return  to  find  that  his  village  had 
been  destroyed  from  off  the  face  of  the  earth. 


LUSHAIS   AND   CLASSIS.  231 

It  is  not  improbable  that  he  was  occupied  with 
some  Lushai  troops  watching  the  contingent,  to 
prevent,  if  possible,  the  latter  assisting  us  when 
we  were  attacked.  He  also  said  that  Poiboi  had 
striven  hard,  at  the  Council  held  at  Kungnung  on 
the  24th,  to  induce  his  relatives  to  submit,  but  in 
vain. 

The  supply  of  water  was  not  very  good  at  this 
village.  There  were  two  little  springs,  both  fully 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  camp,  and  with 
every  arrangement  of  wells,  but  they  could  not  be 
made  to  yield  a  sufficient  supply,  to  prevent  the 
coolies  and  Sepoys  stirring  the  water  up  and 
making  it  muddy,  when  they  filled  their  vessels. 

On  the  31st,  as  one  of  our  survey  classis  (men 
employed  to  carry  instruments,  &c.,)  was  return- 
ing with  two  brass  vessels  full  of  water  in  each 
hand,  he  met  two  Lushais  who  had  passed  the 
night  in  camp,  on  the  narrow  pathway.  A 
scuffle  ensued,  and  one  of  the  Lushais  wounded 
the  classi  severely  with  his  dao  on  the  forehead, 
just  missing  his  eye,  but  penetrating  the  skull, 
and  also  on  the  arm.  The  other  then  seized  the 
classi's  red  turban  and  his  water-pots,  and  the 
two  immediately  made  off. 


232  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

The  classis,  being  principally  Hindus,  and  pos- 
sessing strong  caste  prejudices,  had  frequently 
driven  away  with  much  harshness  any  Lushai 
who  ignorantly  approached  too  close  to  their 
cooking-pot  or  fire-place,  while  preparing  their 
food.  It  is  not  unlikely,  therefore,  that  this 
lordly  invader  had  endeavoured  to  make  the 
Lushais  get  out  of  his  way,  and  that  the  latter 
had  resented  this  insult  in  the  usual  manner 
with  the  dao. 

This  was  the  explanation  tendered  by  an  officer 
of  great  experience  among  the  natives,  and  though 
another  worthy  officer  disposed  of  this  argument 
entirely  to  his  own  satisfaction  by  the  simple  and 
laconic  reply  of  "  Bosh,"  I  cannot  help  thinking 
that  there  was  a  good  deal  of  probability,  to  say 
the  least,  in  it. 

The  Lushai,  a  fine  spirited-looking  youth,  re- 
turned to  Kungnung  with  a  metua  in  the  after- 
noon, was  recognised,  admitted  at  once  that 
he  had  done  the  deed,  and  was  apparently  sur- 
prised to  find  himself  tied  up  as  a  prisoner, 
remarking  that  when  Poiboi  heard  how  he  had 
been  treated  it  would  be  bad  for  us. 


ESCAPE    OF   A   CAPTIVE.  233 

I  made  a  sketch  of  him  as  he  sat  bound  out- 
side the  guard-room,  evidently  objecting  to  this 
enforced  "  sitting  for  his  portrait."  His  whole 
attitude,  and  the  vigilant  look  in  his  eyes,  re- 
minded me  strongly  of  some  noble  wild  animal 
held  captive,  eagerly  watching  for  the  slightest 
opportunity  of  escape ;  and  such  an  opportunity 
presented  itself  to  him,  or  rather  he  made  it  for 
himself  the  very  next  day,  when,  the  troops  having 
left  Kungnung,  his  Goorkha  guard  was  exchanged 
for  one  of  Sappers  and  Miners,  who  were  left 
behind  to  occupy  the  place. 

The  Goorkhas,  in  the  Jynteah  and  Cossyah  Hill 
wars,  had  learnt,  from  sad  experience,  how  easily 
a  Hillman  will  escape  if  not  carefully  bound  and 
watched,  and  had  paid  no  attention  to  Simlam's 
signs  that  he  was  too  tightly  tied.  These  how- 
ever he  repeated  to  the  less  experienced  and  more 
tender-hearted  Sappers,  and  they  loosed  his  bonds 
slightly. 

He  then  signed  for  some  covering,  and  they 
put  a  rug  over  his  shoulders. 

Suddenly,  taking  advantage  of  a  moment  when 
the  sentry  had  relaxed  his  vigilance,  this  Lushai 


234  THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

Davenport  Brother,  flinging  off  rug  and  bonds 
together,  and  clearing  the  guard-house  at  a  bound, 
disappeared  into  the  jungle,  before  his  discomfited 
guards  could  recover  from  their  astonishment,  to 
offer  any  opposition.  He  was  to  have  been  sent 
to  Cachar,  to  be  imprisoned  there.  His  escape, 
however,  probably  saved  us  from  a  great  deal  of 
"  political  complications." 

On  the  1st  February,  the  General  and  staff 
with  Mr.  Edgar,  and  the  advanced  detachments 
of  the  22nd  and  44th  regiments,  marched  out  of 
Kimgnung  along  the  western  face  of  Muthilen. 
The  path  was  narrow,  and  on  a  steep  hillside, 
broken  here  and  there  by  rocks  and  landslips. 

At  length,  after  a  weary  toil  under  a  hot  sun, 
a  little  stream  was  reached  where  thefor.ce  waited 
for  a  short  time,  refreshing  themselves  with  the 
clear  cold  water,  while  a  small  party  went  on  to 
find,  if  possible,  a  better  camping  ground  ahead. 
This  they  did,  and  at  five  P.M.  the  troops  reached 
the  banks  of  a  swiftly  running  stream,  with 
a  gravelly  bed,  the  water  cold  as  if  iced. 

Lofty  hills  rose  on  all  sides ;  and  the  eleva- 
tion of  the  site  was  about  five  thousand  two 


BATS   IN   A   BAMBOO.  235 

hundred  feet.  The  atmosphere  was  very  damp 
and  cold,  the  thermometer  going  down  during 
the  night  to  thirty-nine  degrees.  The  gloom  of 
the  virgin  forest  seemed  never  to  have  been 
penetrated  by  the  sun's  rays. 

The  huge  forest  trees  were  festooned  with 
moss  and  creepers, "and  a  curious  bamboo  was 
found  here,  which  we  saw  nowhere  else ;  each 
joint  having  a  ring  of  thorns  round  it,  and 
the  joints  seldom  more  than  eight  inches  apart. 

In  cutting  some  of  these  to  build  our  huts,  we 
found  enclosed  between  the  joints  of  a  bamboo, 
four  little  bats,  alive.  How  they  came  there, 
how  long  they  had  been  there,  and  how  being 
there  they  would,  without  our  assistance,  ever 
have  got  out,  I  leave  to  be  explained  by  those 
who  know  all  about  the  curious  stories  of  toads 
found  in  coal,  for  I  confess]  myself  unable  to 
solve  the  mystery.  The  joints  of  the  bamboo 
certainly  seemed  perfectly  air-tight,  for  there  was 
no  perceptible  opening. 

We  had  only  time  to  construct  hasty  cantos  of 
boughs  and  leaves ;  and  we  soon  discovered  the 
disadvantages  of  attaching  the  framework  of  the 


236  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

maichaus  to  that  of  the  walls  of  the  canto,  as 
the  slightest  movement  on  the  part  of  any  one 
sleeper  communicated  a  vibration  to  the  whole 
structure  that  soon  aroused  all  the  other  occupants. 

I  awoke  in  the  middle  of  the  night  with  a 
sensation  of  cold  about  my  head,  and  hearing  an 
unusual  noise  close  to  my  ear.  I  looked  up,  and 
perceived  by  the  light  of  the  many  camp-fires 
struggling  through  the  mist,  in  which  the  giant 
moss-grown  trunks  loomed  vast  and  weird,  that 
a  large  gap  had  been  made  in  the  leafy  wall,  and 
putting  out  my  hand  it  came  in  contact  with  a 
pony's  head.  I  gave  it  a  blow,  and  it  went  away, 
but  shortly  afterwards  I  heard  sounds  the  reverse 
of  blessing  proceeding  from  a  hut  near. 

In  the  morning  we  found  that  the  offender, 
who  had  disturbed  our  repose,  was  an  officer's 
pony,  which  had  got  loose,  and  gone  round  the 
camp,  devouring  each  hut  in  turn,  till  the  sleeper 
within  was  aroused  and  drove  it  away. 

A  heavy  dew  fell  in  the  morning,  and  very 
glad  everyone  was  to  get  some  hot  tea  and 
depart. 

Here  we  received  the  news  of  Simlam's  escape. 


TOUCHING    SCENE.  237 

About  nine  a.m.,  the  force  commenced  the  on- 
ward march  for  Chelam,  Poiboi's  chief  village, 
which  we  expected  to  reach  that  evening.  The 
march  was  pleasant  enough  for  the  first  four 
or  five  miles,  lying  along  the  east  face  of  Leng- 
teng,  through  light  forest,  with  grass  and 
fern  undergrowth.  There  were  a  great  many 
orchids  on  the  trees,  but  not  in  bloom ;  and  in 
one  place  we  saw  a  young  fir  springing  up 
through  the  grass. 

The  road  passed  over  several  precipices,  down 
which  dashed  little  mountain  streams ;  at  one 
of  the  most  romantic  of  these,  we  were  over- 
taken by  Darpong,  and  a  large  number  of 
Lushais  bringing  the  metuas  and  elephant  tusks. 

Among  them  came  Bhoma,  a  Kholel  man, 
with  a  captive  Naga  woman,  whom  he  had  taken 
from  Munipur  in  1869.  A  most  touching  scene 
ensued.  Mr.  Edgar,  through  his  interpreter, 
informed  her,  in  an  affecting  speech,  that  she 
might  consider  herself  free  to  return  with  her 
liberators  to  the  land  of  her  birth. 

To  the  surprise  of  everyone,  however,  instead 
of  expressing  j  oy,  she  took  her  pipe  out  of  her 


238  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

mouth,  burst  into  a  torrent  of  tears,  and  falling 
on  Bhoma's  shoulder,  declared,  in  broken  lan- 
guage, that  he  had  ever  been  kind  to  her,  and, 
like  Mrs.  Micawber,  that  "  she  could  never, 
never  desert  him."  Unlike  Mr.  Micawber,  poor 
Bhoma  could  not  reply,  "  I  am  not  aware,  my 
love,  that  anyone  wishes  you  to  do  so,"  for  not 
only  was  a  stony-hearted  Political  wishing  it, 
but  apparently  urging  her  to  do  so.  However, 
her  distress  was  evidently  real,  and  though  nei- 
ther young  nor  pretty,  the  sight  of  her  tears 
moved  even  that  gentleman  at  last,  and  he  de- 
clared, in  another  feeling  address,  that  he  would 
not  constitute  himself  the  Lord  Penzance  of  the 
Lushais,  nor  come  between  her  and  the  object 
of  her  elderly  affections.  This  faithful  one,  then 
relieved  from  her  suspense,  walking  hand  in 
hand  with  her  nearly  lost  Lushai  lord,  followed 
us  on  to  Chelam. 

During  our  march,  we  crossed,  about  two  p.m., 
a  fine  stream  called  the  Saivar,  at  an  elevation 
of  three  thousand  seven  hundred  feet,  and 
after  a  short  ascent  came  upon  a  large  open 
park-like  plain,  still  covered  with  the  stubble  of 


POIBOI'S   STRONGHOLD.  239 

recent  cultivation.  From  this  the  ascent  was 
very  steep  through  old  jooms  to  the  hill  above,  on 
the  other  side  of  which  was  Chelam,  at  an  ele- 
vation of  five  thousand  eight  hundred  feet. 

At  length,  after  a  severe  climb,  in  rounding  a 
spur,  we  came  in  full  view  of  Poiboi's  stronghold. 
It  was  a  large  village. 

Poiboi's  own  house  stood  high  above  the  others, 
which  rose  in  tiers  on  each  side  of  broad  streets, 
stretching  away  down  the  slopes  of  the  hill  in 
all  directions.  There  were  about  two  hundred 
houses,  the  whole  enclosed  in  a  stiff  timber 
stockade. 

Beyond  this  village  rose  two  other  peaks,  on 
which  stood  two  smaller  villages,  also  stockaded, 
and  containing  between  them  some  three  hun- 
dred houses. 

No  Lushais  being  seen,  the  troops  marched 
into  the  principal  village.  Near  the  gate  was  a 
timber  platform,  with  the  usual  posts  capped  with 
skulls ;  among  them,  on  a  lofty  pole,  one  human 
skull,  marking  the  grave  of  a  departed  warrior ; 
others  were  scattered  along  the  paths  between 
the  three  villages. 


240  THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

These  had  not  long  been  deserted,  as  the  fires 
were  still  smouldering,  and  trays,  half  filled  with 
grain,  were  lying  about.  The  houses  were 
speedily  told  off  to  the  different  corps,  and  every- 
one commenced  his  arrangements  for  the  night. 

In  the  middle  of  these,  we  suddenly  heard 
great  shouts  and  uproar  and  much  squeaking ; 
and  running  out  to  see  what  was  the  matter,  we 
beheld  a  most  ridiculous  sight.  The  Kookie  and 
other  Hill  coolies,  having  got  rid  of  their  loads, 
had  discovered  a  few  pigs  trying  to  hide  away 
under  some  of  the  houses  in  a  by-street,  and 
in  hunting  these  they  succeeded  in  unearthing  a 
great  many  more. 

Emerging  from  under  the  houses,  and  hurrying 
down  the  steep  and  narrow  street,  went  the  pigs, 
and  after  them,  in  full  cry,  armed  with  every 
variety  of  weapon,  sticks,  daos,  kookries,  rushed 
the  coolies  pell-mell ;  tumbling  over  each  other 
in  their  eagerness,  and  whacking  at  each  unfortu- 
nate porker  as  it  was  overtaken. 

Some  were  killed  at  once;  others,  generally 
prize-sows,  whose  forms  were  not  adapted  to  feats 
of  agility,  being  quickly  overtaken,  had  their  four 


CONSUMPTION   OF   FRIZZLED   PORK.  244 

feet  tied  together  despite  their  remonstrances, 
and  bamboos  being  passed  between  their  legs, 
they  were  carried  off  to  be  killed  and  cut  up  at 
leisure. 

Great  was  the  consumption  of  frizzled  pork  that 
night ;  some  of  it,  as  we  shall  see,  being  wasted 
in  the  way  described  by  Charles  Lamb  as  leading 
to  the  discovery  of  the  excellence  of  that  viand 
when  so  cooked. 

This  little  excitement  was  soon  over ;  and  we 
again  returned  to  our  abodes.  My  chief,  two  officers 
of  the  22nd,  and  myself  occupied  one  of  the  town 
halls,  a  fine  commodious,  though  slightly  airy  build- 
ing, with  an  immense  fireplace,  in  which  the  ashes 
were  still  smouldering.  This  fireplace  was  in  the 
centre  of  the  room,  and  sunk  about  a  foot  below  the 
general  level  of  the  floor,  thus  affording  many  com- 
fortable sittings  all  round  the  fire.  The  principal 
drawback  was  the  unsound  state  of  the  floor,  which 
at  one  time  caused  the  sudden  disappearance  from 
our  gaze  of  a  kitmutgar  with  part  of  the  dinner, 
which  we  could  ill-afford  to  lose  ;  however,  we  did 
very  well,  and  about  ten  P.M.  turned  in,  very  glad, 
after  a  rather  hard  day's  work,  to  get  to  rest. 

R 


242  THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

We  had  not  been  to  sleep  an  hour  before  the 
alarm  of  fire  was  given,  and  starting  up  we  found 
that  the  lowest  houses  in  one  of  the  streets  were 
in  flames ;  and  the  wind  blowing  upwards,  great 
fears  were  entertained  as  to  the  probable  de- 
struction of  the  whole  village.  The  houses  were 
dry  and  closely  packed,  and  a  single  spark,  or 
bit  of  smouldering  tinder,  carried  by  the  breeze 
into  the  thatch,  was  sufficient  to  set  a  house  on 
fire  at  once. 

The  only  thing  to  be  done  was  to  try  to  stay  the 
progress  of  the  fire  by  pulling  down  and  removing, 
as  far  as  possible,  the  most  inflammable  portions, 
such  as  the  thatch,  matting,  &c.,  of  the  houses 
nearest  the  fire.  Considerable  exertions  were 
made  by  all,  and  eventually  proved  successful, 
aided  by  a  fortunate  change  in  the  direction  of 
the  wind,  which  carried  the  sparks  harmlessly 
down  the  hill-side.  Then,  having  covered  the 
smouldering  mass  with  earth,  and  leaving  some 
Sepoys  to  see  that  the  fire  did  not  break  out  afresh, 
everyone  went  back  to  his  quarters. 

Among  the  officers  attached  to  the  Column, 
there  was  one  who  was  a  great  enthusiast  for 


PRUDENCE    OF   A   NATIVE   BOY.  243 

colours,  and  possessed  great  appreciation  of 
effects.  Watching  the  fire,  lighting  up  with  its 
ruddy  glare  the  sky,  the  village,  and  the  forms 
of  men  rushing  to  and  fro,  he  exclaimed,  "  Mag- 
nificent !  magnificent  !  put  it  all  in  gamboge  !" 
to  which  a  grinning  friend  of  his,  passing  at  the 
moment,  rejoined,  "  If  you  would  put  it  all  out 
with  gamboge,  it  would  be  more  to  the  purpose 
just  now." 

I  found  that  my  boy,  with  a  forethought  not 
often  met  with  in  natives,  had  refrained  from 
running  to  see  the  fire,  and  had  packed  up  every- 
thing ready  for  an  instant  move,  as  he  had  done 
once  before  on  the  first  alarm  in  the  attack  on 
Tipai  Mukh,  as  if  he  expected  that,  the  moment 
the  Lushais  appeared,  we  should  all  get  into  boats 
and  sail  gaily  away. 

On  this  occasion  his  prudence  involved  some 
delay  in  getting  to  bed  again,  as  all  the  bedding 
had  to  be  unrolled  and  re-arranged.  It  was  pro- 
bable that  the  fire  was  caused  by  some  of  the 
Kookies  roasting  their  pork;  and  indeed,  even 
while  the  fire  was  raging,  and  it  was  a  toss  up 
whether  the  whole  village  did  not  go,  I  saw  some 

B  2 


244  THE   LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

coolies,  sitting  under  the  eaves  of  a  house,  cook- 
ing over  a  big  fire,  and  the  flames  were  within  an 
inch  of  the  dry  thatch  when  I  perceived  them, 
fortunately. 

It  was  thought  at  first  that  this  conflagration  was 
the  work  of  an  incendiary ;  but  that  was  most  un- 
likely, as  Poiboi  had  consented  to  our  occupying 
the  village  provided  no  damage  was  done  to  it. 

Of  the  two  hundred  houses  in  the  village,  only 
twenty-five,  and  one  of  the  town-halls,  were  burnt 
or  destroyed,  as  before  related. 

Poiboi's  house  was  similar  to  the  one  described 
in  the  Chapter  on  the  Lushais ;  the  gable  end  was 
completely  covered  with  skulls,  among  which 
was  the  finest  pair  of  metua's  horns  we  saw 
anywhere,  as  well  as  some  magnificent  specimens 
of  sambar's  antlers. 

The  house  itself  was  in  rather  a  ruinous  state, 
and  being  built  on  sloping  ground,  the  front 
verandah  was  raised  about  twelve  feet,  and  the 
sloping  ramp  of  logs  up  to  it  decidedly  dangerous. 
Rice,  Indian  corn,  yams,  herbs,  &c.,  gourds 
of  pig's  lard,  and  large  clay  vessels  of  wine, 
were  found  in  most  of  the  houses. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 


THE  TROOPS  ENCAMPED— LALBOORA'S  GATE— A  VISIT  TO  NATIVE 
VILLAGERS — TELESCOPES — DIFFICULTY  OF  OBTAINING  PHOTO- 
GRAPHS—CAPTIVES  PLACED  UNDER  OUR  PROTECTION— THE 
MUNIPUR  CONTINGENT  —  POlBOl'S  VACILLATION  —  LUSHAI 
FORTIFICATIONS — A  LUSHAI  TODTLEBEN. 


247 


CHAPTEE  XVI. 

TJAVINGr  so  narrowly  escaped  this  danger 
from  fire,  and  the  loss  of  property  which 
must  have  followed  it,  if  it  had  not  been  got 
under,  and  dreading  a  recurrence  of  the  evil,  the 
General  determined  to  leave  the  village  and  to 
encamp  in  the  open,  wherever  a  good  supply  of 
water  could  be  found.  A  small  reconnoitring 
party,  therefore,  started  early  in  the  morning, 
and  at  last  found  very  good  camping  ground,  on 
the  slopes  of  the  hill,  about  a  mile  and  a  half  from 
the  village  we  had  occupied,  with  a  very  fair 
spring  of  water. 

The  ground  for  each  corps  was  allotted  to  it, 
and  soon  huts  were  being  constructed  or  tar- 
paulins rigged  up.  To  the  right  and  left  of  the 
camp  stretched  the  range,  rising  in  the  rear 


248  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

to  a  height  of  two  hundred  feet,  bleak  and 
rugged.  Bare  jooms  covered  with  long  grass 
and  the  stubble  of  old  crops,  huge  trunks 
of  felled  trees  lying  about  in  all  directions, 
blackened  stumps,  and  a  few  tall  trees  which  had 
escaped  the  fire  and  the  dao,  still  standing  up 
out  of  the  stubble — these  were  the  immediate 
surroundings  of  the  camp. 

To  the  south  and  east,  the  view  on  a  fine  day 
is  magnificent,  an  endless  sea  of  hills  stretching 
away  as  far  as  the  eye  can  see,  lighted  up  by  a 
thousand  soft  and  delicate  tints  ;  and  nearly  due 
south,  distant  some  fourteen  miles  as  the  crow 
flies,  are  Dilklang  and  Murklang,  towering  above 
their  fellows  like  two  giant  warders,  and  guarding 
the  entrance  to  Lalboora's  country.  To  this  pass 
we  gave  the  name  of  Lalboora's  Gate. 

Between  this  gate  and  Chelana  lie  many  deep 
valleys  and  high  ranges,  the  sides  of  which  are 
broken  by  innumerable  gloomy  gorges  and  dark 
ravines.  Very  dreary  and  threatening  does  this 
country  look  on  a  stormy  day,  and  very  cold  was 
our  camp  at  night,  the  thermometer  frequently 
going  down  as  low  as  33  degrees,  while  the  ground 


STEONG   WINDS.  249 

about  our  huts,  and  the  waterproof  sheets  above 
them,  were  white  with  hoar-frost  in  the  mornings. 

Strong  winds  swept  up  from  the  deep  valley 
beneath,  carrying  off  our  fires  in  great  swirls  of 
sparks,  and  driving  the  pungent  wood-smoke 
into  our  eyes  with  a  force  and  painfulness  that 
caused  hasty  flight  from  our  log  seats  in  all 
directions. 

To  remedy  this,  we  built  semi-circular  screens 
of  boughs  and  grass,  about  six  feet  high,  round 
the  front  of  the  huts,  leaving  only  a  small  pas- 
sage at  each  end,  and  after  that  we  could  sit 
round  the  fire  with  much  more  comfort. 

After  we  left  the  village,  some  of  the  men 
came  back  to  it;  but  most  of  them,  with  their 
women  and  children,  remained  in  the  jungles 
north  of  the  Tuivai  stream.  From  the  hill  behind 
the  camp  we  could  see,  in  the  evening,  the 
smoke  of  their  fires  curling  up  through  the  trees 
on  the  hill  side.  They  feared  to  return,  as  Poiboi 
was  still  so  undecided,  and  could  not  be  induced 
to  go  in  personally  to  make  terms  for  himself, 
fearing  a  similar  fate  to  that  of  Lalchokla  in 
1844. 


250  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

In  a  little  village,  however,  about  four  miles 
from  our  camp,  and  on  the  same  range,  the 
people  were  all  living  and  pursuing  their  usual 
occupations.  We  paid  them  a  visit  one  day; 
Captain  Cookesley,  R.A.,  taking  his  camera  and 
tent  for  photographing. 

The  villagers  were  very  friendly ;  men,  women, 
and  children  flocked  about  to  see  what  we  had 
to  show  them.  Binoculars,  eye-glasses,  tele- 
scopes, watches,  and  the  camera  were  all,  in  turn, 
the  subject  of  wonder  and  delight  to  the  simple 
savages. 

In  this  village  we  saw  a  house,  in  front  of 
which  were  five  tall  posts  bearing  rude  repre- 
sentations of  hornbills,  thoroughly  conventional, 
the  only  part  in  which  there  was  any  resemblance 
being  the  beak.  Above  each  dangled  a  circlet 
of  bamboo  pendent.  For  what  reason  these  were 
placed  there  we  were  unable  to  discover,  having, 
unfortunately,  no  interpreter  with  us. 

The  camera  was  set  up  and  focussed  in  the 
house,  and  then  the  Lushais  were  allowed  to 
file  behind  it,  looking  through  as  they  passed, 
and  great  was  their  wonder  and  delight  when 


TELESCOPES.  251 

they  saw  the  house  and  their  friends  about  it 
turned  upside  down. 

Telescopes  pleased  them  very  much.  Mr. 
Burland  told  me  that,  in  his  previous  expedi- 
tion with  Mr.  Edgar,  he  had  shown  them  his 
telescope,  and  making  them  first  look  through 
the  eye-piece,  said,  "  When  I  want  to  shoot  a 
man,  I  look  through  this  end,  and  bring  him 
very  close."  Then  reversing  it  for  them,  he 
added,  "  But  when  I  see  a  man  wishes  to  shoot 
me,  I  look  through  it  this  way,  and  he  is  sent 
so  far  away  that  he  cannot  touch  me ;"  and  they 
believed  this.  Seeing  so  many  new  and  won- 
derful things  they  could  not  understand,  this 
did  not  appear  altogether  incredible,  as  they 
actually  saw  the  difference  in  the  appearance  of 
objects  as  seen  through  each  end  of  the  tele- 
scope. 

Revolvers  excited  their  highest  admiration,  and 
many  would  have  given  almost  all  they  had  to 
become  the  possessor  of  one. 

Cookesley  found  it  impossible  to  get  figures 
in  his  pictures.  The  noble  savage  would  stand 
motionless  for  half-an-hour  while  the  plate  was 


252  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

being  prepared,  but  just  as  the  cap  was  removed, 
he  would  calmly  stroll  right  across  the  picture, 
and  we  could  not  explain  to  them  what  they  were 
to  do. 

We  bought  some  fowls  and  eggs,  which  one 
of  their  number  carried  for  us,  and  we  returned 
to  camp. 

In  exploring  the  village  nearest  our  camp,  we 
found  a  grave  newly  made,  and  remains  of  a 
metua,  hastily  slain,  lying  near,  the  head  as  usual 
having  been  placed  above.  Probably  this  was 
the  burial-place  of  some  warrior  who  had  died 
of  his  wounds,  received  on  the  25th,  and  whose 
funereal  ceremonies  they  had  only  just  been  able 
to  perform  before  "  the  foe  and  the  stranger 
should  tread  o'er  his  head." 

In  front  of  the  Muntri's  house  was  a  large 
headless  monkey  stuffed,  and  sitting  on  the 
doorway,  his  legs  sticking  out  straight  before 
him ;  altogether  a  most  ludicrous  looking  object. 
This  village  was  more  full  of  fleas  than  I  could 
have  believed  any  place  to  be.  Even  in  the  middle 
of  the  street,  they  were  to  be  found  as  plentiful 
as  in  the  house. 


A   CAPTIVE    BEOUGHT   INTO    CAMP.  253 

I  sat  down  in  the  street  for  a  few  minutes  to 
take  a  sketch,  and  I  found  on  rising  that  they  were 
even  in  possession  of  my  innermost  pockets,  and 
added  warmth  to  the  colour  of  my  light  brown 
coat. 

An  old  woman,  a  captive,  was  found  in  Chelam 
and  placed  under  our  protection,  to  be  conveyed 
to  Cachar,  and  on  the  7th  February  a  little  girl 
about  four  years  old  was  brought  into  camp.  She 
was  said  to  have  been  brought  from  the  Howlongs 
by  Poiboi  or  Laboora.  Her  own  account  was  that 
she  had  been  taken  off  from  a  garden,  and  she 
spoke  of  a  white  child  having  been  taken  away  at 
the  same  time.  She  could,  when  brought  in,  speak 
nothing  but  Lushai. 

Orders  received  from  Government  directed  the 
two  columns  to  effect  a  meeting,  if  possible,  before 
retiring  from  the  country,  but  added  that  there 
might  be  more  important  objects  for  them  to 
carry  out,  and  under  any  circumstances  the 
columns  were  to  be  bacK  at  Cachar  and  Chitta- 
gong  respectively  by  the  10th  March. 

From  telegrams  received  from  General  Brown - 
low,  conveying  information  of  his  whereabouts  and 


254  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

intended  movements,  it  seemed  highly  improbable 
that  a  junction  of  the  two  columns  would  be 
effected,  and  as  the  reduction  of  Laboora's  people 
to  submission  was  the  most  important  object  for  the 
Left  Column  to  carry 'out,  and  the  time  was  run- 
ning short,  the  General  decided  to  remain  at 
Chelam  till  twelve  days'  supplies  were  raised  there, 
and  then,  with  the  force  "  flying  light "  as  possible, 
to  make  a  hurried  descent  on  Lalboora,  reduce 
him  to  submission,  and  return  at  once. 

Notice  of  this  intended  plan  of  operations  was 
telegraphed  to  Brownlow,  with  the  approximate 
latitude  and  longitude  of  Chumfai,  and  the  pro- 
bable date  of  arrival  there ;  and  also  the  intimation 
that  on  two  consecutive  nights  rockets  and  blue 
lights  would  be  fired  from  our  camp,  in  the  hope 
that,  if  General  Brownlow  could  see  them,  com- 
munication by  signalling  might  be  effected. 

On  the  llth  January,  Colonel  Rattray,  with  a 
wing  of  the  42nd,  arrived  at  Chelam,  to  occupy 
the  camp,  which  had  been  slightly  stockaded ; 
and  from  the  42nd  the  strength  of  the  44th  and 
22nd  was  made  up  to  four  hundred,  who,  with  the 
Artillery,  formed  the  force  the  General  intended 
to  take  on  with  him. 


PROVISIONS   FOUND   IN    A   CAVE.  255 

In  order  to  relieve  the  Commissariat  as  far  as 
possible,  and  to  facilitate  the  return  march,  all 
ponies  and  all  servants,  except  one  for  each  officer, 
were  sent  back  to  Chepui.  All  the  coolies  were 
employed  during  the  halt  in  bringing  up  supplies 
from  the  rear. 

Eice  in  large  quantities,  yams,  beans,  and 
many  domestic  articles  were  found  hidden  away 
about  a  mile  from  camp,  in  a  large  cave  on 
the  hill-side,  through  which  a  tiny  stream  of 
water  trickled ;  and  close  to  this  stream  was  a 
small  basket,  containing  a  little  rice  suspended 
from  a  small  two  foot  bamboo.  On  one  side  of 
the  basket  hung  a  slight  diamond-shaped  frame- 
work on  which  were  twisted  cotton  threads,  red, 
black,  and  white,  the  representation  of  a  stockade 
about  a  foot  high,  behind  which  were  arranged 
little  lumps  of  clay  pinched  up  into  the  semblance 
of  men  without  legs,  completing  the  arrangement 
by  which  I  suppose  the  Lushais  thought  to  pro- 
pitiate their  gods,  and  secure  their  protection 
for  this  concealed  property. 

In    this  cave   was  a  very   fine    collection    of 
antlers.     Foraging  parties   also  discovered  large 


256  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

quantities  of  rice  in  many  places  around  ;  this  was 
all  brought  into  camp  and  husked,  the  Lushais 
being  paid  for  it  at  a  fair  rate. 

While  still  at  Chelam  we  heard  that  the  Munipur 
contingent  had  been  obliged  to  retire  from  Chibu, 
in  consequence  of  the  ever  increasing  difficulty  of 
getting  up  supplies,  and  having  lost  more  than  half 
their  number  from  sickness  and  desertion. 

This,  it  was  feared,  might  give  GeneralBourchier 
more  trouble  in  his  advance  on  Chumfai,  as  the 
Lushais,  released  from  watching  the  contingent, 
would  be  able  to  concentrate  their  forces  to 
oppose  our  column  ;  but  it  was  not  known  what 
their  action  would  be  after  we  left  Chelam. 

Rumours  reached  us  of  a  strongly  fortified  place 
not  very  far  from  Chelam,  where,  if  we  were 
opposed  at  all,  it  was  probable  that  the  Lushais 
would  make  a  stand. 

On  the  llth  Darpong  came  in  with  several  of 
his  countrymen,  and  informed  us  that  Lalboora, 
leaving  the  village  to  its  fate,  had  taken  refuge 
among  the  Pois,  and  that  no  further  opposition 
was  intended. 

Lalboora's  mother,  we  were  also  informed,  had 


EOAD    BEYOND    CHELAM.  257 

done  all  she  could  from  the  first  to  induce  her 
sons  to  submit,  and  they  had  consented  to  grant 
all  our  demands.  This  was  all  very  satisfsctory, 
but  no  one  knew  how  far  it  was  reliable,  and  on 
the  1 2th  the  force,  composed  of  the  troops  before 
detailed,  marched  from  Chelam  camp. 

The  weight  of  the  Sepoys'  baggage  was  now 
reduced  to  one  half,  the  officers'  baggage  to  a 
couple  of  blankets  as  bedding,  one  change  of 
raiment,  and  a  few  cooking  utensils.  Everyone 
was  pleased  to  be  once  more  on  the  move  after  the 
nine  days'  halt,  and  all  were  looking  forward 
to  a  speedy  conclusion  of  the  campaign. 

Before  starting,  Mr.  Edgar  heard  that  Poiboi 
had  actually  come  into  the  village  to  meet  us; 
but  that,  having  got  so  far,  his  courage  again 
failed,  and  the  desired  interview  did  not  take  place. 

The  road  beyond  Chelam  bore  the  appearance 
of  being  much  used,  and  in  the  steeper  parts 
steps  were  cut.  One  curious  fact  about  the 
Lushai  paths  is  that,  if  a  tree  falls  across  one,  they 
never  take  the  trouble  to  remove  it,  but  merely 
cutting  foot-holds  in  it,  allow  it  to  remain  where 
it  fell. 

s 


258  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

About  a  mile  from  camp  we  came  to  a  leafy 
ravine,  with  a  little  stream  running  through  it. 
It  was  spanned  by  a  picturesque  bridge,  formed 
by  the  large  trunk  of  a  single  tree,  supported  by 
small  trestles  with  a  bamboo  roadway,  creepers 
brought  down  from  the  trees  above  serving  as 
additional  ties  and  supports  for  the  handrails. 

Not  far  beyond  this  we  passed  the  remains  of 
a  very  large  Lushai  encampment,  and  a  little 
further  on  heard  two  shots  fired  in  front,  and 
thought  we  were  in  for  a  little  excitement. 
These,  however,  turned  out  only  to  be  signal  shots 
from  scouts  on  the  watch  in  the  villages  ahead, 
giving  intimation  that  the  troops  were  on  the 
road. 

About  noon  we  passed  through  a  village  con- 
taining about  thirty-eight  houses,  called  Raimang, 
prettily  situated  on  the  slopes  of  the  hill,  crown- 
ing a  very  steep  precipice.  The  villagers  had 
gone  into  the  jungle  on  our  approach,  but,  on 
signs  being  made  to  some  who  were  visible,  they 
returned. 

The  march  thence  was  continued  along  the  hill- 
side through  extensive  jooms,  finally  descending 


STEONG  STOCKADE.  259 

towards  afternoon  to  the  level  grassy  valley  of 
the  Dimlui,  a  clear,  pretty  little  stream. 

Here  we  were  joined  by  some  villagers  from 
Tulcheng,  a  village  a  little  ahead,  which  we  had 
seen  from  Chelam.  At  this  village  the  General 
determined  to  encamp  for  the  night,  and  after  a 
short  halt  the  force  again  addressed  itself  to  the 
hill. 

About  four  P.M.  we  found  ourselves  in  a  deep 
ravine  which  had  been  prepared  for  a  most  for- 
midable defence.  A  very  strong  stockade  occu- 
pied an  excellent  position,  commanding  the  road 
for  two  or  three  hundred  yards  from  the  opposite 
side  of  the  ravine,  the  passage  of  which  had  been 
rendered  almost  impossible  by  a  number  of  large 
felled  trees,  so  entangled  together  as  completely 
to  impede  our  route. 

The  hill  to  the  right  ran  up  to  about  four  or  five 
hundred  feet  above  the  road,  and  on  this  slope 
several  small  stockades  and  breast-works  afforded 
flank  defence  to  the  principal  one,  and  would  have 
rendered  very  difficult  any  attempt  to  turn  it ; 
while  it  could  not  have  been  taken  with  a  rush, 
as  the  troops  floundering  through  the  dense  and 

s  2  • 


260  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

tangled  mass  would  have  been  exposed  to  fire 
from  the  stockade  in  front,  and  at  the  same  time 
to  the  heavy  fire  sweeping  the  ravine  from  these 
flankers.  Moreover,  there  was  no  very  suitable 
position  from  whence  the  artillery  could  have 
opened  fire. 

These  fortifications  had,  it  was  evident,  been 
only  recently  prepared  for  the  express  purpose 
of  opposing  our  advance,  and  indeed  had  not  been 
quite  completed  when  Lalboora  made  up  his  mind 
not  to  fight.  The  path  had  been  cleared  again 
when  we  arrived ;  and  the  troops  pulled  down  the 
principal  stockade.  Then  passing  on  through  a 
narrow  defile,  we  came  upon  a  second  smaller  and 
less  strong  stockade.  The  path  wound  between 
small  eminences,  several  crowned  with  timber 
breastworks,  so  that  if  the  Lushais  had  chosen 
to  defend  this  ravine,  we  should  have  had  all  our 
work  cut  out  for  us ;  and  considering  the  lateness 
of  the  hour  at  which  we  arrived,  we  could  hardly 
have  made  ourselves  masters  of  the  situation  be- 
fore dark. 

This  was  the  most  strongly  fortified  position  we 
had  met  with  in  the  country.  It  was  evident,  I 


A  LUSHAI   TODTLEBEN.  271 

think,  that  the  Lushais,  remarking  the  compara- 
tive ease  with  which  we  turned  a  single  stockade 
across  the  road,  treating  it  with  the  greatest  con- 
tempt, saw  the  necessity  of  some  further  flank 
defences ;  and  certainly  the  man  who  chose  this 
position  and  planned  these  fortifications  might, 
under  more  favourable  circumstances  and  among 
a  more  civilized  people,  have  become  a  Todtleben 
or  a  Burgoyne. 


CHAPTER  XVII. 


THE  TRUE  POIBOI — DEFENCES  OF  THE  VILLAGE  OF  TULCHENG — 
SCARCITY  OF  WATER — ROMANTIC  STORY  OF  TWO  CHILDREN — 
VALLEY  OF  OF  THE  LUI-TAO— HEAVY  FIRING  HEARD— LETTER- 
WRITING  UNDER  DIFFICULTIES— INGENIOUSLY  CONSTRUCTED 
GATE. 


265 


CHAPTER  XVII. 

villagers  had  requested  the  General,  as 
all  their  women  and  children  were  there, 
not  to  occupy  the  village.  Since  the  fire  at 
Chelam,  he  had  determined  not  to  halt  in  a 
village,  and  so  he  readily  acceded  to  their  request, 
only  requiring  them  to  bring  out  some  material 
for  huts,  which  they  did. 

As  it  was  about  six  o'clock  by  this  time,  the 
troops  were  not  able  to  hut  themselves.  Water- 
proof sheets  and  tarpaulins  were  hastily  rigged 
up.  We  had  a  large  tarpaulin  for  our  instruments, 
and  this  with  a  waterproof  sheet  formed  a  very 
fair  shelter,  underneath  which  we  squeezed  in 
between  theodolite,  plane-table,  &c.,  the  inequali- 
ties and  slope  of  the  ground  being  rectified  in  some 
degree  by  bags  of  rice,  atta,  &c.,  (our  coolies' 


26G  THE    LUBHAI    EXPEDITION. 

rations)  which,  however,  made  a  lumpy  place  of 
rest. 

The  day's  march  had  been  a  trying  one.  Though 
only  nine  miles  in  actual  distance,  it  had  occupied 
nine  hours  in  time,  owing  to  the  steep  ascents  and 
descents,  and  the  narrowness  of  the  path,  along 
which  the  force  slowly  wound  its  way  in  single  file, 
with  frequent  checks  and  halts.  We  saw  a  very 
handsome  sago-palm  during  the  journey,  the 
first  we  had  seen  in  these  hills. 

The  next  morning  we  started  again  at  nine 
o'clock.  The  villagers  at  first  objected  to  our 
passing  through  the  village  itself,  but  a  compro- 
mise was  effected  by  sending  the  coolies  round. 

Darpong  told  Mr.  Edgar  early  in  the  morning 
that  Poiboi,  who  had  followed  us  from  Chelam 
and  halted  during  the  night  at  the  Dimlui,  was 
then  in  the  village.  Mr.  Edgar  sent  Hurri  Thakoor, 
(his  right-hand  man  and  interpreter,  familiarly 
known  as  Harry  Tucker),  with  Engloom  and 
another  Lushai  fugitive,  to  identify  him. 

He  turned  out  to  be  the  true  Poiboi  this  time. 
He  promised  to  be  faithful  to  us  for  the  future, 
but  was  very  nervous  during  the  interview,  and, 


POIBOl's   TIMIDITY.  267 

like  some  timid  animal,  darted  off  now  and  then 
towards  the  jungle,  as  if  he  feared  being  caught  by 
some  stratagem,  notwithstanding  the  assurances 
of  his  muntri  that  there  was  no  danger  of  this. 

Afterwards,  as  Mr.  Edgar  was  watching  the 
coolies  passing  the  village  from  the  height  above, 
Darpong  told  him  that  Poiboi  was  on  an  adjoin- 
ing hill  and  wanted  to  see  him.  Mr.  Edgar  re- 
plied that  the  chief  must  go  to  see  the  General, 
who  had  ridden  on ;  but  this  he  could  not  be  pre- 
vailed on  to  do,  and  thus  the  last  chance  of  an 
interview  with  the  chief  was  lost. 

Poiboi  was  a  very  young  man,  about  twenty 
years  of  age,  and  had  been  so  much  impressed 
by  the  history  of  Lalchokla,  that  he  could  not 
bring  himself  to  believe  in  our  promises  to  re- 
spect his  liberty,  especially  after  implicating  him- 
self in  the  affair  of  the  25th. 

The  village  of  Tulcheng  was  surrounded  by  a 
very  strong  stockade,  which  was  defended  against 
escalade  by  a  thick  hedge  of  brushwood  running 
all  along  the  top,  in  which  were  firmly  secured 
bamboo  stakes  inclining  outwards  and  down- 
wards. The  entrances  were  defended  by 


268  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

strong  gates,  which  were  made  of  thick  planks, 
each  cut  out  of  one  tree,  with  a  large  projecting 
piece  left  at  the  back,  through  which  the  securing 
bar  was  passed.  Each  plank  was  pivoted  at 
the  top  and  bottom  'in  a  strong  framework  of 
timber. 

A  short  distance  from  the  village  the  path 
went  over  a  steep  bit  of  rock,  about  twelve  feet 
high,  the  descent  being  accomplished  by  a  rickety 
bamboo  ladder  which  delayed  the  troops  consider- 
ably. The  Goorkhas,  in  their  thick  boots,  were 
very  nervous  in  crossing  such  places,  whereas 
without  their  boots  they  ran  up  and  down  them 
like  cats.  The  coolies  fortunately  found  another 
and  easier  route  from  the  village. 

We  discovered  another  very  handsome  speci- 
men of  the  sago  palm  in  the  ravine  beyond  this 
rocky  descent. 

Crossing  the  ravine,  the  road  ascended  and  ran 
along  the  edge  of  a  very  steep  precipice,  and 
continued  along  the  range  without  any  very  great 
descent.  There  was  great  difficulty  in  finding 
water,  mile  after  mile  being  traversed  without 
meeting  even  a  trickle.  At  last,  towards  evening, 


BULJUNG.  2G9 

we  came  out  on  a  large  grassy  level,  with  an 
elevation  of  about  six  thousand  feet,  overlooking 
the  entrance  to  Lalboora's  country. 

The  scene  was  a  very  fine  one.  Heavy  clouds 
hung  over  the  pass,  on  each  side  of  which  Dilk- 
lang  aad  Murklang  rose  to  a  height  of  nearly 
seven  thonsand  feet,  dark  and  frowning,  while 
between  and  beyond  lay  the  valley  of  the  Tui-tao ; 
and  far  away  the  high  mountains  of  the  Sokte*s 
and  Burmese  rose  against  the  sky,  softly  lighted 
up  by  a  few  level  rays  of  the  declining  sun, 
which  struggled  through  a  distant  break  in  the 
dark  clouds. 

Soon  after  we  found  water,  a  very  scanty  sup- 
ply, and  far  from  our  camping  ground,  near  a 
small  deserted  village,  called  Buljung,  situated 
on  a  spur  of  the  Dilklang,  formally  inhabited  by 
Lenkom's  people.  Here  we  encamped  after  an- 
other nine  miles  of  tedious  march. 

The  small  supply  of  water  was  our  great  grief, 
but  we  hoped  to  get  down  to  the  river,  in  the 
valley,  the  next  day,  and  so  made  the  best  of  it. 
A  pint  of  water  was  the  allowance  for  four  for 
washing  in  next  morning,  a  solemn  compact 


270  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

being  made  that  no  soap  was  to  be  used  till  each 
had  dipped  his  face. 

A  military  authority,  I  forget  who,  writing  on 
campaigning,  says,  "  Officers  will  be  astonished 
to  find  what  a  very  small  amount  of  washing  is 
necessary  to  their  happiness,5'  or  words  to  that 
effect,  and  we  had  often  occasion  to  acknowledge 
the  truth  of  the  remark.  "  The  means  to  do  ill 
deeds  make  ill  deeds  done,"  and  though  washing 
hands  is  not  exactly  an  ill  deed,  yet  the  fact  of 
having  soap  and  water  at  hand,  I  have  no  doubt, 
is  often  the  cause  of  an  unnecessary  washing  of 
these  members. 

The  evening  of  our  arrival  at  Buljung,  we 
were  joined  by  two  little  children,  a  boy  and  girl, 
of  the  Sadoe  tribe,  with  a  very  romantic  history. 
They  had  lived  with  their  father  and  three  other 
children  in  a  village  about  ten  miles  off.  The 
Sadoes,  in  this  village,  had  been  detained  there 
against  their  will  by  the  Lushais,  and  they  took 
advantage  of  the  presence  of  the  Contingent,  at 
Chibu,  to  effect  their  escape. 

On  the  night  of  the  villagers'  exodus,  the 
father  took  his  three  young  children  on  his  back 


THE   TUI-TAO.  271 

and  in  his  arms,  the  two  elder  ones  following. 
In  the  darkness  and  confusion,  the  poor  little 
things  missed  their  father  and  lost  themselves  in 
the  jungle,  in  which  they  wandered  for  several 
days,  living  on  roots  and  berries. 

At  length  they  reached  a  village,  where  they 
heard  of  the  approach  of  our  column,  and  that 
their  maternal  uncle  was  with  it.  When  they 
heard  that  the  force  was  at  Tulcheng,  they 
started  for  Buljung,  and  awaited  our  arrival 
there.  They  remained  with  us,  and  accompanied 
us  on  the  return  to  Cachar. 

The  next  day,  February  14th,  a  slight  shower 
fell  about  six  a.m.,  but  soon  cleared  off  again, 
and  we  marched  at  the  usual  hour,  descending 
the  west  face  of  Dilklang,  to  the  east  of  which 
rises  the  Tui-tao,  probably  a  tributary  of  the 
Koladyne,  if  not  the  Koladyne  itself.  We  de- 
scended some  seventeen  hundred  feet  into  the 
flat  alluvial  valley  of  the  Tui-tao,  which  joins 
the  Teo  about  six  or  seven  miles  south  of  Bul- 
jung. The  valley  is  very  level,  as  its  name  im- 
plies, Tui  "  water,"  Tao  "  sitting."  We  found 
that  we  had  crossed  the  water  parting  at  Dil- 


272  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

lang,  and  that  thenceforth  the  streams  flowed  in 
a  southerly  direction. 

Our  path  lay  along  the  banks  of  the  river  for 
about  three  miles,  crossing  it  repeatedly,  and 
passing  through  tall  reeds  and  wormwood.  Our 
march  was  a  short  one,  about  five  miles  altoge- 
ther, and  very  easy. 

We  arrived  at  our  halting  place,  where  a  small 
stream  joined  the  Tao,  about  one  p.m.,  .  and 
forthwith  set  about  to  build  little  huts.  Plenty  of 
trees,  with  large  leaves,  and  grass  growing  in  this 
spot,  we  had  no  difficulty  in  speedily  construct- 
ing our  shelter ;  and  then  proceeded  in  a  body 
to  enjoy  the  luxury  of  a  bathe  in  a  wide  pool, 
among  large  stones,  where  the  river  widened 
slightly.  We  took  down  a  change  of  raiment, 
and  having  bathed  ourselves,  we  proceeded  to 
wash  our  discarded  suits,  each  officer  becom- 
ing his  own  dhobi  with  much  satisfaction  to 
himself — having  so  much  water  to  play  with  being 
really  a  treat. 

This  camp  became  "No.  17  Station,"  and  a 
halt  was  made  .on  the  15th  to  give  the  coolies  a 
rest,  which  they  much  needed,  as  many  had 


FIRING    HEAED   AT   A    DISTANCE.  273 

only  returned  to  Chelam  with  supplies  the  day 
before  we  started,  and  the  two  long  marches 
to  Tulcheng  and  Buljung  and  want  of  water  had 
knocked  them  up. 

In  the  morning  some  Lushais  scouts,  who  had 
been  sent  on  the  day  before  to  reconnoitre,  re- 
turned with  the  tidings  that  heavy  firing  had 
been  heard  in  the  direction  of  Chumfai.  They 
supposed  it  was  caused  by  an  attack  on  the 
village  of  Chonchirn,  in  which  Vonolel's  widow 
lived,  by  some  Sokte^s  under  Kamhow  of  Mol- 
bhem. 

Some  other  Lushai  were  at  once  sent  off  to 
find  out  the  real  facts.  During  the  day  a  great 
many  of  Lenkom's  people,  and  some  Pois  subject 
to  that  chief,  came  in  bringing  presents. 

It  was  fortunate  that  we  did  halt  here  this  day, 
as  heavy  clouds  had  been  gathering  all  the  morn- 
ing, and  about  eleven  A.M.  a  regular  downfall 
commenced,  which  lasted  till  five  P.M.,  detaining 
us  inside  our  huts,  endeavouring  to  keep  our- 
selves and  property  dry — a  difficult  matter,  as  the 
rain  found  out  some  weak  place  in  the  roof  or 
waterproof  sheets  every  five  minutes.  We  solaced 

T 


274  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

ourselves  with  cold  pork  and  pickles,  and  wrote 
home  letters  under  difficulties. 

The  next  day  was  a  very  fine  one — indeed  the 
Expedition  was  very  fortunate  as  regards  the 
weather  throughout ;  not  getting  rain  more  than 
four  of  five  times,  and  then  only  on  the  halt.  The 
first  night  at  Daidoo  was  the  only  occasion  on 
which  we  were  seriously  inconvenienced  by  it. 

Immediately  on  leaving  camp  we  began  to 
ascend  the  Murklang,  and  after  a  steep  climb  of 
three  thousand  feet,  reached  a  small  village  of 
Paites  or  Sokte's,  who  had  been  settled  there  by 
Vonolel.  This  village  was  situated  close  to  the 
edge  of  a  very  precipitous  cliff,  and  was  strongly 
stockaded ;  the  approaches  from  the  south  being 
also  stockaded. 

The  construction  of  the  gate  to  the  principal 
stockade  was  ingenious,  though  I  am  told  it  is 
common  in  all  the  hill  districts  of  the  Eastern 
frontier.  It  consisted  of  several  thick  uprights, 
which  swung  freely  from  a  horizontal  bar  passing 
through  their  upper  ends.  These  could  be  easily 
pushed  aside  to  admit  of  anyone  passing  in  or  out, 
at  the  same  time  they  were  quickly  secured  on  the 


A    CENTENARIAN.  275 

inside  by  fixing  a  horizontal  bar  across  them, 
about  a  foot  from  the  ground. 

We  were  met  by  the  whole  population,  men, 
women,  and  children ;  among  them  were  some 
very  old  men,  including  their  head-man  Engow. 
One  white-haired  old  man,  who  said  he  was 
a  hundred  years  old,  and  looked  it,  fell  at  the 
General's  feet,  and  then  rising,  blessed  him. 
They  complained  of  the  oppression  of  the  Lushais, 
and  said  that  ten  armed  men  had  been  sent  from 
their  village  to  aid  the  Lushais  in  the  attack  of 
the  25th.  They  had  been  induced  to  do  this,  as 
they  had  heard  fearful  tales  of  the  cruelties  to 
which  we  should  subject  them  if  we  got  as  far  as 
their  village;  but  when  they  heard  how  different 
was  our  real  treatment  of  those  by  whom  we  were 
unopposed,  they  refused  to  join  in  defending  the 
stockade  at  Tulcheng  when  called  upon  by  Lal- 
boora  and  the  other  chiefs,  saying,  "  Why.  for 
your  sakes,  should  we  oppose  people  who  will 
harm  neither  us  nor  our  property  if  we  do  not 
oppose  them  ?" 

This  was  also  the  answer  given  by  the  inhabi- 
tants of  several  other  subject  villages,  and  it  is 

T  2 


276  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

probable  that  this  defection  influenced  in  some 
measure  Lalboora's  decision  not  to  fight. 

We  learned  also  from  these  villagers  that  the 
Sokte*s  had  attacked  Chonchim,  but  had  been 
beaten  off  with  the  loss  of  four  of  their  number ; 
one  Lushai  had  been  killed,  and  four  wounded. 

From  the  village  the  pathway  ran  along  the 
east  face  of  Murklang,  a  rocky  precipice,  clothed 
here  and  there  with  trees  and  grass,  having  a  sheer 
descent  of  some  thousand  feet.  Beneath  nestled 
a  small  village,  and  beyond  lay  the  broad  and 
smiling  valley,  through  which  far  below,  like  a 
silver  thread,  the  Teo  wound  its  way.  High  hills 
of  dark  green,  on  the  slopes  of  which  the  jooms 
shone  like  gold  in  the  bright  sunshine,  rose  in  the 
background. 

The  beauty  of  the  scene  was  heightened  by  the 
rhododendrons  which  clothed  the  hill-side  on  either 
side  of  the  road,  and  were  then  in  all  their  glory 
of  brilliant  blossoms,  and  helmets  and  turbans 
became  gaily  decorated.  Even  the  guns  were  not 
forgotten ;  their  prosaic  steel  forms  being  also 
adorned  with  the  bright  flowers,  with  almost  loving 
care,  by  their  Sikh  gunners. 


VALLEY   OF    CHUMPAI.  277 

Shortly  after  we  passed  through  a  magnificent 
pine  forest ;  a  gentle  breeze  sighing  through  the 
tall  pines  wafted  their  sweet  perfume  across  our 
onward  path.  We  passed  two  deserted  villages 
without  meeting  with  any  water,  and  finally 
descended  into  the  Chumfai  valley,  where  we  en- 
camped very  late  in  the  evening,  having  covered 
nearly  thirteen  miles  in  the  day's  march.  Mes- 
sengers were  at  once  sent  on  to  Chonchim,  re- 
quiring the  people  to  submit. 

The  valley  of  Chumfai  is  about  five  miles  long, 
with  an  average  breadth  of  a  mile,  and  an  eleva- 
tion of  four  thousand  nine  hundred  feet ;  the  hills 
all  round  rising  to  a  height  of  above  one  thousand 
or  twelve  hundred  feet.  The  ground  is  swampy 
in  many  places,  and  low  hills,  covered  with  small 
leafless  trees,  are  dotted  over  its  surface. 

This  valley  seems  to  have  once  been  a  lake, 
which  has  gradually  silted  up  in  the  manner  de- 
scribed by  Captain  Pemberton,  with  reference  to 
the  Loytak  Lake  in  1835. 

"  The  bed  has  begun  very  perceptibly  to  fill  up 
from  deposits  of  silt,  from  the  surrounding  heights, 
which  are  continually  carried  into  it,  and  if  this 


278  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

process  continues,  a  few    years    will    suffice  to 

obliterate  the  lake  altogether." 

"  There  runs  in  the  lake  a  range  of  low  hills, 
the  portions  of  which,  not  covered  with  water, 
form  islands. 

The  low  hills  in  the  Chumfai  valley,  which  now 
look  isolated,  are  probably  peaks  of  a  similar  low 
range  which  ran  through  the  lake,  the  alluvial 
deposit  having  taken  the  place  of  the  water  in 
covering  up  the  lower  portions  of  this  range.  The 
soil  of  this  plain  seems  to  be  fertile,  but  is  at 
present  uncultivated. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 


VONOLEL'S  VILLAGE — VONOLEL'S  TOMB — PLEASING  TRAIT  IN  A 

DOCTOR — BUILDING  OPERATIONS —CONDITIONS  OF  PEACE — 
FRATERNISING— MADAME  RACHEL'S  WIDELY-SPREAD  REPU- 
TATION— OUR  INTERCOURSE  WITH  THE  LUSHAIS — LIGHTING 
PIPES— EXPERIMENTS  WITH  THE  BURNING  GLASS. 


281 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

next  day,  February  17th,  the  force 
marched  about  four  miles  to  the  other  end 
of  the  valley,  where  on  some  long  broad  spurs  of 
a  high  hill  stood  Lungvel,  the  village  of  Vonolel. 
This  village  we  found  deserted,  and  it  had  the  ap- 
pearance of  having  been  so  for  some  time,  the 
houses  being  in  a  tumble-down  state.  It  had 
been  a  very  large  village,  and  was  said  to  have 
contained  a  thousand  houses,  but  only  about 
half  that  number  were  remaining  when  we  arrived. 
We  found  Vonolel's  tomb  on  an  open  elevated 
spot — a  similar  erection  to  Voupilal's  tomb,  al- 
ready described.  This,  however,  was  more  elabor- 
ate and  in  a  better  state  of  preservation,  and  the 
posts  around,  kept  in  their  places  by  a  horizontal 
bar,  supported  a  perfect  forest  of  horns  and 


282  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

heads  Inside  the  tomb  a  broken  Burmese  idol 
was  placed  in  state,  and  in  the  centre  was  a  post 
bearing  a  very  large  metua  skull,  from  one  of 
the  horns  of  which  a  human  head  and  arm,  re- 
cently cut  off,  were  suspended,  and  beneath,  just 
outside  the  tomb,  we  found  a  foot. 

The  unfortunate  whose  head  and  limbs  these 
were,  we  afterwards  learned  was  one  of  the  Sokte*s 
killed  in  the  attack  on  Chonchim  two  days  before. 
The  eyes  had  been  torn  out,  the  skull .  smashed, 
and  shot-marks  and  spear-cuts  disfigured  the 
face,  which  in  life  must  have  been  a  very  pleas- 
ing one.  A  doctor  with  us  went  up  to  inspect 
the  head,  and  exclaimed  with  the  greatest  in- 
dignation : 

"  What  confounded  brutes  !" 

"  Humane  man,  pleasing  trait  in  a  doctor,"  was 
the  thought  that  suggested  itself  to  his  hearers, 
till  he  further  enlightened  them  as  to  the  cause 
of  his  humane  anger. 

"  They  have  actually  smashed  the  skull,  and  I 
would  have  given  anything  for  it  for  my  museum." 

In  fact  all  the  medicos  with  us  were  quite  as 
eager  for  Lushai  skulls  as  any  Lushai  could  have 


GENERAL'S  ADDRESS.  283 

been  for  theirs  ;  though,  in  the  interests  of  civili- 
zation, the  Lushais'  heads  would  have  reposed 
in  glass  cases  on  velvet  cushions  probably,  while 
those  of  our  friends  would  have  been  elevated  on 
poles  exposed  to  the  wind  and  the  rain. 

When  all  the  troops  had  come  up,  they  were 
formed  up  in  a  hollow  square  in  front  of  the  tomb, 
and  the  British  flag  was  hoisted  on  a  tall,  bare 
tree — "  on  a  spot  where  British  flag  had  never 
before  fluttered  in  the  breeze." 

The  General  addressed  his  little  force  in  a  few 
well-chosen  and  appropriate  sentences ;  telling 
them  that  at  last  the  goal  had  been  reached,  and 
we  stood  in  Yonolel's  stronghold.  Then  thanking 
them  in  behalf  of  the  Queen  and  Viceroy  for  their 
admirable  behaviour  throughout,  he  concluded 
by  saying  that  little  more  remained  to  be  done 
before  the  force  would  commence  the  homeward 
march. 

At  the  close  of  this  address  three  hearty  cheers 
were  given  in  the  true  British  fashion  ;  then  the 
Sepoys  invoked  their  gods  in  their  peculiar 
manner ;  and  the  shouts  of  triumph  must  have 
struck  terror  into  the  hearts  of  the  Lushais  who 


284  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

crowded  the  village  of  Vonolel's  widow  on  a  high 
neighbouring  hill,  whence  from  afar  they  could 
watch  the  invader,  and  must  have  impressed 
those  who  still  counselled  opposition  with  the 
futility  of  resisting  this  confident  foe. 

While  the  troops  were  drawn  up  before  the 
tomb  they  were  photographed  by  Captain 
Cookesley,  who  was  afterwards  engaged  in  taking 
a  photograph  of  the  tomb  when  the  village  was 
fired.  The  Sepoys  told  off  for  this  duty  lighted 
the  lower  houses  to  windward  first,  contrary  to 
orders,  and  poor  Cookesley  suddenly  found  him- 
self surrounded  by  the  flames,  and  had  a  narrow 
escape  from  losing  all  his  apparatus. 

The  tomb  was  not  destroyed,  but  the  head 
and  arm  of  the  Sokte*  were  removed  and 
buried,  and  I  trust  he  is  happier  in  consequence. 

The  troops  were  withdrawn  to  the  valley  below, 
and  encamped  there  along  the  banks  of  the 
little  stream  flowing  through  it,  which  rises  in 
the  hills  near  the  village.  This  camp  was  in  a 
very  pleasant  spot,  dry,  open,  and  grassy,  under 
large  bare  trees ;  the  ground  beneath  being 
covered  with  their  withered  leaves.  The  whole 


BUILDING    OPERATIONS.  285 

scene  reminded  one  strongly  of  some  woodland 
landscape  at  home  in  winter  time,  especially  in  the 
early  morning,  when  the  hoar-frost  still  lies  white 
upon  leaf  and  grassy  blade. 

The  village  and  the  grassy  mounds  supplied 
us  with  plenty  of  materials  for  hutting  ourselves 
very  comfortably.  A  great  many  excellent  planks 
were  found  in  the  houses;  and  one  officer,  on 
the  principle  of  doing  as  the  Lushais  do,  erected 
a  stockade  of  planks  round  his  little  sleeping- 
place,  and  decorated  the  entrance  with  a  huge 
metua  head,  a  little  monkey's  skull  also  grinning 
between  the  horns. 

While  these  building  operations  were  going  on, 
the  head-men  of  Chonchirn  came  into  camp,  but 
were  refused  an  audience  till  they  could  give  up 
some  of  the  plunder  taken  from  Monirkhal,  &c. 

During  the  evening,  a  policeman's  musket, 
pouch,  and  coat,  the  coat  of  a  Sepoy  of  the  4th 
N.I.  killed  at  Monirkhal,  and  some  brass  vessels 
were  brought  in  and  delivered  up,  with  a  promise 
that  other  articles  should  follow. 

The  head-men  were  then  told  that  the  General 
intended  to  visit  their  village  next  day,  and  they 


286  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

would  be  required  to  attend  in  camp  beforehand 
to  hear  the  terms  imposed  upon  them,  and  to 
accompany  the  General  to  the  village. 

Scattered  about  near  our  camp,  we  found 
several  curious  stones,  about  six  feet  long.  Each 
of  the  latter  was  generally  rudely  carved  with  a 
figure  of  a  man  holding  a  dao  and  spear,  with  a 
gourd  and  metua  head  near.  On  one  stone  about 
fifteen  little  figures  were  cut,  holding  hands,  as  if 
"  going  round  the  mulberry  bush,"  or  some  similar 
dance. 

I  could  not  find  out  if  these  were  graves  ;  I 
believe  they  were  not,  but  only  a  kind  of  com- 
memorative stones. 

The  next  morning,  the  18th  February,  the 
head-men  appeared  in  camp,  and  the  terms  decided 
on  by  the  General  and  Mr.  Edgar  in  .consultation, 
were  stated  to  them. 

Firstly — If  they  were  unable  to  produce  Lal- 
boora  (who  was  said  to  have  taken  refuge  among 
the  Pois),  three  head-men  of  the  village  should 
accompany  the  column  as  hostages  as  far  as  Tipai 
Mukh. 

Secondly — That  they  should  agree  to   receive 


CONDITIONS    OF    PEACE.  287 

agents  of  Government  in  their  villages  when  de- 
manded. 

Thirdly — That  they  should  restore  all  firearms 
taken  at  Monirkhal  and  the  Nudigram  ;  and  if 
they  were  unable  to  collect  the  full  number 
of  twelve  at  once,  that  they  should  give  up  that 
number  of  their  own  weapons,  which  could  after- 
wards be  re-exchanged. 

Fourthly — That  they  should  deliver  as  a  fine,  a 
war-drum,  a  set  of  gongs,  large  and  small,  an 
amber  necklace,  two  large  tusks,  four  metuas, 
ten  goats,  ten  pigs,  fifty  fowls,  and  twenty  maunds 
of  husked  rice. 

The  head-men  were  also  informed  that  in  case 
these  two  last  conditions  were  not  complied  with 
before  the  morning  of  the  20th,  their  village 
would  be  attacked  and  destroyed.  They  at  first 
declared  they  were  too  hard,  and  Darpong,  flying 
into  a  passion,  said  he  wished  to  go  home. 

The  General  replied  that  the  head-men  might 
take  their  choice  between  submission  and  the 
destruction  of  their  village ;  and  told  Darpong 
he  was  quite  at  liberty  to  go  home  if  he  wished. 
This  brought  him  to  his  senses,  and  he  did  not  go 


288  THE    LTJSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

Soon  after  this,  the  General,  taking  with  him 
one  hundred  and  fifty  men,  ascended  the  hill 
towards  Chonchim.  On  the  way  we  met  some 
more  of  the  head-men,  who  turned  back  with  us. 
As  we  approached  the  village,  we  could  see  a 
large  number  of  armed  Lushais  standing  outside 
a  stockade,  on  the  open  crest  of  the  hill  above. 
They  shouted  at  us,  and  made  various  hostile 
demonstrations. 

The  Goorkhas  were  at  once  extended  in  skir- 
mishing order,  and  advanced  steadily,  with  sloped 
arms,  up  the  steep  ascent,  which  was  very  thinly 
wooded.  At  the  same  time,  the  head-men, 
evidently  fearing  a  collision,  ran  on  in  front  of 
us,  calling  out  as  they  unwound  turbans  and 
sheets,  and  waved  them  wildly  over  their  heads  as 
they  fled  on  up  the  hillside.  Their  words,  and, 
probably,  the  determined  manner  in  which  the 
Sepoys  advanced,  not  heeding  in  the  slightest 
the  Lushai  muskets  pointed  at  them,  had  the 
desired  effect ;  and,  as  we  advanced,  the  Lushais 
retired  within  the  stockade. 

Passing  through  this,  a  short  walk  brought  us 
to  the  village,  also  strongly  stockaded.  Both 


PARLEY    WITH    THE    HEAD-MEN.  289 

stockades  bore  the  marks  of  the  fight  of  a  few 
days  before ;  the  outer  one  being  broken  through 
in  one  or  two  places,  where  the  Soktes  had 
forced  an  entrance,  and  the  stockade  round  the 
village  itself  was  pierced  with  many  bullet-holes 
near  the  gateway. 

On  the  path  we  saw  a  large  blood-stain,  and 
in  the  ravine  below  lay  the  corpse  of  a  Sokte*. 
Arrived  at  the  gate,  we  found  all  the  Lushais 
had  withdrawn  inside  and  shut  it,  and  were 
ranged  along  the  stockade  as  if  to  defend  it. 

A  parley  ensued  between  the  head-men  and 
the  General,  who  drew  up  the  troops  facing  the 
stockade.  The  danger  of  another  scrimmage 
did  not,  even  then,  seem  quite  past ;  but,  at 
length,  the  General  and  officers  with  him,  and 
twenty  Sepoys  were  admitted. 

The  muskets  had  been  concealed  as  if  by 
magic,  and  all  the  houses  were  shut  up.  The 
women  and  children  had  been  removed  to  the 
jungles,  and  below  the  village,  guarding  the 
approach  to  their  place  of  concealment,  we  could 
see  two  armed  Lushais  pacing  to  and  fro  with 
all  the  regularity  and  steadiness  of  a  British 

u 


290  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

sentry ;  shewing  in  their  grave  and  anxious  faces 
their  sense  of  a  great  responsibility. 

We  remained  in  the  village  about  three  hours, 
while  Captain  Badgley  surveyed  from  a  very 
favourable  open  spot,  at  the  highest  part  of  the 
village,  the  surrounding  country ;  a  confused 
sea  of  hills  on  all  sides,  among  which  it  was 
exceedingly  difficult,  from  this  point  of  view,  to 
recognise  our  old  friends  of  the  more  northerly 
part  of  the  country. 

'We  could  see  far  away  to  the  west  the  high 
hills  of  the  Howlong  and  Syloo  tribes,  where 
General  Brownlow  was  doing  battle  with  his  re- 
fractory chiefs  ;  and  we  hoped  that  he  might  be 
able  to  see  our  signals. 

While  Badgley  was  surveying,  and  the  General 
and  Mr.  Edgar  were  explaining  their  terms,  and  the 
necessity  for  compliance  with  them,  to  the  head- 
man and  the  serious-minded  portion  of  the  com- 
munity, [the  younger  ones,  with  a  happy  care- 
lessness of  all  negotiations,  were  making  great 
friends  among  the  invaders,  with  whom  they  had 
been  within  an  ace  of  exchanging  shots  scarcely 
an  hour  before. 


EEPUTATION   OF   MADAME    RACHEL.  291 

These  men  were  much,  astonished  at  the  fair- 
ness of  our  skins.  The  "  world-wide  fame  of 
Madame  Rachel"  seems  to  have  penetrated  even 
to  this  remote  corner  of  the  globe ;  perhaps  even 
some  of  "  the  swift-pacing  camels  "  have  visited 
Chumfai  (and  we  have  the  authority  of  the 
Graphic  for  believing  that  camels  can  climb  the 
Lushai  hills,  "  all  opinions  of  Indians  to  the 
contrary  notwithstanding)  "  for  the  purpose  of 
collecting  the  rare  flowers  and  simples  (over  and 
above  those  found  at  home),  so  necessary  to 
the  art  of  "beautifying  for  ever."  I  say  the 
lady's  fame  seems  to  have  reached  even  the 
Lushais,  as  they  evidently  thought  it  was  to  some 
such  art  as  hers  that  we  owed  the  comparative 
fairness  of  our  faces  and  hands.  They  made  signs 
to  us  to  turn  up  our  sleeves,  when  loud  were  their 
cries  of  amazed  delight  at  finding  that  the  skin 
above  our  wrists  was  actually  whiter  than  our 
hands.  Even  then  some  of  the  most  sceptical 
were  not  satisfied  that  the  white  would  not  come 
off,  till  they  had  rubbed  it  well  with  wet  fingers, 
examining  the  latter  after  the  process  very  care- 
fully. 

u  2     • 


292 


THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 


The  Lushais  were  much  pleased  with  the  simple 
process  of  lighting  a  pipe  or  fuel  by  means  of  a 
burning  glass ;  and  after  a  short  time,  to  show  them 
one  was  the  signal  for  the  instant  production  of 
pipes  which  had  gone  out.  They  themselves 
generally  carry  a  rough  flint  and  steel,  and  small 
pieces  of  rag  in  a  small  bamboo  box. 

They  could  not  understand  how  the  fire  was 
brought  down,  and  often  put  out  their  hands  to 
feel  the  burning  power  of  the  glass  when  focussed 
upon  them.  After  submitting  to  the  experiment 
for  a  few  seconds,  they  invariably  drew  back 
suddenly,  with  an  exclamation  of  pain  and  sur- 
prise, intensely  gratifying  to  their  friends  who 
had  already  tested  the  power  of  the  burning-glass. 

I  have  mentioned  that  the  Lushais  are  not  a 
tall  or  bearded  race,  and  one  of  the  officers,  who 
was  gigantic  in  stature,  with  a  long  thick  beard, 
was  looked  upon  by  them  as  a  most  wonderful 
being.  It  was  intensely  amusing  to  see  them 
stealing  up  behind  him  one  by  one,  when  they 
thought  his  attention  was  engaged  with  something 
in  front,  and,  stretching  up  one  hand  and  arm  at  full 
length,  stand  on  tip-toe  while  they  tried  to  reach 


BEHEADING-BLOCK.  293 

the  level  of  the  top  of  his  helmet.  Sometimes  by  a 
sudden  and  judicious  application  of  his  elbow  he 
sent  them  sprawling,  much  to  the  amusement  of 
those  who  had  accomplished  their  object  without 
detection.  Others  measured  the  length  of  his 
beard  on  their  arms. 

When  pointing  out  a  hill  or  other  distant  object, 
the  Lushais  give  vent  to  a  curious  long  note, 
gradually  dying  away,  to  express  something  very 
far  off,  before  mentioning  the  name  of  the  hill,  &c., 
very  much  as  I  have  heard  Scotch  friends  of 
mine  on  similar  occasions  say — 

"  That  hill  far  awa-a-a-ay." 

In  the  open  space  above  referred  to,  we  saw  the 
stump  of  a  large  tree  used  as  a  beheading-block, 
there  were  traces  on  it  of  a  recent  execution, 
brains  and  hair,  and  the  villagers  explained  by 
signs  that  the  Sokte",  whose  head  they  pointed 
to  on  the  distant  tomb,  had  been  executed  there, 
and  showed  us  a  small  stick  with  which  his 
eyes  had  been  prised  out. 

They  appeared  to  view  the  whole  as  a  most 
praiseworthy  performance,  and  indeed  the  treat- 
ment of  traitors  and  prisoners  in  our  own  country, 


294  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

in  ages  when  the  English  were  regarded  as  being 
much  more  enlightened  than  the  Lushais  are 
now,  was  often  very  little,  if  at  all,  better  than 
theirs. 


CHAPTER  XIX. 


DELIVERY  OP  THE  FINE— DIFFICULTY  IN  COLLECTING  THE 
MTJSKETS — ACCEPTABLE  CHANGE  OF  DIET — THE  COMMISSA- 
RIAT —  AUSTRALIAN  MUTTON  — A  COOLIE  TRICK — LUSHAI 
RAIDS—THE  TRAGEDY  AT  PORT  BLAIR— RETURN  MARCH. 


297 


CHAPTER    XIX. 

A  BOUT  four  o'clock  the  force  fell  in  to  return 
to  camp — Mr.  Edgar  repeating  his  terras 
once  more  outside  the  gate  on  leaving,  and 
stating  that  the  muskets  must  be  given  up  and 
the  fines  paid  within  twenty-four  hours.  Three 
of  the  head-men  returned  with  us. 

It  was  a  beautiful  afternoon,  the  soft  breeze 
playing  among  the  oaks  and  rhododendrons,  as 
we  waded  on  our  way  down  the  hill  to  the  pretty 
little  valley  beneath.  When  we  neared  the  camp  the 
sun  was  setting,  and  the  talHrees  and  low  hillocks 
cast  long  purple  shadows  over  the  golden  surface 
of  the  plain. 

The  next  day  several  parties  were  sent  out  in 
various  directions  to  search  for  villages.  Several 
were  seen,  but  all  at  great  distances. 


298  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

From  the  heights  to  the  east  of  Chuinfai,  we 
could  see  the  open  smiling  valley  of  the  Teo, 
and  if  time  had  permitted,  it  would  have  been 
worth  while  following  its  course  in  order  to  settle 
the  question  as  to  its  •  really  being  the  Koladyne 
itself,  or  simply  an  affluent  of  that  river. 

During  the  day  portions  of  the  fine  were  brought 
in,  but  the  General  refused  to  receive  anything 
till  the  muskets  were  all  delivered.  The  Lushais 
promised  they  should  all  be  produced  during  the 
night. 

The  Lushais  in  the  village,  who  possessed 
weapons  of  their  own,  were  naturally  averse  from 
losing  them,  and  cast  lots  as  to  whose  should  be 
given  up.  This  did  not  always  meet  the  case 
though,  for  as  soon  as  the  lot  fell  upon  a  man, 
he  straightway  disappeared  into  the  jungle, 
taking  his  musket  with  him.  All  this,  as  the 
head-man  complained,  prevented  the  tale  of  mus- 
kets from  being  speedily  completed.  However, 
during  the  night  they  were  all  collected,  and  with 
the  fine  imposed  upon  them,  were  received  into 
camp.  The  three  muntris  who  were  to  accompany 
us  as  hostages,  were  also  chosen  at  the  same  time. 


HALT   AT   CHUMFAI.  299 

Although  all  the  terms  which  could  be  imme- 
diately enforced  had  been  complied  with  by  the 
villagers,  and  nothing  more  remained  for  the 
force  to  accomplish,  yet  it  was  decided  to  halt 
one  day  longer  in  Chumfai,  partly  to  impress 
the  Lushais  with  the  idea  that  we  were  in  no 
hurry  to  depart,  and  could  have  remained  longer 
if  we  had  chosen ;  but  principally  because  our 
work  had  been  done  in  less  time  than  was  anti- 
cipated when  we  left  Chelam,  and  by  marching 
on  the  20th,  we  should  not  have  been  able  to 
signal  to  General  Bourchier  on  that  night  from 
Chumfai,  as  he  had  been  informed,  by  telegram, 
we  should  do.  So  it  was  decided  to  remain  till 
the  morning  of  the  21st,  sending  up  rockets 
from  one  of  the  highest  peaks  east  of  Lungvel, 
and  marching,  on  the  21st,  to  the  summit  of 
Murklang  to  send  further  signals  from  that  hill. 

Portions  of  the  fine,  such  as  the  fowls,  pigs, 
&c.,  were  distributed  among  the  officers  and 
men,  and  were  very  acceptable  as  a  change  after 
the  tinned  mutton  and  salt  pork,  which,  also, 
at  this  period,  were  running  rather  short,  as,  in- 
deed, had  been  the  case  once  or  twice  before; 


300  THE    LUSHA1    EXPEDITION. 

and  if  we  had  not  occasionally  been  able  to 
get  a  few  small  tins  of  stores  down  by  the  dak, 
we  should,  more  than  once,  have  had  nothing 
but  rice  during  the  day.  Pickles  were  generally 
procurable ;  but  regarded  as  the  staple  of  diet 
for  several  days,  they  pall  upon  the  least  fasti- 
dious taste. 

I  must  do  the  Commissariat  Officers  the  justice 
to  say  that,  amid  all  their  troubles  and  anxieties, 
they  invariably  received  complainants  with  the 
greatest  politeness.  The  suaviter  in  modo  was 
never  wanting  in  their  godowns,  though  the 
mutton  in  tins  occasionally  was. 

We  were  much  amused  at  reading,  in  a  home 
paper  about  this  time,  a  letter  from  the  Secre- 
tary of  some  Soup  Society,  complaining  that  an 
old  pauper  woman  had  refused  to  eat  some  Aus- 
tralian mutton  he  had  given  her,  as  being  unfit 
for  human  food,  and  had  returned  it  without 
thanks.  We  occasionally  wished,  when  in  a 
more  than  usually  British  grumbling  mood,  that 
this  estimable  old  lady  could  have  been  placed  on 
the  Committee  in  Calcutta,  when  the  question 
of  rations  was  being  considered,  before  starting 


A   TRICK    OF   THE    COOLIES.  301 

the  Expedition.  Perhaps,  though,  as  the  Com- 
mittee merely  had  to  decide  what  others  should 
eat  and  drink,  she  might  not  have  expressed  her 
opinion  so  forcibly. 

The  coolies  once,  bringing  up  some  rum  to 
the  front,  drank  half  of  it,  and  filled  up  the 
casks  with  water.  This  was  brought  to  the 
notice  of  the  Commissariat  Officer  thus.  He  had 
just  come  in  from  a  long  march,  and  was  sitting 
down  in  camp,  waiting  for  the  coolies  and  ser- 
vants, when  an  officer  offered  him  some  rum 
and  water,  which  he  accepted.  He  tasted  it,  said 
it  was  "  very  weak,"  and  asked  to  see  the  rum 
bottle.  He  put  it  to  his  lips,  and  without  wink- 
ing drank  the  contents,  the  owner's  allowance 
for  several  days,  nearly  all  off.  Then  handing 
it  back  to  the  officer,  he  said,  with  a  suave  little 
motion  of  the  head  : 

"  Ah,  dear  me  !  dear  me  !  oh  yes  !  I  see,  you 
carry  your  rum  and  water  ready  mixed,  Well ! 
well !  a  very  good  plan." 

However,  he  was  astonished  to  hear  that  this 
bottle  had  only  just  been  filled  from  a  Com- 
missariat cask,  and  inquiry  resulted  in  the  dis- 
covery of  the  coolies'  malpractices. 


302  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

The  fact  of  the  plunder  taken  at  Monirkhal 
being  found  in  Lalboora's  villages  was  very  satis- 
factory ;  for  though  Mr.  Edgar  had  long  been  cer- 
tain of  it,  still  others,  and  some  high  in  authority, 
had  doubted  if  the  Left  Column  was  taking  the 
right  direction  for  finding  the  principal  offenders. 

Mr.  Edgar  learnt  from  the  head-men  that  all  the 
Lushais  considered  that  "  this  village  of  Vonolel's 
gave  the  signal  for  every  raid  ;  even  for  those 
conducted  by  independent  chiefs  ;  and  that  the 
plunder  taken  in  the  last  raids  had  all  been  taken 
first  to  Chumfai,  and  then  distributed  among  the 
other  villages."  In  the  afternoon  the  gunners 
were  sent  up  the  hill  fixed  upon  as  the  best 
from  which  to  fire  off  the  signals,  and  made  their 
arrangements  for  the  evening. 

The  Lushais  in  camp  were  allowed  to  accom- 
pany them  to  witness  the  spectacle ;  and  when  at 
last,  about  eight  o'clock,  the  blue  lights  burned  and 
the  rockets  went  up,  these  unwashed  Lushais 
expressed  their  admiration  with  exactly  the  same 
cries  of  "  Oh  !  Oh  !"  by  which  our  own  great  un- 
washed at  home  are  in  the  habit  of  evincing 
the  satisfaction  with  which  they  behold  a  beautiful 


THE  TEAGEDY  AT  PORT  BLAIR.        303 

display  at  the  Crystal  Palace.  No  response  was 
elicited  from  the  dim  and  misty  hills  where 
General  Bourchier  was  supposed  to  be,  and  the 
Artillery  returned  after  waiting  a  sufficient  time 
for  the  other  column  to  reply. 

During  the  evening  came  the  first  rumours  of 
the  terrible  tragedy  at  Port  Blair,  which  we 
could  scarcely  believe,  but  which  were  afterwards 
too  fully  confirmed. 

Many  of  the  staff-officers  had  the  honour  of 
being  personal  friends  of  the  late  Viceroy,  but 
even  those  who  had  not,  knew  that  in  him  they 
had  lost  one  who  took  the  greatest  and  most 
kindly  interest  in  the  welfare  of  all  engaged  in 
the  Expedition,  an  interest  evinced  in  a  most 
flattering  telegram  which  the  General  had  received 
on  the  subject  of  the  successes  of  the  25th  and 
26th,  concluding  thus, 

"  Telegraph  direct  how  you  are." 

This  was  only  one  out  of  many  little  proofs 
that  he  was  watching  attentively  the  progress  of 
the  Expedition,  and  not  unmindful  of  the  fate  of 
those  who  were  trying  to  make  it  successful. 
The  calamity  which  the  whole  country  was  then 


304  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

deploring,  cast  a  gloom  over  the  termination  of 
the  campaign,  and  considerably  lessened  the  anti- 
cipated joyousness  of  the  homeward  march. 

The  next  morning,  amid  much  calling  upon 
their  gods,  with  many  signs  of  rejoicing  on  the 
part  of  the  Sepoys,  and  probably  no  less  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  Lushais,  our  troops  commenced 
the  return  march. 

Looking  at  them  from  the  heights  above,  the 
line  looked  like  a  long  serpent  gradually  uncoiling 
itself  from  the  camp,  soon  extending  nearly  the 
whole  length  of  the  valley,  and  creeping  slowly 
over  hillocks  and  along  the  level  plain  ;  a  column 
of  smoke  from  the  fired  camp  proclaiming  the  de- 
parture of  the  rear-guard. 

We  camped  that  evening  on  Murklang,  and 
further  signals  were  sent  up,  also  without  any 
response.  The  villagers  came  out  and  mixed 
with  the  Sepoys  with  the  greatest  confidence,  and 
brought  out  materials  for  huts.  These  could  only 
be  very  hastily  constructed,  and  most  of  us  rigged 
up  waterproof  sheets  and  tarpaulins  as  little  tents. 
A  heavy  shower  of  rain  fell  about  nine  P.M.,  but 
fortunately  did  not  last  long. 


FEARS    OP   THE    NATIVES.  305 

But  little  more  remains  to  be  chronicled;  the 
return  march  was  made  over  the  road  and  through 
the  villages  already  described.  The  villagers  at 
Tulcheng  came  out  in  crowds  to  greet  us  as  we 
passed,  but  at  Chelam  great  anxiety  was  visible 
among  the  people.  This  was  caused  by  the  failure 
of  Colonel  Rattray  to  induce  Poiboi  to  appear  in 
camp,  and,  consequently,  they  feared  that  the 
General  would  carry  out  his  threat  of  destroying 
their  villages. 

They  came  into  camp  on  the  day  the  troops 
halted  there,  and  besought  him  to  spare  them, 
saying  should  he  still  adhere  to  his  resolution 
they  would  bring  in  their  women  and  little  children 
also  to  fall  at  his  feet  and  pray  for  mercy. 

The  General  yielded  to  their  prayers.  He  felt, 
as  indeed  did  everyone,  that  after  our  camp  had 
been  allowed  to  remain  close  to  their  villages  for 
so  long  without  any  annoyance,  and  the  coolies 
and  dak  guards  had  daily  passed  to  and  fro 
without  any  molestation  from  the  Lushais,  it 
would  be  an  ungenerous,  as  well  as  an  ungrace- 
ful, act  to  burn  their  houses  on  our  departure, 
especially  after  Poiboi' s  promise  to  be  faithful  to 

x 


306  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

us.  His  refusal  to  see  the  General  in  person,  the 
latter  attributed,  and  no  doubt  rightly,  to  the  ab- 
ject fear  of  an  unreasoning  boy. 

The  troops  halted  one  day  at  Chelam  to  allow 
the  wing  of  the  42nd,  who  had  been  holding  the 
camp,  to  go  ahead,  taking  with  them  the  sick  and 
weakly. 

Everyone  was  happy  in  the  idea  of  returning, 
and  the  long  steep  marches  were  as  nothing  to 
what  they  had  been  during  the  advance.  Of  the 
Sepoys  and  coolies,  who  were  well,  it  might  be 
said  that, 

"  Up  the  mountains  sides  they'd  press, 
Nor  with  a  sigh  their  toil  confess." 

This  was  not  the  case  with  those  unfortunates 
upon  whom  the  hard  work,  long  continued,  had 
told  severely,  and  who  not  only  with  sighs  but 
deep  groans  expressed  their  feeling  of  toil,  as, 
relieved  from  all  loads,  they  yet  crawled  on  with 
the  greatest  difficulty,  each  day  adding  to  their 
number  and  filling  the  doolies  with  men  not  able 
to  walk. 


CHAPTER  XX. 


WITHDRAWAL  OP  THE  TROOPS — SECOND  HALT— DISTRIBUTION 
OF  PRESENTS — DARPONG'S  WATCH — CABULI  FRUIT-SELLERS 
— LUSHAI  ENTERTAINMENT — APPEARANCE  OF  THE  COUNTRY 
— DAK  ARRANGEMENTS — THE  RESCUED  CAPTIVES — COOLIE 
ENTERTAINMENTS — RETURN  TO  TIPAI  MUKH — PROFITABLE 
COMMERCE. 


309 


CHAPTER  XX. 

withdrawal  of  the  troops  was  conducted 
most  methodically,  each  detachment  in  turn 
leaving  a  few  men  as  guard,  vacating  its  post 
two  or  three  hours  before  the  head-quarters 
arrived. 

At  Chepui  the  second  halt  was  made,  and  a 
great  distribution  of  presents  took  place  to  those 
men  who  had  hitherto  accompanied  us.  Red 
shawls  and  blankets,  gay  carriage  rugs,  white 
shirts,  turbans  of  all  sorts,  and  strangest  present 
of  all,  but  truly  British-like  in  its  inappropriate- 
ness,  aluminium  crystal-backed  two  guinea 
watches,  and  a  glass  decanter,  were  given  away 
to  the  gratified  recipients. 

Darpong  became  the  proud  possessor  of  a  watch, 
which  he  flourished  about,  applying  it  to  the  ears 
of  his  less  fortunate  friends  for  them  to  hear  it 


310  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION 

tick,  and  showing  them  how  the  works  moved. 
Alas  !  two  days  after  he  had  lost  the  key,  the 
watch  had  stopped,  and  no  one  envied  him  his 
prize  in  the  least. 

If  it  were  necessary  to  give  them  something  to 
amuse  them,  and  at  the  same  time  point  a  moral, 
some  of  those  musical  toys,  in  which,  by  turning 
a  handle  gently,  a  small  regiment  of  soldiers 
(usually  three)  is  made  to  appear  and  disappear 
across  a  mimic  parade-ground  to  the  soft  pleasing 
sound  of  a  simple  strain,  would,  no  doubt,  have 
delighted  them.  The  Politicals  might  have 
explained  to  the  intelligent  savages  that  the 
soldiers  were  our  troops ;  the  parade-ground, 
Lushai  Country ;  the  motive  power  necessary 
to  bring  the  Sepoys  into  that  country  the 
raiding  they  so  often  had  indulged  in ;  and  that 
the  inevitable  consequence  of  their  turning  the 
handle  would  be  the  re-appearance  of  the  soldiers 
at  whose  departure  they  were  then  rejoicing. 

At  Chepui  we  saw  some  enterprising  Oabuli 
fruit-sellers  who  had  been  down  as  far  as  Kung- 
nung  with  their  stock  of  raisins,  pistachio  nuts, 
almonds  and  native  fruits.  Purchases  were 


PROCESSION   AT   CHEPUI.  311 

eagerly  made  from  them,  and  mysterious  whispers 
conveyed  the  invitation  : 

"  Come  and  dine,  we  have  a  plum-pudding  to 
night." 

Such  invitations  had  hitherto  been  so  rare,  that 
it  was  impossible  to  refuse  them. 

The  night  we  were  at  Chepui,  about  eight 
o'clock,  as  we  were  sitting  over  our  camp  fire  dis- 
cussing the  events  of  the  day  and  rum  and 
water,  we  heard  strains  of  music,  accompanying 
a  wild  monotonous  chant,  approaching  the  camp. 
We  rose  to  see  what  it  meant,  and  saw  nearly  the 
whole  male  population  of  Chepui  coming  up  in 
procession,  preceded  by  a  few  men  playing  drums, 
gourd  instruments,  and  reed-pipes.  At  their  head 
marched  a  staff-officer  with  a  lantern,  who  had 
gone  to  conduct  the  procession  past  the  sen- 
tries. 

The  Lushais  halted  in  an  open  space,  and  offi- 
cers, Sepoys,  and  Lushais  formed  a  ring,  in 
which  it  was  intimated  dancing  was  to  take  place. 
After  a  short  song,  intended  to  be  an  account  of 
our  doings,  but  whether  complimentary  or  not 
no  one  possessed  sufficient  knowledge  of  the  Ian- 


312  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

guage  to  determine,  the  dancing  commenced. 
One  man  came  forward,  and  loosing  his  sheet 
fastened  it  in  -a  roll  round  his  waist,  and 
placing  a  small  corn  cob  on  the  ground  to  indicate 
the  lady  of  his  affections,  commenced  a  sort  of 
pas  d'extase.  With  bent  knees,  and  body  inclined 
forwards,  he  kept  time  to  the  slow  music  by 
swaying  to  and  fro,  turning  now  to  the  right,  now 
to  the  left,  opening  and  closing  his  fingers.  Oc- 
casionally this  motion  was  varied  by  a  few  excited 
bounds  backwards  and  forwards,  and  twisting 
and  twirling. 

When  the  first  dancer  was  tired  a  second  took 
his  place,  but  there  was  very  little  change  in 
the  character  of  the  dance. 

The  entertainment  was  given  by  the  flickering 
light  of  a  few  lanterns,  fixed  in  their  owners' 
waistbelts,  or  placed  in  the  ground  at  their  feet. 
After  rum  had  been  served  out  with  great  impar- 
tiality to  all  the  performers,  and  the  dancers  had 
begun  to  get  excited,  kicking  over  the  lanterns, 
and  covering  everyone  with  dust,  the  General 
said,  "  Hold,  enough !"  and  the  assembly  broke 
up. 


WILD-FLOWERS   IN    THE   JUNGLES.  313 

During  the  inarch  to  Chumfai,  we  had  been 
disappointed  at  meeting  so  few  wild-flowers  in 
these  jungles.  Violets,  with  little  or  no  scent, 
had  been  frequently  found,  especially  in  Chumfai 
valley;  but  these  violets,  some  heliotrope,  cox- 
comb, and  a  few  other  common  flowering  weeds, 
were  the  only  varieties  of  Lushai  Flora  we 
had  discovered. 

On  the  return,  however,  our  disappointment 
was  turned  to  delight,  and  had  we  remained 
longer  in  the  country,  we  should,  probably,  have 
been  well  pleased  with  the  flowers.  Even  their 
wild-fruit  trees  were  in  blossom,  tall  trees 
covered  with  a  large  white  flower  like  a  gera- 
nium, others  a  blaze  of  scarlet  blossoms ;  the 
crimson  rhododendrons  enlivened  the  gloom  of 
the  forest ;  a  beautiful  little  green  passion-flower 
hung  in  festoons  from  the  trees,  the  convolvulus 
adorned  the  tangled  briers,  and  through  the  long 
grass  by  the  roadside  sprang  up  golden  fern  and 
lilac  flowers. 

The  days  were  gloriously  fine.  Butterflies,  of 
the  most  brilliant  and  varied  hues,  chased  each 
other  through  the  shadowy  glades,  and  along  the 


314  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

sunlit  path ;  while  beautiful  little  red  and  yellow 
birds  flitted  from  tree  to  tree,  flashing  through 
the  sunlight  like  pure  gold. 

Unfortunately,  owing  to  the  rapid  movements 
of  the  troops,  and  to  prevent  any  unnecessary 
alarm  or  disturbances  no  one  with  the  head- 
quarters was  allowed  to  shoot  any  birds  in  the 
jungle.  A  native  Naturalist  had  been  sent  from 
Calcutta  to  accompany  the  Expedition,  but  he 
remained  in  rear,  and  I  do  not  know  what  addi- 
tions he  made  to  the  Museum  in  the  cause  of 
science. 

We  found  that  all  the  camps  had  been  much 
improved  by  those  who  had  been  stationed  in 
them.  Commodious  and  well-built  huts,  small 
mess-rooms,  slight  stockades,  and  well-cleared 
spaces  all  round,  made  them  hardly  recognisable 
as  the  little  leafy  shed-covered  spots  which  we 
used  to  come  upon  suddenly  out  of  the  jungle. 

At  one  of  the  camps,  a  quantity  of  empty  ghi 
casks  were  thrown  into  the  fires  as  the  troops 
were  about  to  march.  Having  been  well  satu- 
rated with  their  greasy  contents,  they  blazed  up 
merrily,  the  iron  hoops  falling  off  into  the  flames 


JOOMING    OPERATIONS.  315 

and  exciting  the  cupidity  of  the  Lushais,  who, 
as  usual,  had  collected  to  pick  up  anything  the 
troops  left  behind  them. 

At  first  they  tried  to  snatch  out  the  hoops, 
but  getting  their  clothes  singed  in  the  attempt, 
they  retired  to  the  jungle,  and  flinging  every- 
thing off,  armed  themselves  with  long  sticks, 
and  rushed  down  upon  the  fires  again;  and  as 
the  rear-guard  marched  off,  they  saw  the  Lushais 
dancing  and  gesticulating  like  demons  round  the 
flames,  red  hot  hoops  being  whisked  out  in  all 
directions. 

Our  return  was  the  signal  for  the  commence- 
ment of  jooming  operations,  the  fires  following 
us  closely.  Looking  back  each  day,  we  could 
see  their  smoke  rising  up  from  the  hill-sides,  even 
to  the  camps  we  had  left  only  that  morning. 

All  the  country  for  miles  around  was  misty 
with  joom  smoke,  and  the  increasing  haze  of  the 
weather  told  of  the  approaching  heat  and  rains. 
The  view  from  each  of  our  elevated  camps  was 
far  less  extensive  than  formerly,  and  many  of  the 
distant  ranges  had  disappeared  altogether. 

On  the  journey  back,  at  first,  we  used  to  get  our 


316  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

letters  two  and  sometimes  three  times  a  day ;  not 
less  than  the  number  of  deliveries  in  a  well-con- 
ducted town  in  England.  The  reason  of  this  was 
that  each  day  we  advanced  a  stage  in  the  direc- 
tion whence  the  letters'  were  coining ;  so  that  we 
received  letters  before  starting,  and  then  reaching 
the  following  stage  found  the  next  dak  returning. 

Here  I  must  express  my  admiration  for  the 
dak  arrangements  made  by  Colonel  Roberts,  and 
carried  out  under  his  orders  by  the  police  with 
•wonderful  regularity.  Not  a  day  passed  without 
despatching  the  dak,  and  scarcely  a  day  without 
receiving  the  letters  and  papers,  though  they 
arrived  sometimes  in  the  middle  of  the  night, 
much  to  the  dissatisfaction  of  some  drowsy  souls, 
who  preferred  sleeping  to  any  number  of  com- 
munications from  friends. 

A  few  souvenirs  were  brought  away  by  the 
officers  and  men,  such  as  skin  shields,  spears, 
musical  instruments,  &c.,  but  the  greatest  curio- 
sities of  all  which  we  brought  back  were  the  old 
captives  who  had  been  given  up. 

We  had  a  large  and  increasing  following  of  cap- 
tives as  we  returned.  Many  of  them  were  young 


OLD   CAPTIVES    RESCUED.  317 

people  with  their  families,  but  among  them  were 
a  few  aged  ladies  and  gentlemen,  who  were 
wonderfully  old,  and  utterly  incapable  of  walking. 
These  were  therefore  carried  on  coolies'  backs. 
The  old  things  knelt  in  a  sling  which  passed 
across  the  coolies'  foreheads,  and  clung  to  his 
shoulders.  This  mode  of  travelling  must  have 
been  very  tiring  in  a  long  day's  march. 

When  put  down  during  a  halt,  they  at  once 
went  to  sleep,  and  seemed  utterly  apathetic  as  to 
their  fate.  A  return  to  their  native  villages  must 
have  been  for  them  the  awaking  of  Rip  Van 
Winkle ;  they  would  find  young  people  become 
old,  and  all  their  former  intimates  dead  or  un- 
mindful of  them ;  and  probably,  if  they  had  not 
been  in  the  imbecility  of  extreme  old  age,  would 
sooner  have  remained  with  their  captors,  who  must 
have  treated  them  with  some  consideration  or 
kindness. 

I  made  a  sketch  of  one  of  these  old  people,  but 
could  arrive  at  no  conclusion  as  to  the  age  or  sex, 
and  my  questioning  elicited  no  response  what- 
ever from  the  shrivelled  mummy.  There  was  an 
expression  of  coarseness,  and  the  reflection  of  far 


318  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

off  sadness,  as  it  were,  visible  in  the  countenance 
of  the  poor  old  thing,  and  one  was  filled  with 
pity  to  think  that  it  had  still  to  be  carried  over  a 
hundred  miles,  to  find  probably  at  the  end  no  one 
to  care  for  it  or  look  after  it,  till  welcome  death 
should  at  last  arrive. 

Our  coolies,  who  were  Cossyahs,  were  very 
much  pleased  at  the  idea  of  returning  home,  and 
used  occasionally  in  the  evening  to  get  up  small 
entertainments  of  singing,  whistling,  and  dancing 
round  a  fire.  One,  a  little  boy,  used  to  arrange 
his  dress  like  a  woman's,  and  give  imitations  of 
Hindustani  and  Cossyah  nautches  to  the  accom- 
paniment of  an  imaginary  tom-tom.  Their  friends 
meanwhile  looked  on  with  an  absence  of  any  ap- 
parent approval,  and  a  persistent  gravity  which 
could  not  have  been  surpassed  by  the  most  fashion- 
able audiences  at  home,  when  viewing  an  amateur 
performance  by  their  most  enthusiastic  friends. 

Leeches,  ticks,  mosquitoes,  sand-flies,  and 
other  abominations  which  we  had  been  so  freely 
promised  by  some  sanguine  friends  before  we 
started  on  the  Expedition,  but  from  which  we 
had  hitherto  been  free,  began  to  annoy  us  very 


PROFITABLE    BUSINESS.  319 

much  on  the  return,  and  we  were  not  sorry  to  get 
back  once  more  to  Tipai  Mukh,  where  the  whole 
force  arrived  on  the  6th  or  7th  March. 

The  detachments  from  the  nearer  stations  had 
gone  on  to  Cachar  on  rafts  or  in  boats  as  they 
arrived  at  Tipai  Mukh,  and  the  rest  were  em- 
ployed in  constructing  rafts. 

It  had  originally  been  intended  that  the  troops 
should  march,  but  owing  to  the  heat,  and  the  fact 
that  cholera  had  once  more  appeared  among  the 
men  at  Tipai  Mukh,  the  water-route  seemed  to  be 
the  best. 

A  large  number  of  Lushais  had  accompanied  us 
as  far  as  Tipai  Mukh,  and  were  busily  employed 
in  driving  a  few  last  bargains.  They  brought 
down  large  quantites  of  India-rubber,  which  they 
exchanged  eagerly  for  salt,  equal  weights,  and  as 
the  value  of  the  rubber  was  more  than  four  times 
that  of  the  salt,  any  individuals  who  could  com- 
mand a  large  supply  of  the  latter  had  an  excellent 
opportunity  of  doing  a  little  profitable  business. 

By  the  10th  of  March,  in  accordance  with  the 
orders  of  the  Government  before  quoted,  all  the 
troops  and  coolies  had  bidden  farewell  to  Tipai 


320  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

Mukh  ;  and  the  Tuivai  itself,  flowing  past  ruined 
huts  and  deserted  godowns,  once  more  greeted 
the  Barak  with  its  ceaseless  babble,  undisturbed 
by  the  cries  of  coolies  and  the  trumpeting  of 
elephants,  while  the  surrounding  jungles  relapsed 
into  their  former  silence,  resounding  no*  more  to 
the  blows  of  the  invaders'  axes. 

The  rapids  on  the  Barak,  at  this  season  of  the 
year,  were  very  shallow,  and  great  excitement  and 
amusement  were  afforded  to  the  Sepoys  by  the 
trouble  and  hairbreadth  escapes  they  met  with 
in  managing,  or  rather  in  trying  to  manage,  their 
rafts,  and  steering  them  clear  of  sunken  rocks  and 
tree  trunks. 

This  mode  of  travelling  was  entirely  new  to 
many  of  them,  and  their  efforts  were  not  always 
successful,  as  evinced  by  the  ever-increasing  pile 
of  broken  rafts  at  most  of  the  difficult  passages. 


CHAPTER  XXI. 


HARDSHIPS  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN — DEATH  OF  TWO  OFFICERS— 
INDISPOSITION  OF  THE  GENERAL — RAVAGES  OF  CHOLERA 
— THE  MUNIPITR  CONTINGENT — CONFERENCE— PRECAUTIONS 
AGAINST  TREACHERY  —  SEIZURE  OF  CHIEFS  —  FALSE  PRE- 
DICTION—ORDER TO  THE  TROOPS— CONCLUDING  REMARKS. 


323 


CHAPTER  XXI. 

f  AM  sorry  to  have  to  record  two  deaths 
among  the  officers,  in  consequence  of  the 
hardships  of  this  campaign.  One  was  Captain 
Harrison  of  the  42nd  N.I.,  who  was  about  to  pro- 
ceed to  England  on  sick  leave  when  the  Expedition 
was  determined  on,  and  who  immediately  got  his 
leave  cancelled  in  order  to  go  with  his  regiment. 
He  was  very  ill  at  Tipai  Mukh,  at  Christmas, 
and  the  uuhealthiness  of  the  camp,  which  tried 
many  stronger  constitutions,  proved  too  much 
for  him,  and  he  was  ordered  by  the  medical 
authorities  to  proceed  to  England,  via  Calcutta, 
as  quickly  as  possible. 

This  was  in  February.  He  arrived  in  Cachar, 
and  was  allowed  by  the  doctor  there  to  continue 
his  journey  in  the  country  boats.  He  was  utterly 

Y  2   ' 


324  THE    LCSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

unfit  to  go  alone,  and  when  his  boatmen  went 
to  inform  him  that  they  had  arrived  at  Chuttack, 
they  found  him  lying  dead.  His  sad  fate  was 
deeply  regretted  by  his  brother  officers,  by  whom 
he  was  deservedly  very  much  liked. 

The  second  was  that  of  Captain  Cookesley, 
R.A.,  whose  name  has  been  mentioned  several 
times  in  the  course  of  this  narrative.  A  good 
photographer,  he  was  attached  to  the  half-battery 
which  accompanied  the  column,  partly  in  that 
capacity,  being  allowed  extra  carriage  for  his 
apparatus.  He  was  apparently  in  tolerable  health 
at  Cachar,  and  went  on  with  his  battery  as  far 
as  Sylhet,  where  he  was  obliged  to  go  on  shore, 
and  was  so  ill  as  to  be  left  there  when  the  others 
continued  the  onward  journey. 

By  the  advice  of  the  doctors  he  started  to  go 
to  Shillong,  the  nearest  hill-station  to  Sylhet. 
He  arrived  at  Cherrapoonji,  the  first  halting 
place  from  the  plains,  and,  whether  the  change 
of  temperature  was  too  sudden,  or  nature  at 
length  gave  way,  I  know  not,  but  on  the  31st 
March  he  expired  at  that  place,  shortly  after  his 
arrival,  from  abscess  in  the  liver.  A  good  officer, 


SCENERY  OF  THE  COUNTRY.         325 

a  genial  companion,  a  clever  writer,  and  a  warm 
friend,  his  loss  was  mourned  by  all  who  had  ever 
known  him. 

The  General  himself  suffered  severely  at  the 
close  of  the  Expedition.  The  state  of  his  health, 
between  Tipai  Mukh  and  Shillong,  was  such  as 
to  cause  grave  anxiety  to  the  medical  officers 
who  accompanied  him. 

The  bracing  air  of  that  fine  hill  station,  a  re- 
turn to  civilised  dwellings,  and,  above  all,  good 
and  nourishing  food,  however,  happily  soon  re- 
stored him  to  his  wonted  health. 

Several  of  the  Staff,  also,  were  very  much 
pulled  down,  and  did  not  get  over  the  effects  of 
hard  work  and  hard  fare  for  some  time. 

The  scenery,  both  on  the  river  and  by  road, 
between  Tipai  Mukh  and  Oachar,  was  very  fine; 
the  autumnal-like  tints  of  the  foliage  in  the  dense 
jungle,  at  this  season,  were  most  varied  and 
beautiful;  orchids  and  other  wild-flowers  abound- 
ed, and  the  forest  was  sweet  with  their  many- 
scented  blossoms. 

But  an  invisible  foe  haunted  these  fair  scenes — 
and  cholera,  that  fatal  pestilence,  stalked  along 


326  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

the  river,  or  lurked  in  the  jungle,  eager  for  his 
prey,  striking  down  the  Sepoys  joyously  looking 
forward  to  a  speedy  meeting  with  friends,  but 
numbering  most  of  its  victims  among  the  poor 
coolies,  well  nigh  worn  out  with  their  four  months 
continuous  hard  work.  The  poor  fellows  died 
alike  on.  the  river,  in  boats  or  on  rafts ;  by  the 
road-side  and  on  the  hill-tops,  falling  before  a 
more  dread  enemy  than  any  we  had  to  encounter 
in  Lushai  land. 

Nor  were  they  free  when  they  had  left  Cachar. 
The  22nd  were  pursued  by  it  on  their  way  up 
country,  leaving  men  even  in  the  train,  and  the 
44th  N.I.  lost  many  men  on  the  march  before 
reaching  Shillong. 

The  42nd  also  suffered  very  severely.  But 
among  the  sad  consequences  of  the  return  march, 
was  the  introduction  of  this  fell  disease  into  tea- 
gardens  and  villages  near  the  river  or  road,  by 
the  troops  and  coolies  passing  through.  The 
seeds  of  the  disease  were  left  as  a  legacy  among 
the  Lushais,  and,  if  we  may  believe  reports, 
cholera  has  been  busy  among  them  since  we 
left. 


OF   VILLAGES   TO   MUNIPUR.  327 

Hill-men  dread  the  invasion  of  foreigners,  more 
on  this  account  perhaps  than  any  other — I  mean 
the  introduction  of  strange  diseases.  Small-pox 
and  other  diseases  have  from  time  to  time  been 
spread  among  them  by  traders,  though  the 
Northern  Lushais,  with  whom  we  had  to  do,  had, 
hitherto,  enjoyed  apparent  immunity  from  the 
consequences  of  intercourse  with  strangers,  as,  out 
of  the  many  who  visited  our  camps,  we  only  saw 
one  man  at  all  marked  with  small-pox. 

Before  bringing  this  narrative  to  a  close,  we 
must  just  see  what  the  Munipur  Contingent  had 
been  doing,  especially  as  their  last  exploit  was  a 
very  peculiar  one. 

After  the  25th  of  January,  entire  villages  see- 
ing the  way  things  were  going  with  the  Lushais, 
and  taking  advantage  of  the  presence  of  the  con- 
tingent at  Chepui,  deserted  to  Munipur ;  others 
went  to  Kamhow,  Sukpilal,  and  the  Pois ;  but  of 
those  who  went  to  Munipur,  we  have  the  actual 
numbers,  which  are  as  follows  : 

On  the  1 3th  February,  three  hundred  and 
seventy-three  Sokte*s,  with  twenty-eight  muskets, 


328  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

arrived  in  Munipur,  and  on  the  14th  and  18th 
three  hundred  and  ninety-two  Sadoes  and  other 
Kookies. 

I  have  mentioned  that  General  Nuthall  had  been 
obliged  to  retire  from  Chibu,  on  account  of  sick- 
ness, &c.  He  had,  however,  returned  there,  to- 
wards the  end  of  February,  having  received  sup- 
plies, and  left  the  sick  in  a  place  of  safety. 
General  Bourchier  telegraphed  to  him  on  the  with- 
drawal of  the  force  from  the  Lushai  territory, 
and  General  Nuthall  commenced  to  return  from 
Chibu  on  the  6th  March. 

On  the  7th  inst.,  he  himself  had  gone  ahead, 
as  the  Contingent  always  marched  late,  after  cook- 
ing and  eating.  Before  the  latter  left  camp,  a 
large  body  of  men,  of  whom  about  a  hundred  were 
armed  with  muskets,  appeared  suddenly  from  the 
West. 

Many  captives,  as  before  stated,  having  gone  over 
to  the  Munipur  contingent  during  the  advance  of 
the  Left  column,  the  Munipur  Majors  in  command 
thought,  or  said  they  thought,  that  these  were  also 
refugees  come  to  seek  their  protection.  A  Kookie 
chief  who  was  in  their  camp,  however,  told  them 


CONFERENCE    WITH    SOKTfiS.  329 

that  the  armed  men  belonged  to  Kamhow's  people, 
and  recognised  among  them  a  Chieftain  of  that 
tribe.  The  Majors  sent  orders  to  their  Sepoys  to 
load  quietly  and  be  on  the  alert ;  they  then  ad- 
mitted the  Soktes  into  the  camp,  taking  up  a 
central  position,  and-  a  conference  ensued. 

During  this  conference  the  Sepoys  closed  round 
and  got  behind  each  armed  man  in  groups  of 
three.  The  Majors  asked  the  Sokte  chiefs  where 
they  had  been,  and  whither  they  were  going. 
They  replied  that  they  had  been  on  a  friendly 
visit  to  a  village  in  the  Lushai  territory,  the  in- 
habitants of  which,  nine  hundred  and  sixty-two  in 
number,  were  returning  with  them,  being  desirous 
of  joining  Kamhow's  tribe. 

The  Majors  told  them  that  they  must  go  to 
General  Nuthall  to  explain  their  conduct  to  him, 
but  this  they  refused  to  do,  as  the  camp  ahead  was 
too  far  out  of  their  way.  The  former  then  ap- 
parently gave  up  this  point  and  engaged  the 
chiefs  in  friendly  conversation,  and  under  pre- 
tence of  trying  the  different  muskets,  handed  the 
chiefs  one  of  theirs  to  fire  off,  discharging  those 
of  the  latter  in  exchange. 


330  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

The  chiefs  being  thus  defenceless,  the  Majors 
had  them  seized,  whereupon,  one  of  them  giving 
a  whistle,  his  men  stood  to  their  arms,  but  after 
a  short  struggle  were  overpowered.  Fifty-six 
men  were  taken  prisoners,  and  fifty-two  muskets 
were  seized ;  four  of  the  Munipuris  were  wounded 
in  the  struggle. 

The  Sokte  prisoners  and  the  villagers  were  all 
taken  into  Munipur,  and  the  Rajah  intended  to 
settle  them  in  the  valley  south  of  Moirang.  The 
Soktes  were  placed  in  jail  in  irons  till  their  families 
should  arrive,  when  the  Rajah's  intention  was  to 
release  them  and  settle  them  in  the  hills  north- 
east of  the  valley. 

General  Nuthall  said,  "  The  Rajah  seemed  con- 
fident of  reconciling  them,  and  anticipated  obtain- 
ing much  useful  service  from  them  in  the  eveut 
of  future  strife  with  Kamhow's  tribe.  The  loss  of 
so  many  arms  to  that  tribe  will  tend  to  break  its 
power,  and  restrain  its  preying  upon  the  Lushais 
at  this  time  of  its  weakness." 

This  latter  prediction  of  the  General's  was  a 
very  mistaken  one,  if  we  may  believe  a  late  news- 
paper paragraph,  which  states  that  the  Soktes 


REPORTED  DEFEAT  OF  LALBOORA.       331 

again  attacked  Chonchim  after  our  departure, 
and  Lalboora,  being  deserted  by  many  of  his  ad- 
herents, was  signally  defeated  by  the  Soktes  who 
are  now  settled  in  the  Chumfai  valley. 

I  have  been  unable  to  find  out  what  truth  there 
is  in  this  report,  but  if  the  case  is  so,  it  is  just 
what  General  Bouchier  and  Mr.  Edgar  did  not 
wish  to  happen,  and  which  by  their  policy  they 
did  what  that  they  could  to  prevent ;  as  it  is,  as 
I  have  pointed  out  in  a  very  early  part  of  this  book, 
by  no  means  in  the  interests  of  the  peace  of  our 
frontier,  that  a  tribe,  who  have  submitted  to  us, 
and  with  whom  we  were  likely  to  establish  friendly 
relations,  should  be  overthrown  by  a  more  distant 
and  formidable  foe. 

We  have  heard  the  Munipur  version  of  the 
exploit  just  related;  let  us  see  what  has  been 
said  on  the  other  side. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  Yonolel  had  settled 
many  Sokte  prisoners  in  his  villages  during  his 
lifetime.  These  Soktes,  at  the  time  of  the  Ex- 
pedition, were  very  anxious  to  return  to  their  own 
country,  but  they  were  afraid  that,  if  they  at- 
tempted to  escape,  the  Lushais  might  fall  on 


332  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

them  and  kill  their  women  and  children  before  they 
could  get  safely  across  into  Kamhow's  country. 
Many  of  them  had  taken  advantage  of  our  ad- 
vance to  escape  either  to  Kamhow,  General 
Nuthall,  or  our  camps. 

On  the  return  march,  Mr.  Edgar  heard  that  a 
hundred  armed  men  from  Kamhow's  villages  had 
gone  to  some  of  the  south-eastern  Lushai  villages, 
for  the  purpose  of  escorting  the  Soktes  who 
wished  to  leave. 

Darpong  afterwards  confirmed  this  intelligence, 
and  stated  further  that  nearly  a  thousand  Sokte*s 
had  gone  off  under  the  protection  of  this  party, 
taking  with  them  all  their  property,  and  that 
these  were  the  people  who  appeared  in  the 
Munipur  camp. 

There  seems  no  doubt  that  the  armed  Soktes 
did  not  go  in  with  the  intention  of  attacking  the 
Munipur  de*pot.  This  appears  to  be  evident  from 
the  fact  of  their  small  number,  and  the  absence  of 
any  attempt  on  their  part  at  a  surprise.  On  the 
contrary,  they  went  in  apparently  in  full  reliance 
on  the  friendliness  of  the  Munipuris,  the  chiefs 
allowing  their  weapons  to  be  discharged  by  the 
Majors  without  any  suspicion  of  bad  faith. 


THE    MUNIPUR    ARMY.  333 

Mr.  Edgar,  says,  "  The  charge  of  wishing  to 
attack  the  camp  was  probably  afterwards  in- 
vented by  the  Majors  to  excuse  their  own  conduct. 
•  It  is  evident  that  the  latter  could  not  resist  the 
temptation  of  getting  possession  of  the  refugees, 
for  the  Munipuris  are  even  more  eager  than  the 
hill-chiefs  themselves  to  get  hold  of  Kookie  and 
Naga  subjects." 

Major  McCulloch,  many  years  ago  writing  of  the 
Munipur  Army,  said  that  the  number,  three  thou- 
sand six  hundred  (including  officers),  could  not  be 
kept  up  in  an  efficient  state,  and,  as  I  have  before 
said,  it  is  not  attempted.  The  services  therefore 
of  the  Munipur  troops  in  an  emergency  would  be 
of  no  use.  The  inefficiency  of  this  force  has  not 
escaped  the  British  Government.  Schemes  for  its 
improvement  have  been  entertained,  but  as  the 
pressure  of  circumstances  which  suggested  the 
necessity  of  these  schemes  ceased,  they  have  been 
discarded 

I  do  not  know  if  the  performance  of  the 
Munipur  contingent  in  the  late  campaign  will 
cause  the  gallant  Colonel  to  modify  in  any  degree 
this  unfavourable  opinion. 


334  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

On  arriving  in  Cachar,  General  Bourchier  issued 
the  folio  wing  Field  Force  Order  to  the  troops  who. 
having  been  together  for  four  months,  were  about 
to  separate  and  disperse  again  to  various  parts 
of  India — the  Artillery  to  Abbobabad,  Sappers 
to  Roorkee,  22nd  N.  I.  to  Chelam,  and  the  42nd 
and  44th  L.  I.  to  Assam. 

(Gazette  of  India,  May  4) 

Field  Force  Order  by  Brigadier-General  G.  Bourchier,  C.B., 
Commanding  Cachar  Column,  Lushai  Expeditionary  Force— 
(No.  65,  dated  Cachar,  the  IVth  March,  1872,) 

1.  On  the  breaking  up  of  the  Cachar  Column,  Lushai  Expedi- 
tionary Force,    the  Brigadier- General   Commanding  feels   deep 
pride  in  the  reflection  that  he  has  received  the  congratulations  of 
the  late  Viceroy,  of  the  Governments  of  India  and  Bengal,  and 
of  His  Excellency  the  Commander-in-Chief,  on  its  services. 

2.  The  Brigadier-General  does  not  presume  to  offer  an  opinion 
as  to  whether  the  success  of  the  column  has  equalled  the  expecta- 
tions of  the  Government,  but  he  has  unfeigned  pleasure  in  record- 
ing his  belief  that  its  discipline,  energy,  and  devotion  to  the  service 
could  not  have  been  surpassed. 

3.  From  the  beginning  of  November,  when  the  troops  were  first 
put  in  motion,  to  the  present  time,  every  man  has  been  employed 
in  hard  work,  cheerfully  performed,  often  under  the  most  trying 
circumstances  of  heat  and  frost,  always  bivouacking  on  the  moun- 
tain side,  in  rude  huts  of  grass  or  leaves,  officers  and  men  sharing 
the  same  accommodation,  marching  day  by  day  over  precipitous 
mountains,  rising  at  one  time  to  six  thousand  feet,  and  having  made 
a  road  fit  for  elephants  from  Luckipur  to  Chipowee,  a   distance 
of  one  hundred  and  three  miles.     The  spirits  of  the  troops  never 


FIELD   FORCE   ORDER.  335 

flagged,  and  when  they  met  the  enemy,  they  drove  them  from 
their  stockades  and  strongholds  until  they  were  glad  to  sue  for 
mercy. 

4.  The  history  of  the  Expedition  from  first  to  last  has  been 
sheer  hard  work. 

5.  On  the  advance  wings  of  the  22nd  Eegiment,  Native  Infantry, 
under  Colonel  Stafford,  the  42nd  Eegiment,  Native  Infantry,  under 
Colonel  Eattray,  C.S.I.,  and  the  44th  Eegiment,  Native  Infantry, 
under  Lieutenant-Colonel  Nuthall,  the  hardest  work  has  fallen. 
Each  has  shared  in  the  actual  fighting,  the  44th  more  than  either 
of  the  other  corps,  but  to  the  officers  in  the  rear  most  important 
duties  were  assigned  in  protecting  a  line  of  communication  ex- 
tending over  one  hundred  and  ten  miles  from  Tipai  Mukh  to 
Volonel's  stronghold  of  Chamfai,  and  watching  through  spies  the 
attitude  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  neighbouring  villages,  convey- 
ing  provisions  and    the    post,  and  keeping  the  road  constantly 
patrolled.     The  Frontier  Police  did  equally  good  service  with  the 
troops  in  this  way.     Each  field-officer  in  the  rear  had  assigned 
to  him  a  certain  number  of  posts  for  which  he  was  responsible, 
and  to  their  vigilance  may  be  attributed  the  fact  that  our  com- 
munications have  not  for  a  day  been  interrupted. 

6.  Young  officers  may  especially  feel  glad  at  having  had  such 
an  opportunity  of  gaining  experience  in  mountain  warfare. 

7.  Before  taking  leave  of  the  Column,   the  Brigadier-General 
would  tender  his  heartfelt  thanks  to  the  officers,  civil  and  military, 
non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers,  who,  for  so  many  weeks, 
have  co-operated  with  him,  and  to  whom  he  feels  he  is  entirely 
indebted  for  any  success  which  may  have  attended  the  operations. 
He  will  have  much  pleasure  in  bringing  their  conduct,  and  that 
of  the    officers    of  the  several  departments,    civil  and  military, 
with  the  Column,  to  the  notice  of  His  Excellency  the  Commander- 
in-Chief,  for  submission  to  the  Government  of  India. 

By  Order,  (Signed)  H.  THOMSON, 

Captain  Brigade-Major. 


336  THE    LUSHAI    EXPEDITION. 

Notwithstanding  the  outcry  raised  both  in 
Lushai  and  at  home  concerning  the  large  scale  on 
which  the  Expedition  was  conducted,  and  the 
loudly  expressed  remarks  of  those  who  know  no- 
thing about  the  subject,  that  a  native  regi- 
ment going  in  with  a  rush  would  effect  all  that 
was  desired,  we  have  seen  that,  after  deducting 
the  guards  necessary  at  the  various  stations  to 
keep  open  communications,  only  a  force  of  four 
hundred  men  were  available  for  the  final  advance 
on  Chumfai,  not  by  any  means  too  many,  suppos- 
ing the  Lushais  had  made  a  stand  at  Tulcheng, 
which  it  was  not  at  all  certain  on  leaving  Chelam 
that  they  would  not  do. 

The  Expedition  was  carefully  organised,  and  the 
steadiness  and  deliberation  of  the  advance  has 
probably  had  a  greater  effect  on  the  Lushai  mind 
than  any  sudden  dash  through  a  small  portion  of 
their  hills  could  possibly  have  had,  however  suc- 
cessful it  might  have  been  in  its  immediate  results. 

As  was  the  case  in  the  Abyssinian  Ex- 
pedition, the  prophesiers  of  evil  were  very 
numerous ;  fever,  bronchitis,  leeches,  ticks,  mos- 
quitoes were  among  some  of  the  many  evils  which 


FALSE    PROPHECIES.  337 

would  overtake  us.  The  country  was  full  of  deep 
ravines  whence  escape  was  impossible,  into  which 
treacherous  Lushais  were  to  guide  us,  till  suddenly 
an  avalanche  of  rocks,  loosened  by  our  enemies 
from  above,  should  annihilate  the  force;  our 
coolies  were  to  be  destroyed  along  the  line  of 
communications,  and  any  small  detached  parties 
would  inevitably  be  cut  off. 

All  these,  and  many  more  prophecies  with 
which  the  Indian  papers  abounded,  and  which 
our  friends  who  were  not  going  with  us  repeated 
with  infinite  though  suppressed  delight,  proved 
entirely  false,  and  for  my  part  I  know  I  can 
answer  for  many  others.  I  should  not  at  all  dis- 
like another  visit  to  that  very  fine  country,  alwaj^s 
pre-supposing  that  I  might  make  my  own  com- 
missariat arrangements. 

What  the  ultimate  results  may  be  of  this  last 
Expedition  it  is  impossible  at  present  to  foretell. 
A  road-making  expedition  has  been  sanctioned 
for  the  next  cold  weather,  but  the  details  as  to 
the  troops  who  will  compose  it,  and  the  direction 
the  road  will  take,  are  not  generally  known. 

It  is  proposed  to  take  the  road  through  from 


338  THE    LUSHAI   EXPEDITION. 

Cachar  to  Chittagong,  by  doing  which,  and  also 
by  establishing  a  force  at  Tipai  Mukh,  it  is  hoped 
to  secure  the  objects  of  the  Expedition  by  culti- 
vating friendly  relations  with  the  Hill-men,  and, 
by  opening  up  for  them  communications  with 
the  plains,  to  give  them  an  incentive  to  trade; 
at  the  same  time  that,  should  future  punishment 
be  necessary,  we  shall  have  an  easy  access  into 
their  country. 


TIIK    END. 


London  :  Printed  by  A.  Selmlzc,  13,  Poland  Street. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 

Fine  schedule:  25  cents  on  first  day  overdue 

50  cents  on  fourth  day  overdue 
One  dollar  on  seventh  day  overdue. 


10  1947 


:'D  tn 

JUL    9'65- 


3.FM 


411129197049 


REC'D  LD    JUL 


LD  21-100m-12,'46(A2012sl6)4120 


570-6PM24 


ru   OOOO7 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY